el uk foreword - myhyundai€¦ · el uk foreword.qxp 1/12/2010 2:49 pm page 1. f2 modification to...

OOWWNNEERR''SS MMAANNUUAALL

OperationMaintenanceSpecifications

The information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of publication.However, the right to amend specifications without notice or obligation toincorporate such amendments into vehicles already produced is reserved.

This manual applies to all markets and includes descriptions and explana-tions of optional as well as standard equipment. As a result, some of theequipment operating descriptions referred to may not apply to the particu-lar vehicle with which this manual is supplied.

Please refer to the nearest Hyundai authorised repairer for informationregarding current standard and optional equipment levels.

EL UK FOREWORD.QXP 1/12/2010 2:49 PM

F2

Modification to the original vehicle specification may invalidate the manufacturers warranty and mayadversely affect the safety and durability of the vehicle.

Components which are subject to modification or are added to the original vehicle specification with-out the express approval of the manufacturer and result in consequential loss or damage are not cov-ered by the vehicle manufacturers warranty.

Particular attention is drawn to the fitment of replacement road wheels having a different specificationto those installed in production. The electronic power assisted steering system is specifically pro-grammed to operate only with the road wheels fitted during production. The installation of alternativespecification road wheels may result in the replacement road wheels fouling the vehicle body result-ing in tyre damage and compromised safety. The installation of after market wheels on vehiclesequipped with TPMS may result in wheel balancing difficulties or malfunction of the TPMS system.

Please refer to the nearest Hyundai authorised repairer before non original specification road wheelsare installed.

This vehicle is fitted with electronically controlled fuel injection or other micro processor controlledequipment.

It is possible for incorrectly installed two way radio equipment including mobile telephones to adverse-ly affect these systems.

Before radio equipment of this kind is installed, please contact your Hyundai authorised repairer forrecommendation regarding the suitability of the particular radio equipment concerned and the recom-mended method of installation and equipment location. Incorrectly installed or unsuitable equipmentwhich gives rise to incorrect functioning of or damage to electronic vehicle components will not fallwithin the scope of the vehicle manufacturers warranty.

CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO ORIGINAL VEHICLE SPECIFICATION

TWO WAY RADIO INSTALLATION


F3

This manual includes information titled as WARNING, CAUTION and NOTICE.

These titles indicate the following:

✽✽ NOTICEThis indicates that interesting or helpful information is being provided.

SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING

WARNING This indicates that a condition may result in harm, serious injury or death to you or otherpersons if the warning is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the warning.

CAUTIONThis indicates that a condition may result in damage to your vehicle or its equipment if thecaution is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the caution.


F4

FOREWORD

Hyundai Motor Company wish to take this opportunity to thank you for purchasing a Hyundai product and to welcome you to theever increasing number of discriminating motorists who drive Hyundai vehicles. The advanced engineering and construction meth-ods employed during both design and production of the Hyundai marque are something of which we are proud, and this commit-ment to providing a high quality product is supported by a comprehensive after sales and warranty service of which we are equal-ly proud.

This owner's manual will introduce the operating and maintenance requirements for the vehicle and it is recommended that it iscarefully read to ensure that the maximum performance and durability along with safe and satisfactory operation are obtained. Therecommended routine maintenance servicing along with any running repairs that may be required should be entrusted to aHyundai authorised repairer to ensure that only the latest methods and genuine Hyundai replacement parts are used for the con-tinued reliability, safety and performance of the vehicle.

Should any question or query exist regarding any aspect of your Hyundai please contact the nearest Hyundai authorised repairerwho will be only too pleased to assist wherever possible.

Note : This owners manual should be considered as part of the vehicle and should be kept in the vehicle at all times for ease ofreference.

In the event of the vehicle being sold please ensure that this manual is left in the vehicle for the reference of the new owner.

Copyright 2010 Hyundai Motor Company. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in any retrievalsystem or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of Hyundai Motor Company.

CAUTIONSevere engine and transaxle damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and lubricants that do not meet Hyundaispecifications.You must always use high quality fuels and lubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 8-4 in theVehicle Specifications section of the Owner's Manual.


F5

Guide to Hyundai Genuine Parts1. What are Hyundai Genuine Parts?

Hyundai Genuine Parts are manufac-tured to the same specification asthose used by Hyundai MotorCompany to manufacture vehicles andare designed and tested to guaranteeoptimum safety, performance, and reli-ability.

2.Why should you use genuine parts?Hyundai Genuine Parts are engi-neered and built to meet rigid manu-facturing requirements. The use of imi-tation, counterfeit or used salvageparts is not covered under the HyundaiNew Vehicle Warranty.

In addition, any damage to or failure ofHyundai Genuine Parts caused by theinstallation or failure of an imitation,counterfeit or used salvage part is notcovered by the Hyundai New VehicleWarranty.

3. How can you tell if you are purchas-ing Hyundai Genuine Parts?Look for the Hyundai Genuine PartsLogo on the package (see below).

Hyundai Genuine Parts exported toare packaged with labels written onlyin English.

Hyundai Genuine Parts are only soldthrough Hyundai authorised repairers.

A100A01L A100A02L A100A04L

A100A03L


1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

I

Introduction

Your vehicle at a glance

Safety system of your vehicle

Features of your vehicle

Driving your vehicle

What to do in an emergency

Maintenance

Specifications & Consumer information

Index

table of contents


1

How to use this manual / 1-2Fuel requirements / 1-2Vehicle handling instructions / 1-5Vehicle run-in process / 1-5Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster / 1-6

Introduction

EL UK 1.QXP 8/24/2010 1:09 PM Page 1

Introduction

21

This Owners Manual is designed to helpvehicle users derive the greatest possi-ble amount of enjoyment and satisfactionfrom driving the HYUNDAI vehicle. It isstrongly recommended that the entiremanual is read in order that all of the fea-tures, safety systems and maintenancerequirements are understood.To minimise the RISK of death or injury,the "WARNING" and "CAUTION" state-ments must be read and understoodbefore operating the vehicle.Illustrations are used throughout themanual to complement written descrip-tions intended to best explain how toenjoy using the vehicle.Reading this manual will assist the vehi-cle user to learn about and understandthe features, important safety informa-tion, and driving recommendations.The general layout of the manual is pro-vided in the Table of Contents. The indexhas an alphabetical listing of all the infor-mation contained in the manual. Themanual has eight sections plus an index.Each section begins with a brief list ofcontents to easily identify at a glance ifthat section contains the informationbeing sought.

"WARNING", "CAUTION", and "NOTICE"information is provided to enhance thepersonal safety of the vehicle user. Thisinformation must be carefully read andfollowed.

✽✽ NOTICEA NOTICE indicates interesting or help-ful information is being provided.

Petrol engineUnleadedFor the optimal vehicle performance, werecommend you to use unleaded petrolwith an octane rating of RON (ResearchOctane Number) 95 /AKI (Anti KnockIndex) 91 or higher.You may use unleaded petrol with anoctane rating of RON 91~94/AKI 87~90but it may result in slight performancereduction of the vehicle.

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL FUEL REQUIREMENTS

WARNING A WARNING indicates a situation inwhich harm, serious bodily injury ordeath could result if the warning isignored.

CAUTIONA CAUTION indicates a situation inwhich damage to your vehicle couldresult if the caution is ignored.

CAUTIONNEVER USE LEADED FUEL. Theuse of leaded fuel is detrimental tothe catalytic converter and willdamage the engine control sys-tem’s oxygen sensor and affectemission control.Never add any fuel system cleaningagents to the fuel tank other thanwhat has been specified. (Consult aHYUNDAI authorised repairer fordetails.)

EL UK 1.QXP 8/24/2010 1:09 PM Page 2

1 3

Introduction

Petrol containing alcohol andmethanolGasohol, a mixture of petrol and ethanol(also known as grain alcohol), and petrolor gasohol containing methanol (alsoknown as wood alcohol) are being mar-keted along with or instead of leaded orunleaded petrol.Do not use gasohol containing more than10% ethanol, and do not use petrol orgasohol containing any methanol. Eitherof these fuels may cause drivability prob-lems and damage to the fuel system.Discontinue using gasohol of any kind ifdrivability problems occur.Vehicle damage or driveability problemsmay not be covered by the manufactur-er’s warranty if they result from the useof:1. Gasohol containing more than 10%

ethanol.2. Petrol or gasohol containing methanol.3. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.

Use of MTBEWe recommend that fuels containingMTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether) over15.0% vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7%weight) should not be used in your vehi-cle.Fuel containing MTBE over 15.0% vol.(Oxygen Content 2.7% weight) mayreduce vehicle performance and producevapour lock or hard starting.

WARNING • Do not "top off" after the nozzle

automatically shuts off whenrefuelling.

• Always check that the fuel cap isinstalled securely to prevent fuelspillage in the event of an acci-dent.

CAUTIONNever use gasohol which containsmethanol. Discontinue use of anygasohol product which impairs dri-vability.

CAUTIONYour New Vehicle Limited Warrantymay not cover damage to the fuelsystem and any performance prob-lems that are caused by the use offuels containing methanol or fuelscontaining MTBE (Methyl TertiaryButyl Ether) over 15.0% vol.(Oxygen Content 2.7% weight.)

EL UK 1.QXP 8/24/2010 1:09 PM Page 3

Introduction

41

Do not use methanolFuels containing methanol (wood alco-hol) should not be used in your vehicle.This type of fuel can reduce vehicle per-formance and damage components ofthe fuel system.

Fuels for cleaner airTo help contribute to cleaner air,HYUNDAI recommends use of fuelstreated with detergent additives, whichhelp to prevent deposit formation in theengine. These fuels will help the enginesrun cleaner and increase the EmissionControl System performance.

Operation in foreign countriesDrivers of vehicles which are to be oper-ated in foreign countries must satisfythemselves that:• The vehicle meets all local regulations

with respect to insurance, specifica-tions etc..

• The correct types and grades of fuelare available for satisfactory operationof the vehicle.

Diesel engineDiesel fuelDiesel engine must be operated only oncommercially available diesel fuel thatcomplies with EN 590 or comparablestandard (EN stands for "EuropeanNorm"). Do not use marine diesel fuel,heating oils, or non-approved fuel addi-tives, as this will increase wear andcause damage to the engine and fuelsystem. The use of non-approved fuelsand / or fuel additives will result in a limi-tation of your warranty rights.Diesel fuel of above cetane 51 is used inyour vehicle. If two types of diesel fuelare available, use summer or winter fuelproperly according to the following tem-perature conditions.• Above -5°C(23°F) ... Summer type

diesel fuel.• Below -5°C(23°F) ... Winter type diesel

fuel.

Watch the fuel level in the tank very care-fully : If the engine stops through fuel fail-ure, the circuits must be completelypurged to permit restarting.

CAUTIONDo not allow petrol or water to enterthe fuel tank. If this happens, thetank should be completely drainedand the fuel lines must all becleaned out to prevent the fuelpump from becoming contaminat-ed.

CAUTION - Diesel FuelIt is recommended to use the regu-lated automotive diesel fuel fordiesel vehicle equipped with theDPF system.If you use diesel fuel including highsulfur (more than 50 ppm sulfur)and unspecified additives, it cancause the DPF system to be dam-aged and white smoke can be emit-ted.

EL UK 1.QXP 8/24/2010 1:09 PM Page 4

1 5

Introduction

Biodiesel Commercially supplied Diesel blends ofno more than 7% biodiesel, commonlyknown as "B7 Diesel" may be used inyour vehicle if Biodiesel meets EN 14214or equivalent specifications. (EN standsfor "European Norm"). The use of biofu-els exceeding 7%, made from rapeseedmethyl ester (RME), fatty acid methylester (FAME), vegetable oil methyl ester(VME) etc. or mixing diesel exceeding7% with biodiesel will cause increasedwear or damage to the engine and fuelsystem. Repair or replacement of worn ordamaged components due to the use ofnon approved fuels will not be covered bythe manufactures warranty.

As with other vehicles of this type, failureto operate this vehicle correctly mayresult in loss of control, an accident orvehicle rollover.Specific design characteristics (higherground clearance, track, etc.) give thisvehicle a higher centre of gravity thanother types of vehicles. In other wordsthey are not designed for cornering at thesame speeds as conventional 2-wheeldrive vehicles. Avoid sharp turns orabrupt manoeuvres. Again, failure tooperate this vehicle correctly may resultin loss of control, an accident or vehiclerollover. Be sure to read the “Reducingthe risk of a rollover” driving guide-lines, in section 5 of this manual.

No special run-in period is needed. Byfollowing a few simple precautions for thefirst 600 miles (1,000 km) you may add tothe performance, economy and life ofyour vehicle.• Do not race the engine.• Whilst driving, keep your engine speed

(rpm, or revolutions per minute)between 2,000 rpm and 4,000 rpm.

• Do not maintain a single speed for longperiods of time, either fast or slow.Varying engine speed is needed toproperly run-in the engine.

• Avoid hard stops, except in emergen-cies, to allow the brakes to seat prop-erly.

• Don't let the engine idle longer than 3minutes at one time.

• Don't tow a trailer/caravan during thefirst 1,200 miles (2,000 km) of opera-tion.

CAUTION• Never use any fuel, whether

diesel, B7 biodiesel or otherwise,that fails to meet the latest petro-leum industry specification.

• Never use any fuel additives ortreatments that are not recom-mended or approved by the vehi-cle manufacturer.

VEHICLE HANDLINGINSTRUCTIONS

VEHICLE RUN-IN PROCESS

EL UK 1.QXP 8/24/2010 1:09 PM Page 5

Introduction

61

INDICATOR SYMBOLS ON THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Engine oil pressure warninglight

Seat belt warning light

Door and tailgate open positionlight

High beam indicator

Light on indicator*

Turn signal indicator

ABS warning light

Parking brake & Brake fluidwarning light

4WD system warning light*

4WD LOCK indicator*

Malfunction indicator*

Air bag warning light

Cruise SET indicator*

Low fuel level warning light

Charging system warning light

Door ajar warning light

Glow indicator (Diesel only)

Fuel filter warning light (Diesel only)

Cruise indicator*

ESP indicator*

ESP OFF indicator*

Immobiliser indicator*

Shift pattern indicator*

Front fog light indicator*

Rear fog light indicator*

Low beam indicator*

Electric power steering (EPS)system warning light*

Key out warning*KEYOUT

DBC indicator*

Tailgate open warning light

Engine oil level warning light(Diesel engine*)

Low tyre pressure telltale*

Manual transaxle shift indicator*

EL UK 1.QXP 8/24/2010 1:09 PM Page 6

1 7

Introduction

Passenger’s front air bag OFFindicator*

Low tyre pressure position telltale*

ECO indicator*ECO

*: if equipped❈: For more detailed explanations, refer

to section 4, “Instrument cluster”.

Engine coolant temperaturewarning light

Auto stop for ISG system indicator*

EL UK 1.QXP 8/24/2010 1:09 PM Page 7

2

Interior overview / 2-2Instrument panel overview / 2-3Engine compartment / 2-4


EL UK 2.QXP 8/25/2010 2:04 PM Page 1


22

INTERIOR OVERVIEW

1. Door lock/unlock button ........................4-13

2. Power window switches*........................4-19

3. Central door lock switch* ......................4-14

4. Power window lock switch* ....................4-22

5. Outside rearview mirror control switch*....................................................4-40

6. Outside rearview mirror folding button*....................................................4-41

7. Fuel filler lid release lever ......................4-26

8. Instrument panel illumination control switch* ......................................4-43

9. 4WD Lock button* ..................................5-28

10. Idle Stop and Go system OFF button* ..................................................5-14

11. DBC button* ........................................5-44

12. ESP OFF button* ................................5-40

13. Fuse box ..............................................7-43

14. Steering wheel ....................................4-33

15. Seat........................................................3-2

16. Brake pedal..........................................5-34

17. Accelerator pedal..........................5-5, 5-11

18. Bonnet release lever ............................4-24

* : if equipped

OEL010001R* The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

EL UK 2.QXP 8/25/2010 2:08 PM Page 2

2 3


INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW

1. Light control/Turn signals ................4-722. Streeing wheel audio controls* ....4-117

3. Bluetooth phone controls* ............4-140

4. Instrument cluster ..........................4-42

5. Horn ................................................4-34

6. Driver’s front air bag........................3-47

7. Wiper/Washer..................................4-78

8. Auto cruise controls* ......................5-48

9. Engine start/stop button* ..................5-8

10.Digital clock and Audio ....4-111, 4-11611. Passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF

indicator*.......................................3-44 12. Hazard warning flasher switch......4-71

13. Climate control system* ................4-87

14. Seat warmer* ..................................3-8

15. Cigarette lighter* ........................4-108

16. AUX, USB and iPod port* ..........4-111

17. Power outlet* ..............................4-110

18. Shift lever ............................5-18, 5-21

19. Passenger’s front air bag* ............3-47

20. Glove box ....................................4-106

* : if equipped

OEL019002R* The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

EL UK 2.QXP 8/25/2010 2:14 PM Page 3


42

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

OEL070301R/OEL079001R

1. Engine coolant reservoir..................7-15

2. Engine oil filler cap ..........................7-14

3. Brake/clutch* fluid reservoir.............7-18

4. Air cleaner .......................................7-22

5. Fuse box..........................................7-42

6. Negative battery terminal ................7-29

7. Positive battery terminal ..................7-29

8. Radiator cap ....................................7-17

9. Engine oil dipstick............................7-14

10. Windscreen washer fluid reservoir.........................................7-19

* : if equipped

* The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

■■ Petrol (1.6L)

■■ Petrol (2.0L)

EL UK 2.QXP 8/25/2010 2:23 PM Page 4

2 5


OEL070302R/OEL079002R

1. Engine coolant reservoir ..................7-15

2. Fuse box ..........................................7-42

3. Fuel filter ..........................................7-20

4. Engine oil dipstick ............................7-14

5. Engine oil filler cap ..........................7-14

6. Brake/clutch* fluid reservoir ............7-18

7. Air cleaner ........................................7-22

8. Negative battery terminal ................7-29

9. Positive battery terminal ..................7-29

10. Radiator cap ..................................7-17

11. Windscreen washer fluid reservoir ........................................7-19

* : if equipped


■■ Diesel (1.7L)

■■ Diesel (2.0L)

EL UK 2.QXP 8/25/2010 3:06 PM Page 5

3

Seat / 3-2Seat belts / 3-15Child restraint system / 3-29Airbag-supplemental restraint system / 3-40


EL UK 3.QXP 8/24/2010 1:11 PM Page 1


23

Front seat(1) Forward and backward(2) Seatback angle(3) Seat cushion height (Driver’s seat)(4) Lumbar support (Driver’s seat)*(5) Seat warmer*(6) Head restraint

Rear seat(7) Seatback folding(8) Head restraint(9) Armrest(10) Seat warmer*

* if equipped

SEAT

OEL039001R

EL UK 3.QXP 8/24/2010 1:11 PM Page 2

3 3


WARNING - Driver’s seat• Never attempt to adjust seat

whilst the vehicle is moving. Thiscould result in loss of control,and an accident causing death,serious injury, or property dam-age.

• Do not allow anything to interferewith the normal position of theseatback. Storing items against aseatback or in any other wayinterfering with proper locking ofa seatback could result in seriousor fatal injury in a sudden stop orcollision.

• Always drive and ride with yourseatback upright and the lap por-tion of the seat belt snug and lowacross the hips. This is the bestposition to protect you in case ofan accident.

• In order to avoid unnecessaryand perhaps severe air baginjuries, always sit as far back aspossible from the steering wheelwhilst maintaining comfortablecontrol of the vehicle. It is recom-mended that your chest is at least10 inches (250 mm) away fromthe steering wheel.

WARNING - Uprightingseat

When you return the seatback to itsupright position, hold the seatbackand return it slowly and be surethere are no other occupantsaround the seat. If the seatback isreturned without being held andcontrolled, the back of the seatcould spring forward resulting inaccidental injury to a person struckby the seatback.

WARNING - Loose objectsLoose objects in the driver’s footarea could interfere with the opera-tion of the foot pedals, possiblycausing an accident. Do not placeanything under the front seats.

WARNING - Driver respon-sibility for front seat pas-senger

Riding in a vehicle with a front seat-back reclined could lead to seriousor fatal injury in an accident. If afront seat is reclined during anaccident, the occupant’s hips mayslide under the lap portion of theseat belt applying great force to theunprotected abdomen. Serious orfatal internal injuries could result.The driver must advise the frontpassenger to keep the seatback inan upright position whenever thevehicle is in motion.

EL UK 3.QXP 8/24/2010 1:11 PM Page 3


43

(Continued)• When resetting the seatback to

the upright position, make sure itis securely latched by pushing itforward and reverse.

WARNING - Rear seatbacks• The rear seatback must be

securely latched. If not, passen-gers and objects could be thrownforward resulting in seriousinjury or death in the event of asudden stop or collision.

• Luggage and other cargo shouldbe laid flat in the cargo area. Ifobjects are large, heavy, or mustbe piled, they must be secured.Under no circumstances shouldcargo be piled higher than theseatbacks. Failure to follow thesewarnings could result in seriousinjury or death in the event of asudden stop, collision or rollover.

• No passenger should ride in thecargo area or sit or lie on foldedseatbacks whilst the vehicle ismoving. All passengers must beproperly seated in seats andrestrained properly whilst riding.

(Continued)

WARNINGAfter adjusting the seat, alwayscheck that it is securely locked intoplace by attempting to move theseat forward or reverse withoutusing the lock release lever.Sudden or unexpected movementof the driver's seat could cause youto lose control of the vehicle result-ing in an accident.

EL UK 3.QXP 8/24/2010 1:11 PM Page 4

3 5


Front seat Manual adjustment Forward and backwardTo move the seat forward or backward:1. Pull the seat slide adjustment lever up

and hold it.2. Slide the seat to the position you

desire.3. Release the lever and make sure the

seat is locked in place.Adjust the seat before driving, and makesure the seat is locked securely by tryingto move forward and backward withoutusing the lever. If the seat moves, it is notlocked properly.

Adjusting the seatback reclinerTo recline the seatback, rotate the knobforward or rearward to the desired angle.

Seat cushion height (for driver’s seat, if equipped)To change the height of the seat cushion,push the lever upwards or downwards.• To lower the seat cushion, push down

the lever several times.• To raise the seat cushion, pull up the

lever several times.

OEL039002/H OEL039003/H OEL039004/H

EL UK 3.QXP 8/24/2010 1:11 PM Page 5


63

Lumbar support (if equipped) The lumbar support can be adjusted bymoving the lever on the side of seatback.Pivoting the lever increases or decreaseslumbar support.

Head restraintThe driver's and front passenger's seatsare equipped with a head restraint for theoccupant's safety and comfort.The head restraint not only providescomfort for the driver and front passen-ger, but also helps protect the head andneck in the event of a collision.

OLM039303N

WARNING • For maximum effectiveness in

case of an accident, the headrestraint should be adjusted sothe middle of the head restraint isat the same height of the centreof gravity of an occupant's head.Generally, the centre of gravity ofmost people's head is similarwith the height of the top of theireyes. Also, adjust the headrestraint as close to your head aspossible. For this reason, the useof a cushion that holds the bodyaway from the seatback is notrecommended.

• Do not operate the vehicle withthe head restraints removed assevere injury to the occupantsmay occur in the event of an acci-dent. Head restraints may provideprotection against neck injurieswhen properly adjusted.

• Do not adjust the head restraintposition of the driver's seatwhilst the vehicle is in motion.

OEL039005/H

EL UK 3.QXP 8/24/2010 1:11 PM Page 6

3 7


Active head restraint (if equipped)The active head restraint is designed tomove forward and upward during a rearimpact. This helps prevent the driver'sand front passenger’s heads from mov-ing backward and thus helps minimiseneck injuries.

Adjusting the angle (if equipped)The head restraint angle may be adjust-ed by pulling or pushing the lower part ofthe head restraint. Adjust the headrestraint so that it properly supports thehead and neck.

Adjusting the height up and downTo raise the head restraint, pull it up tothe desired position (1). To lower thehead restraint, push and hold the releasebutton (2) on the head restraint supportand lower the head restraint to thedesired position (3).

HNF2041-1/H OEL039010 OEL039011

WARNINGExcessive pulling or pushing maydamage the head restraint.

WARNINGA gap between the seat and theheadrest release button mayappear when seating on the seat orwhen you push or pull the seat. Becareful not to get your finger, etc.caught in the gap.

EL UK 3.QXP 8/24/2010 1:12 PM Page 7


83

RemovalTo remove the head restraint, raise it asfar as it can go then press the releasebutton (1) whilst pulling upward (2).To reinstall the head restraint, put thehead restraint poles (3) into the holeswhilst pressing the release button (1).Then adjust it to the appropriate height.

Seat warmer (if equipped)The seat warmer is provided to warm thefront seats during cold weather. With theignition switch in the ON position, pusheither of the switches to warm the driver'sseat or the front passenger's seat.During mild weather or under conditionswhere the operation of the seat warmeris not needed, keep the switches in the"OFF" position.• The temperature setting of the seat is

changed as follows :

• The seat warmer defaults to the OFFposition whenever the ignition switch isturned on.

✽✽ NOTICEWith the seat warmer switch in ONposition, the heating system in the seatturns off or on automatically dependingon the seat temperature.

OEL039012

WARNINGMake sure the head restraint locksin position after adjusting it toproperly protect the occupants.

OLM039013R

OFF → HIGH ( ) → LOW ( )

→

CAUTION• When cleaning the seats, do not

use an organic solvent such asthinner, benzene, alcohol andpetrol. Doing so may damage thesurface of the heater or seats.

• To prevent overheating the seatwarmer, do not place blankets,cushions or seat covers on theseats whilst the seat warmer is inoperation.

• Do not place heavy or sharpobjects on seats equipped withseat warmers. Damage to the seatwarming components couldoccur.

EL UK 3.QXP 8/24/2010 1:12 PM Page 8

3 9


Seatback pocket The seatback pocket is provided on theback of the front passenger’s and driver’sseatbacks.

WARNING - Seat warmerburns

Passengers should use extremecaution when using seat warmersdue to the possibility of excessheating or burns. In particular, thedriver must exercise extreme carefor the following types of passen-gers:1. Infants, children, elderly or hand-

icapped persons, or hospital out-patients

2. Persons with sensitive skin orthose that burn easily

3. Fatigued individuals4. Intoxicated individuals5. Individuals taking medication

that can cause drowsiness orsleepiness (sleeping pills, coldtablets, etc.)

OEL039015

WARNING - Seatbackpockets

Do not put heavy or sharp objectsin the seatback pockets. In an acci-dent they could come loose fromthe pocket and injure vehicle occu-pants.

EL UK 3.QXP 8/24/2010 1:12 PM Page 9


103

Rear seat Head restraintThe rear seat(s) is equipped with headrestraints in all the seating positions forthe occupant's safety and comfort.The head restraint not only providescomfort for passengers, but also helpsprotect the head and neck in the event ofa collision.

Adjusting the height up and downTo raise the head restraint, pull it up tothe desired position (1). To lower thehead restraint, push and hold the releasebutton (2) on the head restraint supportand lower the head restraint to thedesired position (3).

OLM039304N

*

* if equipped

WARNING• For maximum effectiveness in

case of an accident, the headrestraint should be adjusted sothe middle of the head restraint isat the same height of the centreof gravity of an occupant's head.Generally, the centre of gravity ofmost people's head is similarwith the height of the top of theireyes. Also adjust the headrestraint as close to your head aspossible. For this reason, the useof a cushion that holds the bodyaway from the seatback is notrecommended.

• Do not operate the vehicle withthe head restraints removed.Severe injury to an occupant mayoccur in the event of an accident.Head restraints may provide pro-tection against severe neckinjuries when properly adjusted.

OEL039017

EL UK 3.QXP 8/24/2010 1:12 PM Page 10

3 11


RemovalTo remove the head restraint, raise it asfar as it can go then press the releasebutton (1) whilst pulling the head restraintup (2).To reinstall the head restraint, put thehead restraint poles (3) into the holeswhilst pressing the release button (1).Then adjust it to the appropriate height.

ArmrestTo use the armrest, pull it forward fromthe seatback.

Seat warmer (if equipped)The seat warmer is provided to warm therear seats during cold weather. With theignition switch in the ON position, pusheither of the switches to warm rear seats.During mild weather or under conditionswhere the operation of the seat warmeris not needed, keep the switches in the"OFF" position.

✽✽ NOTICEWith the seat warmer switch in ONposition, the heating system in the seatturns off or on automatically dependingon the seat temperature.

OEL039018

WARNINGMake sure the head restraint locksin position after adjusting it toproperly protect the occupants.

OLM039019 OLM039020

EL UK 3.QXP 8/24/2010 1:12 PM Page 11


123

Folding the rear seatThe rear seatbacks can be folded to facil-itate carrying long items or to increasethe luggage capacity of the vehicle.

CAUTION• When cleaning the seats, do not

use an organic solvent such asthinner, benzene, alcohol andpetrol. Doing so may damage thesurface of the heater or seats.

• To prevent overheating the seatwarmer, do not place blankets,cushions or seat covers on theseats whilst the seat warmer is inoperation.

• Do not place heavy or sharpobjects on seats equipped withseat warmers. Damage to the seatwarming components could occur.

WARNING - Seat warmerburns

Passengers should use extremecaution when using seat warmersdue to the possibility of excessheating or burns. In particular, thedriver must exercise extreme carefor the following types of passen-gers:1. Infants, children, elderly or hand-

icapped persons, or hospital out-patients

2. Persons with sensitive skin orthose that burn easily

3. Fatigued individuals4. Intoxicated individuals5. Individuals taking medication

that can cause drowsiness orsleepiness (sleeping pills, coldtablets, etc.)

WARNING The purpose of the fold-down rearseatbacks is to allow you to carrylonger objects that could not beaccommodated in the cargo area.Never allow passengers sit on topof the folded down seatback whilstthe vehicle is moving. This is not aproper seating position and no seatbelts are available for use. Thiscould result in serious injury ordeath in case of an accident or sud-den stop. Objects carried on thefolded down seatback should notextend higher than the top of thefront seatbacks. This could allowcargo to slide forward and causeinjury or damage during suddenstops.

EL UK 3.QXP 8/24/2010 1:12 PM Page 12

3 13


1. Insert the rear seat belt buckle in thepocket between the rear seatback andcushion, and insert the rear seat beltwebbing in the guide to prevent theseat belt from being damaged.

2. Set the front seatback to the uprightposition and if necessary, slide thefront seat forward.

3.Lower the rear head restraints to thelowest position.

4.Pull on the seatback folding lever, thenfold the seat toward the front of thevehicle.

5. To use the rear seat, lift and pull theseatback backward. Pull the seatbackfirmly until it clicks into place. Makesure the seatback is locked in place.

6. Return the rear seat belt to the properposition.

7. When the seatback is completelyinstalled, check the red label of seat-back folding lever again.

OEL039021 OEL039022

EL UK 3.QXP 8/24/2010 1:12 PM Page 13


143

WARNING When you return the rear seatbackto its upright position after beingfolded down:Be careful not to damage the seatbelt webbing or buckle. Do notallow the seat belt webbing orbuckle to get caught or pinched inthe rear seat. Ensure that the seat-back is completely locked into itsupright position by pushing on thetop of the seatback. Otherwise, inan accident or sudden stop, theseat could fold down and allowcargo to enter the passenger com-partment, which could result inserious injury or death.

WARNING - Uprightingseat

When you return the seatback to itsupright position, hold the seatbackand return it slowly. If the seatbackis returned without holding it, theback of the seat could spring for-ward resulting in injury caused bybeing struck by the seatback.

WARNING - Cargo loadingMake sure the engine is off, theautomatic transaxle is in P (Park)and the parking brake is appliedwhenever loading or unloadingcargo. Failure to take these stepsmay allow the vehicle to move ifshift lever is inadvertently moved toanother position.

WARNING - CargoCargo should always be secured toprevent it from being thrown aboutthe vehicle in a collision and caus-ing injury to the vehicle occupants.Special care of objects should betaken when placing them in the rearseats, since those may hit the frontseat occupants in a frontal colli-sion.

CAUTION - Rear seat beltsWhen returning the rear seatbacksto the upright position, rememberto return the rear shoulder belts totheir proper position. Routing theseat belt webbing through the rearseat belt guides will help keep thebelts from being trapped behind orunder the seats.

CAUTION - Damaging rearseat belt buckles

When you fold the rear seatback orput luggage on the rear seat cush-ion, insert the buckle in the pocketbetween the rear seatback andcushion. Doing so can prevent thebuckle from being damaged by therear seatback or luggage.

EL UK 3.QXP 8/24/2010 1:12 PM Page 14

3 15


Seat belt restraint system

SEAT BELTS

(Continued)• Avoid wearing twisted seat belts.

A twisted belt can't do its job aswell. In a collision, it could evencut into you. Be sure the beltwebbing is straight and not twist-ed.

• Be careful not to damage the beltwebbing or hardware. If the beltwebbing or hardware is dam-aged, replace it.

WARNINGSeat belts are designed to bearupon the bony structure of thebody, and should be worn lowacross the front of the pelvis or thepelvis, chest and shoulders, asapplicable; wearing the lap sectionof the belt across the abdominalarea must be avoided.Seat belts should be adjusted asfirmly as possible, consistent withcomfort, to provide the protectionfor which they have been designed.A slack belt will greatly reduce theprotection afforded to the wearer.Care should be taken to avoid con-tamination of the webbing with pol-ishes, oils and chemicals, and par-ticularly battery acid.

(Continued)

WARNING• For maximum restraint system

protection, the seat belts mustalways be used whenever the caris moving.

• Seat belts are most effectivewhen seatbacks are in theupright position.

• Children age 12 and youngermust always be properlyrestrained in the rear seat. Neverallow children to ride in the frontpassenger seat. If a child over 12must be seated in the front seat,he/she must be properly beltedand the seat should be moved asfar back as possible.

• Never wear the shoulder beltunder your arm or behind yourback. An improperly positionedshoulder belt can cause seriousinjuries in a crash. The shoulderbelt should be positioned midwayover your shoulder across yourcollarbone.

(Continued)

EL UK 3.QXP 8/24/2010 1:12 PM Page 15


163

Seat belt warning■■ Type AAs a reminder to the driver, the seat beltwarning light will blink for approximately6 seconds each time you turn the ignitionswitch ON regardless of belt fastening.If the driver’s seat belt is unfastened afterthe ignition switch is ON, the seat beltwarning light blinks again for approxi-mately 6 seconds.If the driver's seat belt is not fastenedwhen the ignition switch is turned ON orif it is unfastened after the ignition switchis ON, the seat belt warning chime willsound for approximately 6 seconds. Atthis time, if the seat belt is fastened, thechime will stop at once. (if equipped)

■■ Type B(1) Driver’s seat belt warning light(2) Front passenger’s seat belt warning

light

As a reminder to the driver and front pas-senger, the driver’s and front passenger’sseat belt warning lights will illuminate forapproximately 6 seconds each time youturn the ignition switch ON regardless ofbelt fastening.If the driver’s or front passenger’s seatbelt is not fastened when the ignitionswitch is turned ON or if it is disconnect-ed after the ignition switch is turned ON,the corresponding seat belt warning lightwill illuminate until the belt is fastened.

1GQA2083

(Continued)Cleaning may safely be carried outusing mild soap and water. The beltshould be replaced if webbingbecomes frayed, contaminated ordamaged. It is essential to replacethe entire assembly after it hasbeen worn in a severe impact evenif damage to the assembly is notobvious. Belts should not be wornwith straps twisted. Each beltassembly must only be used by oneoccupant; it is dangerous to put abelt around a child being carried onthe occupant's lap.

WARNINGNo modifications or additionsshould be made by the user whichwill either prevent the seat beltadjusting devices from operating toremove slack, or prevent the seatbelt assembly from being adjustedto remove slack.

OEL039060R

EL UK 3.QXP 8/24/2010 1:12 PM Page 16

3 17


If you continue not to fasten the seat beltand you drive over 5mph (9km/h), theilluminated warning light will start to blinkuntil you drive under 3mph (6km/h).If you continue not to fasten the seat beltand you drive over 12mph (20km/h) theseat belt warning chime will sound forapproximately 100 seconds and the cor-responding warning light will blink.

✽✽ NOTICE• You can find the front passenger’s

seat belt warning light on the centrefascia panel.

• Although the front passenger seat isnot occupied, the seat belt warninglight will blink or illuminate for 6 sec-onds.

• The front passenger's seat belt warn-ing may operate when luggage isplaced on the front passenger seat.

Lap/shoulder beltTo fasten your seat belt:To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of theretractor and insert the metal tab (1) intothe buckle (2). There will be an audible"click" when the tab locks into the buckle.The seat belt automatically adjusts to theproper length only after the lap belt por-tion is adjusted manually so that it fitssnugly around your hips. If you lean for-ward in a slow, easy motion, the belt willextend and let you move around. If thereis a sudden stop or impact, however, thebelt will lock into position. It will also lockif you try to lean forward too quickly.

✽✽ NOTICEIf you are not able to pull out the seatbelt from the retractor, firmly pull thebelt out and release it. Then you will beable to pull the belt out smoothly.

B180A01NF/H

1

2

EL UK 3.QXP 8/24/2010 1:12 PM Page 17


183

Height adjustmentYou can adjust the height of the shoulderbelt anchor to one of 4 positions for max-imum comfort and safety.If the height of the adjusting seat belt istoo near your neck, you will not be gettingthe most effective protection. The shoul-der portion should be adjusted so that itlies across your chest and midway overyour shoulder nearest the door and notyour neck.To adjust the height of the seat beltanchor, lower or raise the height adjusterinto an appropriate position.

To raise the height adjuster, pull it up (1).To lower it, push it down (3) whilst press-ing the height adjuster button (2).Release the button to lock the anchorinto position. Try sliding the heightadjuster to make sure that it has lockedinto position.

OLM039026

Front seat

WARNING• Verify the shoulder belt anchor is

locked into position at the appro-priate height. Never position theshoulder belt across your neck orface. Improperly positioned seatbelts can cause serious injuriesin an accident.

• Failure to replace seat belts afteran accident could leave you withdamaged seat belts that will notprovide protection in the event ofanother collision leading to per-sonal injury or death. Replaceyour seat belts after being in anaccident as soon as possible.

B200A01NF/H

WARNINGYou should place the lap belt por-tion as low as possible and snuglyacross your hips, not on your waist.If the lap belt is located too high onyour waist, it may increase thechance of injury in the event of acollision. Both arms should not beunder or over the belt. Rather, oneshould be over and the other under,as shown in the illustration.Never wear the seat belt under thearm nearest the door.

EL UK 3.QXP 8/24/2010 1:12 PM Page 18

3 19


To release the seat belt:The seat belt is released by pressing therelease button (1) in the locking buckle.When it is released, the belt should auto-matically draw back into the retractor.If this does not happen, check the belt tobe sure it is not twisted, then try again.

3 Point rear centre belt (if equipped) To fasten the rear centre belt1. Extract the tongue plate from the hole

on the belt assembly cover and slowlypull the tongue plates out from theretractor.

2. Insert the tongue plate (A) into theopen end of the buckle (C) until anaudible “click" is heard, indicating thelatch is locked. Make sure the belt isnot twisted.

B210A01NF/H

11KMB3441

CAUTION - Cargo Be sure that the cargo is securelyloaded in the rear cargo area. Doingnot so may damage the rear centresafety belt in sudden stop or certaincollisions.

OLM039056L

EL UK 3.QXP 8/24/2010 1:12 PM Page 19


203

3. Pull the tongue plate (B) and insert thetongue plate (B) into the open end ofthe buckle (D) until an audible “click” isheard, indicating the latch is locked.Make sure the belt is not twisted.

There will be an audible “click” when thetab locks in the buckle. The seat beltautomatically adjusts to the proper lengthonly after the lap belt is adjusted manu-ally so that it fits snugly around your hips,if you lean forward in a slow, easymotion, the belt will extend and let youmove around. If there is a sudden stop orimpact, the belt will lock into position. Itwill also lock if you try to lean forward tooquickly.

To unfasten the rear centre belt 1.Press the release button on the buckle

(D) and remove the tongue plate (B)from the buckle (D).

1KMB3443

CAUTIONWhen using the rear centre seatbelt, the buckle with the “CENTER”mark must be used.

WARNINGWhen using the rear seat centrebelt, you must lock all tongueplates and buckles. If any tongueplate or buckle is not locked, it willincrease the chance of injury in theevent of collision.

1KMB3451

EL UK 3.QXP 8/24/2010 1:12 PM Page 20

3 21


2.To retract the rear centre seatbelt,insert the buckle into the web releasehole (C). Pull up on the seat belt web(A) and allow the webbing to retractautomatically.

3. Insert the tongue plate (A) into the holeon the belt assembly cover.

Stowing the rear seat belt The rear seat belt buckles can be stowedin the pocket between the rear seatbackand cushion when not in use.

OLM039057L 1KMB3453 OLM039029L

EL UK 3.QXP 8/24/2010 1:12 PM Page 21


223

• Routing the seat belt webbing throughthe rear seat belt guides will help keepthe belts from being trapped behind orunder the seats.After inserting the seat belt, tighten thebelt webbing by pulling it up.

Pre-tensioner seat belt (if equipped)Your vehicle is equipped with driver's andfront passenger's pre-tensioner seatbelts. The purpose of the pre-tensioner isto make sure that the seat belts fit tightlyagainst the occupant's body in certainfrontal collisions. The pre-tensioner seatbelts may be activated in crashes wherethe frontal collision is severe enough.

When the vehicle stops suddenly, or ifthe occupant tries to lean forward tooquickly, the seat belt retractor will lockinto position. In certain frontal collisions,the pre-tensioner will activate and pullthe seat belt into tighter contact againstthe occupant's body.If the system senses excessive seat belttension on the driver or passenger's seatbelt when the pre-tensioner activates, theload limiter inside the pre-tensioner willrelease some of the pressure on theaffected seat belt. (if equipped)

CAUTIONWhen using the seat belt, use itafter taking it out of the guides.If you pull the seat belt when it isstored in the guides, it may damagethe guides and/or belt webbing.

OED030300/HOLM039031

EL UK 3.QXP 8/24/2010 1:13 PM Page 22

3 23


The seat belt pre-tensioner system con-sists mainly of the following components.Their locations are shown in the illustra-tion:1. SRS air bag warning light2. Retractor pre-tensioner assembly3. SRS control module4. Anchor pre-tensioner assembly

(driver side, if equipped)

✽✽ NOTICE• When the pre-tensioner seat belts are

activated, a loud noise may be heardand fine dust, which may appear to besmoke, may be visible in the passengercompartment. These are normal oper-ating conditions and are not haz-ardous.

• Although it is harmless, the fine dustmay cause skin irritation and shouldnot be breathed for prolonged peri-ods. Wash all exposed skin areas thor-oughly after an accident in which thepre-tensioner seat belts were activat-ed.

• Because the sensor that activates theSRS air bag is connected with the pre-tensioner seat belt, the SRS air bagwarning light on the instrument panelwill illuminate for approximately 6seconds after the ignition switch hasbeen turned to the "ON" position, andthen it should turn off.

8KMB3311/H

WARNINGTo obtain maximum benefit from apre-tensioner seat belt:1. The seat belt must be worn cor-

rectly and adjusted to the properposition. Please read and followall of the important informationand precautions about your vehi-cle’s occupant safety features –including seat belts and air bags– that are provided in this manu-al.

2. Be sure you and your passen-gers always wear seat belts prop-erly.

EL UK 3.QXP 8/24/2010 1:13 PM Page 23


243

WARNING• Pre-tensioners are designed to

operate only one time. After acti-vation, pre-tensioner seat beltsmust be replaced. All seat belts,of any type, should always bereplaced after they have beenworn during a collision.

• The pre-tensioner seat beltassembly mechanisms becomehot during activation. Do nottouch the pre-tensioner seat beltassemblies for several minutesafter they have been activated.

• Do not attempt to inspect orreplace the pre-tensioner seatbelts yourself. This must be doneby a HYUNDAI authorised repair-er.

• Do not strike the pre-tensionerseat belt assemblies.

• Do not attempt to service orrepair the pre-tensioner seat beltsystem in any manner.

(Continued)

CAUTIONIf the pre-tensioner seat belt is notworking properly, this warning lightwill illuminate even if there is nomalfunction of the SRS air bag. Ifthe SRS air bag warning light doesnot illuminate when the ignition keyis turned to "ON", or if it remainsilluminated after illuminating forapproximately 6 seconds, or if itilluminates whilst the vehicle isbeing driven, please have aHYUNDAI authorised repairerinspect the pre-tensioner seat beltor SRS air bag system as soon aspossible.

(Continued)• Improper handling of the pre-ten-

sioner seat belt assemblies, andfailure to heed the warnings notto strike, modify, inspect, replace,service or repair the pre-tension-er seat belt assemblies may leadto improper operation or inadver-tent activation and serious injury.

• Always wear the seat belts whendriving or riding in a motor vehi-cle.

• If the vehicle or pre-tensionerseat belt must be discarded, con-tact a HYUNDAI authorisedrepairer.

EL UK 3.QXP 8/24/2010 1:13 PM Page 24

3 25


Seat belt precautions Infant or small childYou should be aware of the specificrequirements in your country. Childand/or infant seats must be properlyplaced and installed in the rear seat. Formore information about the use of theserestraints, refer to “Child restraint sys-tem” in this section.

✽✽ NOTICESmall children are best protected frominjury in an accident when properlyrestrained in the rear seat by a childrestraint system that meets the require-ments of the Safety Standards of yourcountry. Before buying any childrestraint system, make sure that it has alabel certifying that it meets SafetyStandards of your country. The restraintmust be appropriate for your child'sheight and weight. Check the label onthe child restraint for this information.Refer to “Child restraint system” in thissection.

WARNINGAll occupants of the vehicle mustwear their seat belts at all times.Seat belts and child restraintsreduce the risk of serious or fatalinjuries for all occupants in theevent of a collision or sudden stop.Without a seat belt, occupantscould be shifted too close to adeploying air bag, strike the interiorstructure or be thrown from thevehicle. Properly worn seat beltsgreatly reduce these hazards.Always follow the precautionsabout seat belts, air bags and occu-pant seat contained in this manual.

WARNINGEvery person in your vehicle needsto be properly restrained at alltimes, including infants and chil-dren. Never hold a child in yourarms or lap when riding in a vehi-cle. The violent forces created dur-ing a crash will tear the child fromyour arms and throw the childagainst the interior. Always use achild restraint appropriate for yourchild's height and weight.

EL UK 3.QXP 8/24/2010 1:13 PM Page 25


263

Larger childrenChildren who are too large for childrestraint systems should always occupythe rear seat and use the availablelap/shoulder belts. The lap portion shouldbe fastened and snugged on the hipsand as low as possible. Check belt fitperiodically. A child's squirming could putthe belt out of position. Children areafforded the most safety in the event ofan accident when they are restrained bya proper restraint system in the rear seat.If a larger child (over age 12) must beseated in the front seat, the child shouldbe securely restrained by the availablelap/shoulder belt and the seat should beplaced in the rearmost position. Childrenage 12 and under should be restrainedsecurely in the rear seat. NEVER place achild age 12 and under in the front seat.NEVER place a rear facing child seat inthe front seat of a vehicle.

If the shoulder belt portion slightly touch-es the child’s neck or face, try placing thechild closer to the centre of the vehicle. Ifthe shoulder belt still touches their faceor neck they need to be returned to achild restraint system.

Pregnant womenThe use of a seat belt is recommendedfor pregnant women.The seat belt shouldbe worn as low and snugly as possibleacross the hips, not across the abdomen.A qualified Medical Practitioner shouldbe consulted for further information.

WARNING - Shoulder beltson small children

• Never allow a shoulder belt to bein contact with a child’s neck orface whilst the vehicle is inmotion.

• If seat belts are not properly wornand adjusted on children, there isa risk of death or serious injury.

WARNING - Pregnantwomen

Pregnant women must never placethe lap portion of the safety beltover the area of the abdomenwhere the fetus is located or abovethe abdomen where the belt couldcrush the fetus during an impact.

EL UK 3.QXP 8/24/2010 1:13 PM Page 26

3 27


Injured personA seat belt should be used when aninjured person is being transported. Forspecific recommendations, the advice ofa qualified Medical Practioner should besought.

One person per beltThe seat belts are designed to be usedby one seat occupant only. The use of aseat belt by more than one personincreases the levels of injury which maybe sustained in the event of an accident.

Do not lie downTo reduce the chance of injuries in theevent of an accident and to achieve max-imum effectiveness of the restraint sys-tem, all passengers should be sitting upand the front seats should be in anupright position when the car is moving.A seat belt cannot provide proper protec-tion if the person is lying down in the rearseat or if the front seat is in a reclinedposition.

Care of seat beltsSeat belt assemblies must never be dis-assembled or modified in any way. Inaddition, care should be exercised toensure that the belt assemblies do notbecome damaged by being trapped inseat mechanisms, door shuts etc.

WARNINGRiding with a reclined seatbackincreases your chance of seriousor fatal injuries in the event of a col-lision or sudden stop. The protec-tion of your restraint system (seatbelts and air bags) is greatlyreduced by reclining your seat.Seat belts must be snug againstyour hips and chest to work proper-ly. The more the seatback isreclined, the greater the chancethat an occupant's hips will slideunder the lap belt causing seriousinternal injuries or the occupant'sneck could strike the shoulder belt.Drivers and passengers shouldalways sit well back in their seats,properly belted, and with the seat-backs upright.

WARNING When you return the rear seatbackto its upright position after the rearseatback was folded down, be care-ful not to damage the seat belt web-bing or buckle. Be sure that thewebbing or buckle does not getcaught or pinched in the rear seat.A seat belt with damaged webbingor buckle will not be as strong andcould possibly fail during a colli-sion or sudden stop, resulting inserious injury. If the webbing orbuckles are damaged, get themreplaced immediately.

EL UK 3.QXP 8/24/2010 1:13 PM Page 27


283

Periodic inspectionIt is recommended that all seat belts beinspected periodically for wear or dam-age of any kind. Parts of the system thatare damaged should be replaced assoon as possible. Under no circum-stances must any part of the seat beltassemblies be dismantled or repaired.

Keep belts clean and drySeat belts should be kept clean and dry.If belts become dirty, they can becleaned using a mild soap solution andwarm water. Bleach, dye, strong deter-gents or abrasives should not be usedsince the fabric may become damagedand weakened.

When to replace seat beltsThe entire seat belt assembly or assem-blies should be inspected by an autho-rised repairer if the vehicle has beeninvolved in an accident even if no dam-age is evident. Additional questions con-cerning seat belt operation should bedirected to a HYUNDAI authorisedrepairer.

EL UK 3.QXP 8/24/2010 1:13 PM Page 28

3 29


CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)Children riding in the car should sit in therear seat and must always be properlyrestrained to minimise the risk of injury inan accident, sudden stop or suddenmanoeuvre. According to accident statis-tics, children are safer when properlyrestrained in the rear seats than in thefront seat. Larger children not in a childrestraint should use one of the seat beltsprovided.You should be aware of the specificrequirements in your country. Childand/or infant safety seats must be prop-erly placed and installed in the rear seat.You must use a commercially availablechild restraint system that meets therequirements of the Safety Standards ofyour country. Child restraint systems aredesigned to be secured in vehicle seatsby lap belts or the lap belt portion of alap/shoulder belt, or by a tether anchorand/or ISOFIX anchors (if equipped).Children could be injured or killed in acrash if their restraints are not properlysecured. For small children and babies, achild seat or infant seat must be used.Before buying a particular child restraintsystem, make sure it fits your car seatand seat belts, and fits your child. Followall the instructions provided by the man-ufacturer when installing the childrestraint system.

WARNING• A child restraint system must be

placed in the rear seat. Neverinstall a child or infant seat on thefront passenger's seat. Should anaccident occur and cause thepassenger side air bag to deploy,it could severely injure or kill aninfant or child seated in an infantor child seat. Thus only use achild restraint in the rear seat ofyour vehicle.

• A seat belt or child restraint sys-tem can become very hot if it isleft in a closed vehicle on a sunnyday, even if the outside tempera-ture does not feel hot. Be sure tocheck the seat cover and bucklesbefore placing a child there.

• When the child restraint systemis not in use, store it in the lug-gage area or fasten it with a seatbelt so that it will not be thrownforward in case of a sudden stopor an accident.

• Children may be seriously injuredor killed by an inflating air bag.All children, even those too largefor child restraints, must ride inthe rear seat.

WARNINGTo reduce the chance or serious orfatal injuries:• Children of all ages are safer

when restrained in the rear seat.A child riding in the front passen-ger seat can be forcefully struckby an inflating air bag resulting inserious or fatal injuries.

• Always follow the instructions forinstallation and use of the childrestraint maker.

• Always make sure the child seatis secured properly in the car andyour child is securely restrainedin the child seat.

• Never hold a child in your arms orlap when riding in a vehicle. Theviolent forces created during acrash will tear the child from yourarms and throw the child againstthe car’s interior.

• Never put a seat belt over your-self and a child. During a crash,the belt could press deep into thechild causing serious internalinjuries.

(Continued)

EL UK 3.QXP 8/24/2010 1:13 PM Page 29


303

Using a child restraint systemFor small children and babies, the use ofa child seat or infant seat is required.Thischild seat or infant seat should be ofappropriate size for the child and shouldbe installed in accordance with the man-ufacturer's instructions. For safety rea-sons, we recommend that the childrestraint system be used in the rearseats.

(Continued)• Never leave children unattended

in a vehicle – not even for a shorttime. The car can heat up veryquickly, resulting in seriousinjuries to children inside. Evenvery young children may inadver-tently cause the vehicle to move,entangle themselves in the win-dows, or lock themselves or oth-ers inside the vehicle.

• Never allow two children, or anytwo persons, to use the sameseat belt.

• Children often squirm and repo-sition themselves improperly.Never let a child ride with theshoulder belt under their arm orbehind their back. Always prop-erly position and secure childrenin rear seat.

• Never allow a child to stand-up orkneel on the seat or floorboard ofa moving vehicle. During a colli-sion or sudden stop, the childcan be violently thrown againstthe vehicles interior, resulting inserious injury.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Never use an infant carrier or a

child safety seat that "hooks"over a seatback, it may not pro-vide adequate security in an acci-dent.

• Seat belts can become very hot,especially when the car is parkedin direct sunlight. Always checkseat belt buckles before fasten-ing them over a child.

CRS09

OUN026150

Rearward-facing child restraint system

Forward-facing child restraint system

EL UK 3.QXP 8/24/2010 1:13 PM Page 30

3 31


Installing a child restraint system bylap/shoulder belt

To install a child restraint system on theoutboard or centre rear seats, do the fol-lowing:1. Place the child restraint system in the

seat and route the lap/shoulder beltaround or through the restraint, follow-ing the restraint manufacturer’sinstructions. Be sure the seat belt web-bing is not twisted.

WARNING - Child seatinstallation

• A child can be seriously injuredor killed in a collision if the childrestraint is not properly anchoredto the vehicle and the child is notproperly restrained in the childrestraint. Before installing thechild restraint system, read theinstructions supplied by the childrestraint system manufacturer.

• If the seat belt does not operateas described in this section, havethe system checked immediatelyby your HYUNDAI authorisedrepairer.

• Failure to observe this manual'sinstructions regarding childrestraint system and the instruc-tions provided with the childrestraint system could increasethe chance and/or severity ofinjury in an accident.

WARNINGNever place a rear-facing childrestraint in the front passengerseat, because of the danger that aninflating passenger-side air bagcould impact the rear-facing childrestraint and kill the child.

E2MS103005

WARNINGWhen using the rear centre seatbelt, you should also refer to “3point rear centre seat belt” in thischapter.

EL UK 3.QXP 8/24/2010 1:13 PM Page 31


323

2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch intothe buckle. Listen for the distinct “click”sound.

Position the release button so that it iseasy to access in case of an emergency.

3. Buckle the seat belt and allow the seatbelt to take up any slack. After installa-tion of the child restraint system, try tomove it in all directions to be sure thechild restraint system is securelyinstalled.

If you need to tighten the belt, pull morewebbing toward the retractor. When youunbuckle the seat belt and allow it toretract, the retractor will automaticallyrevert back to its normal seated passen-ger emergency locking usage condition.

OEN036101 OEN036104

EL UK 3.QXP 8/24/2010 1:13 PM Page 32

3 33


Securing a child restraint seat with“Tether Anchor” system (if equipped) Child restraint hook holders are locatedon the back of the rear seats.

Child Seat Restraint Suitability For Seat Position using the Seat BeltUse child safety seats that have been officially approved and are appropriate for yourchildren. When using the child safety seats, refer to the following table.

U : Suitable for "universal" category restraints approved for use in this mass group U* : Suitable for "universal" category restraints approved for use in this mass group

(Seat position : foremost, Seat back : upright)

Age GroupSeating Position

Front passenger Rear outboard Rear centre

0 : Up to 10 kg (0 - 9 months)

U* U U

0+ : Up to 13 kg (0 - 2 years)

U* U U

I : 9 kg to 18 kg (9 months - 4 years)

U* U U

II & III : 15 kg to 36 kg (4 - 12 years)

U* U U

OEL039033

EL UK 3.QXP 8/24/2010 1:13 PM Page 33


343

1. Route the child restraint seat strapover the seatback.For vehicles with adjustable headrestraint, route the tether strap underthe head restraint and between thehead restraint posts, otherwise routethe tether strap over the top of theseatback.

2. Connect the tether strap hook to theappropriate child restraint hook holderand tighten to secure the seat.

OEL039034 WARNING - Tether strapNever mount more than one childrestraint to a single tether or to asingle lower anchorage point. Theincreased load caused by multipleseats may cause the tethers oranchorage points to break, causingserious injury or death.

WARNINGA child can be seriously injured orkilled in a collision if the childrestraint is not properly anchoredto the car and the child is not prop-erly restrained in the child restraint.Always follow the child seat manu-facturer’s instructions for installa-tion and use.

WARNING - Child restraintcheck

Check that the child restraint sys-tem is secure by pushing andpulling it in different directions.Incorrectly fitted child restraintsmay swing, twist, tip or separatecausing death or serious injury.

WARNING - Child restraint anchorage

• Child restraint anchorages aredesigned to withstand only thoseloads imposed by correctly fittedchild restraints. Under no circum-stances are they to be used foradult seat belts or harnesses orfor attaching other items orequipment to the vehicle.

• The tether strap may not workproperly if attached somewhereother than the correct tetheranchor.

EL UK 3.QXP 8/24/2010 1:13 PM Page 34

3 35


Securing a child restraint systemwith “ISOFIX” system and “TetherAnchorage” system (if equipped)ISOFIX is a standardised method of fit-ting child seats that eliminates the needto use the standard adult seat belt tosecure the seat in the vehicle. Thisenables a much more secure and posi-tive location with the added benefit ofeasier and quicker installation.An ISOFIX-seat may only be installed if ithas vehicle-specific or universal approval in accordance with the requirements ofECE-R 44.

There are ISOFIX symbols located onthe lower portion of each side of the rearseatbacks. These symbols indicate theposition of the lower anchors for childrestraints so equipped.

Both rear outboard seats are equippedwith a pair of ISOFIX anchorages as wellas a corresponding top tether anchorageon the back side of the back rest. TheISOFIX anchorages are located betweenseat cushion and back rest, marked withthe ISOFIX icon.For installation, CRS ISOFIX connectershave to engage with the vehicles ISOFIXanchorages (listen for a CLICK, checkpotential visual indicators on the CRSand cross-check by pulling).CRS with universal approval to ECE-R44 need to be fixed additionally with a toptether strap connected to the correspon-ding top tether anchorage point in theback rest.

OLM039035R OLM039036N

Lower Anchor

Lower AnchorPosition Indicator

OLM039053N

EL UK 3.QXP 8/24/2010 1:13 PM Page 35


363

The installing and the use of a child-seathas to be done according to theinstalling-manual, which is added to theISOFIX-seat.

To secure the child restraint seat1. To engage the child restraint seat to

the ISOFIX anchor, insert the childrestraint seat latch into the ISOFIXanchor. Listen for the audible “click”sound.

2. Connect the tether strap hook to thechild restraint hook holder and tightento secure the seat. (Refer to the previ-ous page.)

WARNINGInstall the child restraint seat fullyrearward against the seatback withthe seatback reclined two positionsfrom the most upright latched posi-tion.

CAUTIONDo not allow the rear seat belt web-bing to get scratched or pinched bythe ISOFIX-seat latch and ISOFIXanchor during installation.

WARNINGWhen using the vehicle's "ISOFIX"system to install a child restraintsystem in the rear seat, all unusedvehicle rear seat belt metal latchplates or tabs must be latchedsecurely in their seat belt bucklesand the seat belt webbing must beretracted behind the child restraintto prevent the child from reachingand taking hold of unretracted seatbelts. Unlatched metal latch platesor tabs may allow the child to reachthe unretracted seat belts whichmay result in strangulation and aserious injury or death to the childin the child restraint.

WARNING• Do not install a child restraint

seat at the centre of the rear seatusing the vehicle's ISOFIXanchors. The ISOFIX anchors areonly provided for the left andright outboard rear seating posi-tions. Do not misuse the ISOFIXanchors by attempting to attach achild restraint seat in the middleof the rear seat to the ISOFIXanchors.In a crash, the child restraint seatISOFIX attachments may not bestrong enough to secure the childrestraint seat properly in the cen-tre of the rear seat and maybreak, causing serious injury ordeath.

(Continued)

EL UK 3.QXP 8/24/2010 1:13 PM Page 36

3 37


(Continued)• Do not mount more than one

child restraint to a child restraintlower anchorage point. Theimproper increased load maycause the anchorage points ortether anchor to break, causingserious injury or death.

• Attach the ISOFIX or ISOFIX-com-patible child restraint seat only tothe appropriate locations shownin the illustration.

• Always follow the installation anduse instructions provided by themanufacturer of the childrestraint.

EL UK 3.QXP 8/24/2010 1:13 PM Page 37


383

Child seat restraint suitability for vehicle ISOFIX positions - For Europe

F ISO/L1 - X X -

G ISO/L2 - X X -

E ISO/R1 - IUF IUF -

E ISO/R1 - IUF IUF -

D ISO/R2 - IUF IUF -

C ISO/R3 - IUF IUF -

D ISO/R2 - IUF IUF -

C ISO/R3 - IUF IUF -

B ISO/F2 - IUF IUF -

B1 ISO/F2X - IUF IUF -

A ISO/F3 - IUF IUF -

Rear Outboard(Passenger side)

Rear Outboard(Driver side)

Front PassengerFixtureSize ClassMass Group

Carrycot

0 : UP to 10kg

0+ : UP to 13kg

I : 9 to 18kg

Rear Centre

vehicle ISOFIX positions

IUF = Suitable for ISOFIX forward child restraints systems of universalcategory approved for use in the mass group.

IL = Suitable for particular ISOFIX child restraints systems (CRS) givenin the attached list. These ISOFIX CRS are those of the "specificvehicle", "restricted" or "semi-universal" categories.

X = ISOFIX position not suitable for ISOFIX child restraint system inthis mass group and/or this size class.

* Both ISO/R2 and ISO/R3 are able to be set up only at the foremostposition of the passenger seat.

* ISOFIX child restraint system size classes and fixtures

A - ISO/F3: Full-Height Forward-Facing toddler CRS (height 720mm)B - ISO/F2: Reduced-Height Forward-Facing toddler CRS (height

650mm)B1 - ISO/F2X: Reduced-Height Second Version Back Surface Shape

Forward-Facing toddler CRS (height 650mm)C - ISO/R3: Full-Size Rearward-Facing toddler CRSD - ISO/R2: Reduced-Size Rearward-Facing toddler CRSE - ISO/R1: Infant-Size Rearward-Facing CRSF - ISO/L1: Left Lateral Facing position CRS (carry-cot)G - ISO/L2: Right Lateral Facing position CRS (carry-cot)

EL UK 3.QXP 8/24/2010 1:13 PM Page 38

3 39


Recommended child restraint systems – For Europe

CRS Manufacturer informationFAIR S.r.l http://www.fairbimbofix.comBritax Römer http://www.britax.com

Mass Group Name Manufacturer Type of Fixation ECE-R44Approval No.

Group 0-1 FAIR G0/1 S FAIR S.r.lrearward facing with vehicle

E4 04443718

(0-18kg)specific ISOFIX platform type “D”

Baby Safe Plus Britax Römer with vehicle 3-point safety seatbelt E1 04301146

FAIR G0/1 S FAIR S.r.lforward facing with vehicle

E4 04443718specific ISOFIX platform type “A”

Britax Römervehicle ISOFIX lower anchorage

E1 04301133Duo Plus + Top Tether

Britax Römer with vehicle 3-point safety seatbelt E1 04301133

Group 1

(9-18kg)

EL UK 3.QXP 8/24/2010 1:13 PM Page 39


403

(1) Driver’s front air bag(2) Passenger’s front air bag*(3) Side impact air bag*(4) Curtain air bag*(5) Front passenger’s air bag ON/OFF

switch** : if equipped

AIR BAG - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

OYN039042R/OYN039026R

* The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

WARNINGEven in vehicles with air bags, youand your passengers must alwayswear the safety belts provided inorder to minimise the risk andseverity of injury in the event of acollision or rollover.

EL UK 3.QXP 8/24/2010 1:13 PM Page 40

3 41


How does the air bag systemoperate • Air bags are activated (able to inflate if

necessary) only when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON or STARTposition.

• Air bags inflate instantly in the event ofserious frontal or side collision (ifequipped with side impact air bag orcurtain air bag) in order to help protectthe occupants from serious physicalinjury.

• There is no single speed at which theair bags will inflate.Generally, air bags are designed toinflate based upon the severity of a col-lision and its direction. These two fac-tors determine whether the sensorsproduce an electronic deployment/inflation signal.

• Air bag deployment depends on anumber of factors including vehiclespeed, angles of impact and the densi-ty and stiffness of the vehicles orobjects which your vehicle hits in thecollision. The determining, factors arenot limited to those mentioned above.

• The front air bags will completelyinflate and deflate in an instant.

It is virtually impossible for you to seethe air bags inflate during an accident.It is much more likely that you will sim-ply see the deflated air bags hangingout of their storage compartments afterthe collision.

• In order to help provide protection in asevere collision, the air bags mustinflate rapidly. The speed of air baginflation is a consequence of extremelyshort time in which a collision occursand the need to get the air bagbetween the occupant and the vehiclestructures before the occupant impactsthose structures. This speed of inflationreduces the risk of serious or life-threatening injuries in a severe collisionand is thus a necessary part of air bagdesign.However, air bag inflation can alsocause injuries which can include facialabrasions, bruises and broken bonesbecause the inflation speed also caus-es the air bags to expand with a greatdeal of force.

• There are even circumstancesunder which contact with the steer-ing wheel air bag can cause fatalinjuries, especially if the occupantis positioned excessively close tothe steering wheel.

WARNING• To avoid severe personal injury

or death caused by deploying airbags in a collision, the drivershould sit as far back from thesteering wheel air bag as possible(at least (10 inches) 250 mmaway).The front passenger shouldalways move their seat as farback as possible and sit back intheir seat.

• Air bag inflates instantly in anevent of a collision, passengersmay be injured by the air bagexpansion force if they are not ina proper position.

• Air bag inflation may causeinjuries including facial or bodilyabrasions, injuries from brokenglasses or burns.

EL UK 3.QXP 8/24/2010 1:13 PM Page 41


423

Noise and smokeWhen the air bags inflate, they make aloud noise and they leave smoke andpowder in the air inside of the vehicle.This is normal and is a result of the igni-tion of the air bag inflator. After the airbag inflates, you may feel substantial dis-comfort in breathing due to the contact ofyour chest with both the seat belt and theair bag, as well as from breathing thesmoke and powder. Open your doorsand/or windows as soon as possibleafter impact in order to reduce dis-comfort and prevent prolonged expo-sure to the smoke and powder.Though smoke and powder are non-toxic, it may cause irritation to the skin(eyes, nose and throat, etc.). If this is thecase, wash and rinse with cold waterimmediately and consult the doctor if thesymptom persists.

Installing a child restraint on a frontpassenger’s seat is forbidden whenthe air bag is activeNever place a rear-facing child restraintin the front passenger's seat other thanthat explained in section - Passenger'sfront air bag ON/OFF switch (ifequipped). If the air bag deploys, it wouldimpact the rear-facing child restraint,causing serious or fatal injury.In addition, do not place front-facing childrestraints in the front passenger’s seateither. If the front passenger air baginflates, it would cause serious or fatalinjuries to the child.If your vehicle is equipped with the pas-senger’s front air bag ON/OFF switch,you can activate or deactivate the frontpassenger’s air bag when necessary.

1JBH3051

WARNINGWhen the air bags deploy, the airbag related parts in the steeringwheel and/or instrument paneland/or in both sides of the roof railsabove the front and rear doors arevery hot. To prevent injury, do nottouch the air bag storage areasinternal components immediatelyafter an air bag has inflated.

EL UK 3.QXP 8/24/2010 1:13 PM Page 42

3 43


For more details, please refer to 3-44page.

Air bag warning and indicatorAir bag warning lightThe purpose of the air bag warning lightin your instrument panel is to alert you ofa potential problem with your air bag -Supplemental Restraint System (SRS).

When the ignition switch is turned ON,the warning light should illuminate forapproximately 6 seconds, then go off.Have the system checked if:• The light does not turn on briefly when

you turn the ignition ON.• The light stays on after illuminating for

approximately 6 seconds.• The light comes on whilst the vehicle is

in motion.• The light blinks when the ignition

switch is in ON position.

WARNING• Extreme Hazard! Do not use a

rearward facing child restraint ona seat protected by an air bag infront of it!

• Never put a child restraint in thefront passenger's seat other thanthat as mentioned in section -Passenger's front air bag ON/OFFswitch (if equipped). If the frontpassenger air bag inflates, itwould cause serious or fatalinjuries.

• When children are seated in therear outboard seats of vehicleequipped with side and/or curtainair bags, be sure to install thechild restraint system as far awayfrom the door side as possible,and securely lock the childrestraint system in position.Inflation of side and/or curtain airbags could cause serious injuryor death to an infant or child.

W7-147

EL UK 3.QXP 8/24/2010 1:13 PM Page 43


443

Passenger’s front air bag ON indicator (if equipped)

The passenger's front air bag ON indica-tor illuminates for approximately 4 sec-onds after the ignition switch is turned tothe ON position.The passenger's front air bag ON indica-tor also comes on when the passenger'sfront air bag ON/OFF switch is set to theON position and goes off after approxi-mately 60 seconds.

Passenger’s front air bag OFF indicator (if equipped)

The passenger’s front air bag OFF indi-cator illuminates for about 4 secondsafter the ignition switch is turned to theON position.The passenger’s front air bag OFF indi-cator also comes on when the passen-ger’s front air bag ON/OFF switch is setto the OFF position and goes off whenthe passenger’s front air bag ON/OFFswitch is set to the ON position.

OEL039061

CAUTIONIf the passenger’s front air bagON/OFF switch malfunctions, thepassenger’s front air bag OFF indi-cator will not illuminate (The pas-senger's front air bag ON indicatorcomes on and goes off afterapproximately 60 seconds) and thepassenger’s front air bag will inflatein a frontal impact even if the pas-senger’s front air bag ON/OFFswitch is set to the OFF position.If this occurs, have a HYUNDAIauthorised repairer inspect the pas-senger’s front air bag ON/OFFswitch and the SRS air bag systemas soon as possible.

OEL039052

EL UK 3.QXP 8/24/2010 1:13 PM Page 44

3 45


SRS components and functionsThe SRS consists of the following com-ponents:1. Driver's front air bag module*2. Front impact sensors*3. Passenger's front air bag module*4. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies*5. Side impact sensors*6. Curtain air bag modules*7. Side air bag modules*8. SRS control module (SRSCM)9. Air bag warning light10. Anchor pre-tensioner assembly*

(driver side)11. Passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF

switch*12. Passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF

indicator**: if equipped

The SRSCM continually monitors all ele-ments whilst the ignition switch is ON todetermine if a frontal, near-frontal impactor side impact is severe enough torequire air bag deployment or pre-ten-sioner seat belt deployment.

The SRS air bag warning light on theinstrument panel will illuminate for about6 seconds after the ignition switch isturned to the ON position, after which theair bag warning light should go out.

The front air bag modules are locatedboth in the centre of the steering wheeland in the front passenger's panel abovethe glove box. When the SRSCM detectsa sufficiently severe impact to the front ofthe vehicle, it will automatically deploythe front air bags.

WARNINGIf any of the following conditionsoccurs, this indicates a malfunctionof the SRS. Have a HYUNDAI autho-rised repairer inspect the air bagsystem as soon as possible.• The light does not turn on briefly

when you turn the ignition ON.• The light stays on after illuminat-

ing for approximately 6 seconds.• The light comes on whilst the

vehicle is in motion.• The light blinks when the ignition

switch is in ON position.

B240B01L/H

Driver’s front air bag (1)

EL UK 3.QXP 8/24/2010 1:13 PM Page 45


463

Upon deployment, tear seams moldeddirectly into the pad covers will separateunder pressure from the expansion of theair bags. Further opening of the coversthen allows full inflation of the air bags.

A fully inflated air bag, in combinationwith a properly worn seat belt, slows thedriver's or the passenger's forwardmotion, reducing the risk of head andchest injury.

After complete inflation, the air bagimmediately starts deflating, enabling thedriver to maintain forward visibility andthe ability to steer or operate other con-trols.

B240B02L/H B240B03L/H

Driver’s front air bag (2) Driver’s front air bag (3)

B240B05L/H

Passenger’s front air bag

WARNING • Do not install or place any acces-

sories (drink holder, cassetteholder, sticker, etc.) on the frontpassenger's panel above theglove box in a vehicle with a pas-senger's air bag. Such objectsmay become dangerous projec-tiles and cause injury if the pas-senger's air bag inflates.

• When installing a container of liq-uid air freshener inside the vehi-cle, do not place it near theinstrument cluster nor on theinstrument panel surface.It may become dangerous projec-tiles and cause injury if the pas-senger's air bag inflates.

EL UK 3.QXP 8/24/2010 1:13 PM Page 46

3 47


Driver's and passenger's front airbag (if equipped)Your vehicle is equipped with aSupplemental Restraint (Air Bag) Systemand lap/shoulder belts at both the driverand passenger seating positions.

WARNING• If an air bag deploys, there may

be a loud noise followed by a finedust released in the vehicle.These conditions are normal andare not hazardous - the air bagsare packed in this fine powder.The dust generated during airbag deployment may cause skinor eye irritation as well as aggra-vate asthma for some persons.Always wash all exposed skinareas thoroughly with lukewarmwater and a mild soap after anaccident in which the air bagswere deployed.

(Continued)

(Continued)• The SRS can function only when

the ignition key is in the "ON"position. If the SRS air bag warn-ing light does not illuminate, orcontinuously remains on afterilluminating for about 6 secondswhen the ignition key is turned tothe ON position, or after theengine is started, comes onwhilst driving, the SRS is notworking properly. If this occurs,have your vehicle immediatelyinspected by a HYUNDAI autho-rised repairer.

• Before you replace a fuse or dis-connect a battery terminal, turnthe ignition switch to the LOCKposition and remove the ignitionkey. Never remove or replace theair bag related fuse(s) when theignition switch is in the ON posi-tion. Failure to heed this warningwill cause the SRS air bag warn-ing light to illuminate.

OEL039037R

OEL039038R

Driver’s front air bag

Passenger’s front air bag

EL UK 3.QXP 8/24/2010 1:13 PM Page 47


483

The indications of the system's presenceare the letters "AIR BAG" embossed onthe air bag pad cover on the steeringwheel and the passenger's side frontpanel pad above the glove box.

The SRS consists of air bags installedunder the pad covers in the centre of thesteering wheel and the passenger's sidein the front panel above the glove box.The purpose of the SRS is to provide thevehicle's driver and/or the front passen-ger with additional protection than thatoffered by the seat belt system alone incase of a frontal impact of sufficientseverity.

WARNINGAlways use seat belts and childrestraints – every trip, every time,everyone! Air bags inflate withconsiderable force and in the blinkof an eye. Seat belts help keepoccupants in proper position toobtain maximum benefit from theair bag. Even with air bags, improp-erly and unbelted occupants can beseverely injured when the air baginflates. Always follow the precau-tions about seat belts, air bags andoccupant safety contained in thismanual.To reduce the chance of serious orfatal injuries and receive the maxi-mum safety benefit from yourrestraint system:• Never place a child in any child or

booster seat in the front seat. NBSee section - Passenger's frontair bag ON/OFF switch (ifequipped).

• ABC – Always Buckle Children inthe back seat. It is the safestplace for children of any age toride.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Front and side impact air bags

can injure occupants improperlypositioned in the front seats.

• Move your seat as far back aspractical from the front air bags,whilst still maintaining control ofthe vehicle.

• You and your passengers shouldnever sit or lean unnecessarilyclose to the air bags. Improperlypositioned drivers and passen-gers can be severely injured byinflating air bags.

• Never lean against the door orcentre console – always sit in anupright position.

• No objects should be placed overor near the air bag modules onthe steering wheel, instrumentpanel, and the front passenger'spanel above the glove box,because any such object couldcause harm if the vehicle is in acrash severe enough to causethe air bags to deploy.

(Continued)

EL UK 3.QXP 8/24/2010 1:13 PM Page 48

3 49


(Continued)• Front air bags are not intended to

deploy in side-impact, rear-impact or rollover crashes. Inaddition, front air bags will notdeploy in frontal crashes belowthe deployment threshold.

• A child restraint system mustnever be placed in the front seat.The infant or child could beseverely injured or killed by an airbag deployment in case of anaccident. NB See section -Passenger's front air bag ON/OFFswitch (if equipped).

• Children age 12 and under mustalways be properly restrained inthe rear seat. Never allow chil-dren to ride in the front passen-ger seat. If a child over 12 mustbe seated in the front seat, he orshe must be properly belted andthe seat should be moved as farback as possible.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Do not tamper with or disconnect

SRS wiring or other componentsof the SRS system. Doing socould result in injury, due to acci-dental deployment of the air bagsor by rendering the SRS inopera-tive.

• If the SRS air bag warning lightremains illuminated whilst thevehicle is being driven, have aHYUNDAI authorised repairerinspect the air bag system assoon as possible.

• Air bags can only be used once –have a HYUNDAI authorisedrepairer replace the air bag imme-diately after deployment.

• The SRS is designed to deploythe front air bags only when animpact is sufficiently severe andwhen the impact angle is lessthan 30° from the forward longitu-dinal axis of the vehicle.Additionally, the air bags will onlydeploy once. Seat belts must beworn at all times.

(Continued)

(Continued)• For maximum safety protection in

all types of crashes, all occu-pants including the driver shouldalways wear their seat beltswhether or not an air bag is alsoprovided at their seating positionto minimise the risk of severeinjury or death in the event of acrash. Do not sit or lean unneces-sarily close to the air bag whilstthe vehicle is in motion.

• Sitting improperly or out of posi-tion can result in serious or fatalinjury in a crash. All occupantsshould sit upright with the seatback in an upright position, cen-tred on the seat cushion withtheir seat belt on, legs comfort-ably extended and their feet onthe floor until the vehicle isparked and the ignition key isremoved.

(Continued)

EL UK 3.QXP 8/24/2010 1:13 PM Page 49


503

Passenger’s front air bag ON/OFFswitch (if equipped)The passenger's front air bag can bedeactivated by the passenger's front airbag ON/OFF switch. When switched off arearward facing child seat can beinstalled in this seating position. Whenusing this facility the seat must always beput in its most rearward position.NB. For safety reasons, when installingchild seats within the vehicle the backseat positions are preferred, such prac-tice for installing a child seat in the frontpassenger seat (with the Air Bag switchpositioned OFF) should only be used inexceptional circumstances.In addition the air bag can also be deac-tivated if the front passenger's seat isunoccupied by a person.

To deactivate or reactivate the passen-ger’s front air bag:To deactivate the passenger’s front airbag, insert the master key into the pas-senger’s front air bag ON/OFF switchand turn it to the OFF position. The pas-senger’s front air bag OFF indicator ( )will illuminate and stay on until the pas-senger’s front air bag is reactivated.To reactivate the passenger’s front airbag, insert the master key into the pas-senger’s front air bag ON/OFF switchand turn it to the ON position. The pas-senger’s front air bag OFF indicator willgo out and the passenger’s front air bagON indicator ( ) will illuminate forapproximately 60 seconds.

(Continued)• The SRS air bag system must

deploy very rapidly to provideprotection in a crash. If an occu-pant is out of position because ofnot wearing a seat belt, the airbag may forcefully contact theoccupant causing serious or fatalinjuries.

OLM039052LOEL039054R

EL UK 3.QXP 8/24/2010 1:13 PM Page 50

3 51


✽✽ NOTICE• When the passenger’s front air bag

ON/OFF switch is set to the ON position,the passenger’s front air bag is activatedand child or infant seat should not beinstalled on the front passenger seat.

• When the passenger’s front air bagON/OFF switch is set to the OFF posi-tion, the passenger’s front air bag isdeactivated.

CAUTION• If the passenger’s front air bag

ON/OFF switch is not workingproperly, the air bag warning light( )on the instrument panel willilluminate.And, the passenger's front air bagOFF indicator ( ) will not illumi-nate (The passenger's front airbag ON indicator comes on andgoes off after approximately 60seconds), the SRS ControlModule reactivate the passen-ger’s front air bag and the pas-senger’s front air bag will inflatein frontal impact crashes even ifthe passenger’s front air bagON/OFF switch is set to the OFFposition.If this occurs, have a HYUNDAIauthorised repairer inspect thepassenger’s front air bag ON/OFFswitch, the pre-tensioner seat beltsystem and the SRS air bag sys-tem as soon as possible.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If the SRS air bag warning light

blinks or does not illuminatewhen the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position, or if it illumi-nates whilst the vehicle is beingdriven, have a HYUNDAI autho-rised repairer inspect the passen-ger’s front air bag ON/OFF switch,pre-tensioner seat belt and theSRS air bag system as soon aspossible.

WARNINGOn some models, the front air bagON/OFF switch could turn by usinga similar small rigid device. Alwayscheck the status of the front air bagON/OFF switch and passenger'sfront air bag ON/OFF indicator.

EL UK 3.QXP 8/24/2010 1:13 PM Page 51


523

Side impact air bag (if equipped)Your vehicle is equipped with a sideimpact air bag in each front seat. Thepurpose of the air bag is to provide thevehicle's driver and/or the front passen-ger with additional protection than thatoffered by the seat belt alone.

(Continued)• Even though your vehicle is

equipped with the passenger'sfront air bag ON/OFF switch, donot install a child restraint sys-tem in the front passenger's seat.A child restraint system mustnever be placed in the front seatother than that explained in sec-tion - Passenger's front air bagON/OFF switch (if equipped).Children who are too large forchild restraint systems shouldalways occupy the rear seat anduse the available lap/shoulderbelts. Children are afforded themost safety in the event of anaccident when they arerestrained by a proper restraintsystem in the rear seat.

• As soon as the child seat is nolonger needed on the front pas-senger's seat, reactivate the frontpassenger's air bag.

WARNING• The driver is responsible for the

proper position of the passen-ger’s front air bag ON/OFF switch.

• Deactivate the passenger's frontair bag only when the ignitionswitch is switched off, or the mal-function may occur in the SRSControl Module.And there may be a danger thatthe driver's and/or front passen-ger’s and/or side and curtain airbag may fail to trigger, or not trig-ger correctly during a collision.

• Never install a rearward facingchild seat on the front passen-ger's seat unless the passenger'sfront air bag has been deactivat-ed. The infant or child could beseverely injured or killed by an airbag deployment in case of anaccident.

(Continued)

OEL039039

OXM039054

EL UK 3.QXP 8/24/2010 1:13 PM Page 52

3 53


• The side impact air bags are designedto deploy only during certain side-impact collisions, depending on thecrash severity, angle, speed and pointof impact.

• The side impact air bags do not onlydeploy on the side of the impact butalso on the opposite side.

(Continued)• Use of seat covers could reduce

or prevent the effectiveness ofthe system.

• Do not install any accessories onthe side or near the side impactair bag.

• Do not place any objects over theair bag or between the air bagand yourself.

• Do not place any objects (anumbrella, bag, etc.) between thefront door and the front seat.Such objects may become dan-gerous projectiles and causeinjury if the supplemental sideimpact air bag inflates.

• To prevent unexpected deploy-ment of the side impact air bagthat may result in personal injury,avoid impact to the side impactsensor when the ignition key ison.

• If the seat or seat cover is dam-aged, have the vehicle checkedand repaired by a HYUNDAIauthorised repairer. Inform thatyour vehicle is equipped withside impact air bags.

WARNING• The side impact air bag is sup-

plemental to the driver's and thepassenger's seat belt systemsand is not a substitute for them.Therefore your seat belts must beworn at all times whilst the vehi-cle is in motion. The air bagsdeploy only in certain side impactconditions severe enough tocause significant injury to thevehicle occupants.

• For best protection from the sideimpact air bag system and toavoid being injured by thedeploying side impact air bag,both front seat occupants shouldsit in an upright position with theseat belt properly fastened. Thedriver's hands should be placedon the steering wheel at the 9:00and 3:00 positions. The passen-ger's arms and hands should beplaced on their laps.

• Do not use any accessory seatcovers.

(Continued)

EL UK 3.QXP 8/24/2010 1:13 PM Page 53


543

Curtain air bag (if equipped)Curtain air bags are located along bothsides of the roof rails above the front andrear doors.They are designed to help protect theheads of the front seat occupants andthe rear outboard seat occupants in cer-tain side impact collisions.

• The curtain air bags are designed todeploy during certain side impact colli-sions, depending on the crash severity,angle, speed and point of impact.

• The curtain air bags do not only deployon the side of the impact but also onthe opposite side.

• The curtain air bags are not designedto deploy in all side impact.

OXM039055

OXM039056

WARNING• In order for side impact and cur-

tain air bags to provide the bestprotection, both front seat occu-pants and both outboard rearoccupants should sit in anupright position with the seatbelts properly fastened.Importantly, children should sit ina proper child restraint system inthe rear seat.

• When children are seated in therear outboard seats, they must beseated in the proper childrestraint system.Make sure to put the childrestraint system as far away fromthe door side as possible, andsecure the child restraint systemin a locked position.

(Continued)

EL UK 3.QXP 8/24/2010 1:14 PM Page 54

3 55


(Continued)• Do not allow the passengers to

lean their heads or bodies ontodoors, put their arms on thedoors, stretch their arms out ofthe window, or place objectsbetween the doors and passen-gers when they are seated onseats equipped with side and/orcurtain air bags.

• Never try to open or repair anycomponents of the side curtainair bag system. This should onlybe done by a HYUNDAI autho-rised repairer.

Failure to follow the above men-tioned instructions can result ininjury or death to the vehicle occu-pants in an accident.

EL UK 3.QXP 8/24/2010 1:14 PM Page 55


563

Air bag system operation (deploy-ment/non deployment)There are many types of situations inwhich an air bag would not provideadditional protection to the vehicleoccupants.These include rear impacts, second orthird collisions in multiple impactaccidents, low speed impacts, offsetcollisions and vehicle roll over. It istherefore important to understandthat the level of damage suffered by avehicle as a result of impact is notindicative of whether air bag deploy-ment was warranted by a primary, orsubsequent, impact.

Air bag collision sensors(1) SRS control module(2) Front impact sensor(3) Side impact sensor (if equipped)

OLM039040R/OLM039041/H/OLM039042/H/OEL039044

1 2 3

EL UK 3.QXP 8/24/2010 1:14 PM Page 56

3 57


Air bag inflation conditionsFront air bags Front air bags are designed to inflate in afrontal collision depending on the intensi-ty, speed or angles of impact of the frontcollision.

WARNING• Do not hit or allow any objects to

impact the locations where air bagor sensors are installed.This may cause unexpected airbag deployment, which couldresult in serious personal injuryor death.

• If the installation location orangle of the sensors is altered inany way, the air bags may deploywhen they should not or they maynot deploy when they should,causing severe injury or death.Therefore, do not try to performmaintenance on or around the airbag sensors. Have the vehiclechecked and repaired by aHYUNDAI authorised repairer.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Problems may arise if the sensor

installation angles are changeddue to the deformation of thefront bumper, body or B pillar andC pillars where side collision sen-sors are installed. Have the vehi-cle checked and repaired by aHYUNDAI authorised repairer.

• Your vehicle has been designedto absorb impact and deploy theair bag(s) in certain collisions.Installing bumper guards orreplacing a bumper with non-gen-uine parts may adversely affectyour vehicles collision and airbag deployment performance.

1VQA2084/H

EL UK 3.QXP 8/24/2010 1:14 PM Page 57


583

Side impact and curtain air bags (if equipped)Side impact and/or curtain air bags aredesigned to inflate when an impact isdetected by side collision sensorsdepending on the strength, speed orangles of impact resulting from a sideimpact collision.

Although the front air bags (driver’s andfront passenger’s air bags) are designedto inflate only in frontal collisions, theyalso may inflate in other types of colli-sions if the front impact sensors detect asufficient impact. Side air bags (sideimpact and/or curtain air bags) aredesigned to inflate only in side impactcollisions, but they may inflate in othercollisions if the side impact sensorsdetect a sufficient impact.If the vehicle chassis is impacted bybumps or objects on unimproved roadsor sidewalks, air bags may deploy. Drivecarefully on unimproved roads or on sur-faces not designed for vehicle traffic toprevent unintended air bag deployment.

Air bag non-inflation conditions• In certain low-speed collisions the air

bags may not deploy. The air bags aredesigned not to deploy in such casesbecause they may not provide benefitsbeyond the protection of the seat beltsin such collisions.

1VQA2086/H

OVQ036018N

OXM039057

EL UK 3.QXP 8/24/2010 1:14 PM Page 58

3 59


• Air bags are not designed to inflate inrear collisions, because occupants aremoved backward by the force of theimpact. In this case, inflated air bagswould not be able to provide any addi-tional benefit.

• Front air bags may not inflate in sideimpact collisions, because occupantsmove to the direction of the collision,and thus in side impacts, frontal air bagdeployment would not provide addi-tional occupant protection.

• However, if equipped with side impactand curtain air bags, the air bags mayinflate depending on the intensity, vehi-cle speed and angles of impact.

• In an angled collision, the force ofimpact may direct the occupants in adirection where the air bags would notbe able to provide any additional bene-fit, and thus the sensors may notdeploy any air bags.

1VQA2089OVQ036018NOUN036087/H

EL UK 3.QXP 8/24/2010 1:14 PM Page 59


603

• Just before impact, drivers often brakeheavily. Such heavy braking lowers thefront portion of the vehicle causing it to“ride” under a vehicle with a higherground clearance. Air bags may notinflate in this "under-ride" situationbecause deceleration forces that aredetected by sensors may be signifi-cantly replaced by such “under-ride”collisions.

• Air bags may not inflate in rollover acci-dents because air bag deploymentwould not provide protection to theoccupants.However, side and/or curtain air bagsmay inflate when the vehicle is rolledover by a side impact collision, if thevehicle is equipped with side impact airbags and curtain air bags.

• Air bags may not inflate if the vehiclecollides with objects such as utilitypoles or trees, where the point ofimpact is concentrated to one area andthe full force of the impact is not deliv-ered to the sensors.

1VQA2090 1VQA2091 1VQA2092

EL UK 3.QXP 8/24/2010 1:14 PM Page 60

3 61


SRS CareThe SRS is virtually maintenance-freeand so there are no parts you can safelyservice by yourself. If the SRS air bagwarning light does not illuminate, or con-tinuously remains on, have your vehicleimmediately inspected by a HYUNDAIauthorised repairer.

Any work on the SRS system, such asremoving, installing, repairing, or anywork on the steering wheel must be per-formed by a HYUNDAI authorised repair-er. Improper handling of the SRS systemmay result in serious personal injury.

WARNING• Modification to SRS components

or wiring, including the additionof any kind of badges to the padcovers or modifications to thebody structure, can adverselyaffect SRS performance and leadto possible injury.

• For cleaning the air bag pad cov-ers, use only a soft, dry cloth orone which has been moistenedwith plain water. Solvents orcleaners could adversely affectthe air bag covers and properdeployment of the system.

• No objects should be placed overor near the air bag modules onthe steering wheel, instrumentpanel, and the front passenger'spanel above the glove box,because any such object couldcause harm if the vehicle is in acrash severe enough to causethe air bags to inflate.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If the air bags inflate, they must

be replaced by a HYUNDAI autho-rised repairer.

• Do not tamper with or disconnectSRS wiring, or other componentsof the SRS system. Doing socould result in injury, due to acci-dental inflation of the air bags orby rendering the SRS inopera-tive.

• If components of the air bag sys-tem must be discarded, or if thevehicle must be scrapped, certainsafety precautions must beobserved. A HYUNDAI authorisedrepairer knows these precautionsand can give you the necessaryinformation. Failure to followthese precautions and proce-dures could increase the risk ofpersonal injury.

• If your car was flooded and hassoaked carpeting or water onflooring, you shouldn't try to startthe engine; have the car towed toa HYUNDAI authorised repairer.

EL UK 3.QXP 8/24/2010 1:14 PM Page 61


623

Additional safety precautions• Never let passengers ride in the

cargo area or on top of a folded-down back seat. All occupants shouldsit upright, fully back in their seats withtheir seat belts on and their feet on thefloor.

• Passengers should not move out ofor change seats whilst the vehicle ismoving. A passenger who is not wear-ing a seat belt during a crash or emer-gency stop can be thrown against theinside of the vehicle, against otheroccupants, or out of the vehicle.

• Each seat belt is designed torestrain one occupant. If more thanone person uses the same seat belt,they could be seriously injured or killedin a collision.

• Do not use any accessories on seatbelts. Devices claiming to improveoccupant comfort or reposition the seatbelt can reduce the protection providedby the seat belt and increase thechance of serious injury in a crash.

• Passengers should not place hardor sharp objects between them-selves and the air bags. Carryinghard or sharp objects on your lap or inyour mouth can result in injuries if anair bag inflates.

• Keep occupants away from the airbag covers. All occupants should situpright, fully back in their seats withtheir seat belts on and their feet on thefloor. If occupants are too close to theair bag covers, they could be injured ifthe air bags inflate.

• Do not attach or place objects on ornear the air bag covers. Any objectattached to or placed on the front orside impact air bag covers could inter-fere with the proper operation of the airbags.

• Do not modify the front seats.Modification of the front seats couldinterfere with the operation of the sup-plemental restraint system sensingcomponents or side air bags.

• Do not place items under the frontseats. Placing items under the frontseats could interfere with the operationof the supplemental restraint systemsensing components and wiring har-nesses.

• Never hold an infant or child on yourlap. The infant or child could be seri-ously injured or killed in the event of acrash. All infants and children shouldbe properly restrained in appropriatechild safety seats or seat belts in therear seat.

Adding equipment to or modify-ing your air bag-equipped vehicleIf you modify your vehicle by changingyour vehicle's frame, bumper system,front end or side sheet metal or rideheight, this may affect the operation ofyour vehicle's air bag system.

WARNING• Sitting improperly or out of posi-

tion can cause occupants to beshifted too close to a deployingair bag, strike the interior struc-ture or be thrown from the vehicleresulting in serious injury ordeath.

• Always sit upright with the seat-back in an upright position, cen-tred on the seat cushion withyour seat belt on, legs comfort-ably extended and your feet onthe floor.

EL UK 3.QXP 8/24/2010 1:14 PM Page 62

3 63


Air bag warning label (if equipped)Air bag warning labels are attached toalert driver and passengers (includingchildren) of potential risk of air bag sys-tem.

Note that these government warningsfocus on the risk to children, we alsowants you to be aware of the risks whichadults are exposed to. Those have beendescribed in previous pages.

■ Type BOLM039050

■ Type A

OLM039050L

EL UK 3.QXP 8/24/2010 1:14 PM Page 63

4

Keys / 4-2Remote keyless entry / 4-5Smart key / 4-8Theft-alarm system / 4-11Door locks / 4-13Tailgate / 4-17Windows / 4-19Bonnet / 4-24Fuel filler lid / 4-26Panorama Sunroof / 4-29

Steering wheel / 4-33Mirrors / 4-35Instrument cluster / 4-42Rear parking assist system / 4-67Rearview camera / 4-71Hazard warning flasher / 4-71Lighting / 4-72Wipers and washers / 4-78Interior light / 4-82Defroster / 4-85Manual climate control system / 4-87Automatic climate control system / 4-96Windscreen defrosting and defogging / 4-103Storage compartment / 4-106Interior features / 4-108Exterior features / 4-115Audio system / 4-116


EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:18 PM Page 1


24

Record your key numberThe key code number isstamped on the barcode tag attached to thekey set. Should youlose your keys, this

number will enable a HYUNDAI autho-rised repairer to duplicate the keys easi-ly. Remove the bar code tag and store itin a safe place. Also, record the codenumber and keep it in a safe and handyplace, but not in the vehicle.

Key operations• Used to start the engine.• Used to lock and unlock the doors.• Used to lock and unlock the glove box.

(if equipped)

KEYS

WARNING - Ignition keyLeaving children unattended in avehicle with the ignition key is dan-gerous even if the key is not in theignition. Children copy adults andthey could place the key in the igni-tion. The ignition key would enablechildren to operate power windowsor other controls, or even make thevehicle move, which could result inserious bodily injury or even death.Never leave the keys in your vehiclewith unsupervised children.

WARNINGUse only HYUNDAI original partsfor the ignition key in your vehicle.If an aftermarket key is used, theignition switch may not return toON after START. If this happens,the starter will continue to operatecausing damage to the startermotor and possible fire due toexcessive current in the wiring.

OFD047001-B

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:18 PM Page 2

4 3


Immobiliser systemYour vehicle may be equipped with anelectronic engine immobiliser system toreduce the risk of unauthorised vehicleuse.Your immobiliser system is comprised ofa small transponder in the ignition keyand electronic devices inside the vehicle.With the immobiliser system, wheneveryou insert your ignition key into the igni-tion switch and turn it to ON, it checksand determines and verifies if the ignitionkey is valid or not.If the key is determined to be valid, theengine will start.If the key is determined to be invalid, theengine will not start.

To deactivate the immobiliser sys-tem:Insert the ignition key into the key cylin-der and turn it to the ON position.

To activate the immobiliser system:Turn the ignition key to the OFF position.The immobiliser system activates auto-matically. Without a valid ignition key foryour vehicle, the engine will not start.

✽✽ NOTICEThe immobiliser system detects thepresence of a key in the ignition switch.To ensure the system performs correct-ly, the keys should be separated afterdelivery of the vehicle so that only onekey is near the ignition switch whenusing the vehicle. The engine may notstart or may stop shortly after starting ifmore than one key is near the ignitionswitch.

✽✽ NOTICEIf you need additional keys or lose yourkeys, consult a HYUNDAI authorisedrepairer.

WARNINGIn order to prevent theft of yourvehicle, do not leave spare keysanywhere in your vehicle. Yourimmobiliser password is a cus-tomer unique password and shouldbe kept confidential. Do not leavethis number anywhere in your vehi-cle.

CAUTIONDo not put metal accessories nearthe ignition switch.The engine may not start for themetal accessories may interrupt thetransponder signal from normallytransmitting.

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:18 PM Page 3


44

CAUTIONThe transponder in your ignitionkey is an important part of theimmobiliser system. It is designedto give years of trouble-free service,however you should avoid expo-sure to moisture, static electricityand rough handling. Immobilisersystem malfunction could occur.

CAUTIONDo not change, alter or adjust theimmobiliser system because itcould cause the immobiliser sys-tem to malfunction and should onlybe serviced by a HYUNDAI autho-rised repairer. Malfunctions caused by improperalterations, adjustments or modifi-cations to the immobiliser systemare not covered by your vehiclemanufacturer warranty.

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:18 PM Page 4

4 5


Remote keyless entry systemoperations■■ Type ATo unfold the key, press the release but-ton then the key will unfold automatically.To fold the key, fold the key manuallywhilst pressing the release button.

■■ Type BTo remove the mechanical key, press andhold the release button and remove themechanical key.To reinstall the mechanical key, put thekey into the hole and push it until a clicksound is heard.

Lock (1)All doors (and tailgate) are locked if thelock button is pressed. If all doors areclosed, the hazard warning lights blinkonce to indicate that all doors are locked.However, if any door remains open, thehazard warning lights will not blink.Close the door and try again to lock thedoors.

Unlock (2) All doors are unlocked if the unlock but-ton is pressed.The hazard warning lights will blink twiceto indicate that all doors are unlocked.After depressing this button, the doorswill be locked automatically unless youopen any door within 30 seconds.

Tailgate unlock (3) (if equipped)The tailgate is unlocked if the button ispressed for more than 1 second.The hazard warning lights will blink twiceto indicate that the tailgate is unlocked.However, after pressing this button, thetailgate will lock automatically unless youopen the tailgate within 30 seconds.Also, once the tailgate is opened andthen closed, the tailgate will lock auto-matically.

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY (IF EQUIPPED)

OEL049210L

■ Type B (if equipped)OEL049002

■ Type A (if equipped)CAUTION

Do not fold the key without press-ing the release button. This maydamage the key.

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:18 PM Page 5


64

Transmitter precautions✽✽ NOTICEThe transmitter will not work if any offollowing occur:• The ignition key is in ignition switch.• You exceed the operating distance

limit (about 30 feet [10 m]).• The battery in the transmitter is

weak.• Other vehicles or objects may be

blocking the signal.• The weather is extremely cold.• The transmitter is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio station oran airport which can interfere withnormal operation of the transmitter.

When the transmitter does not workcorrectly, open and close the door withthe ignition key. If you have a problemwith the transmitter, contact aHYUNDAI authorised repairer.

Battery replacementTransmitter uses a 3 volt lithium batterywhich will normally last for several years.When replacement is necessary, use thefollowing procedure.1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and gen-

tly pry open the transmitter centrecover.

■ Type BOFD047003

■ Type A

OEL049005

CAUTIONChanges or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance couldvoid the user’s authority to operatethe equipment. If the keyless entrysystem is inoperative due tochanges or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance, it willnot be covered by your manufactur-er’s vehicle warranty.

CAUTIONKeep the transmitter away fromwater or any liquid. If the keylessentry system is inoperative due toexposure to water or liquids, it willnot be covered by your manufactur-er vehicle warranty.

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:18 PM Page 6

4 7


2. Replace the battery with a new battery(CR2032). When replacing the battery,make sure the battery positive “+” sym-bol faces up as indicated in the illustra-tion.

3. Install the battery in the reverse orderof removal.

For replacement transmitters, see aHYUNDAI authorised repairer for repro-gramming.

CAUTION• The keyless entry system trans-

mitter is designed to give youyears of trouble-free use, howev-er it can malfunction if exposed tomoisture or static electricity. Ifyou are unsure how to use yourtransmitter or replace the battery,contact a HYUNDAI authorisedrepairer.

• Using the wrong battery cancause the transmitter to malfunc-tion. Be sure to use the correctbattery.

• To avoid damaging the transmit-ter, don't drop it, get it wet, orexpose it to heat or sunlight.

CAUTIONAn inappropriately disposed bat-tery can be harmful to the environ-ment and human health. Dispose the battery according toyour local law(s) or regulation.

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:18 PM Page 7


84

With a smart key, you can lock or unlocka door (and tailgate) and even start theengine without inserting the key.The functions of the buttons on a smartkey are similar to the remote keylessentry. (Refer to the “Remote keylessentry” in this section.)

Smart key functionsCarrying the smart key, you may lock andunlock the vehicle doors (and tailgate).Also, you may start the engine. Refer tothe following, for more details.

Locking Pressing the button of the front outsidedoor handles with all doors (and tailgate)closed and any door unlocked, locks allthe doors (and tailgate). The hazardwarning lights will blink once to indicatethat all doors (and tailgate) are locked.The button will only operate when thesmart key is within 28~40 in. (0.7~1 m)from the outside door handle. If you wantto make sure that a door has locked ornot, you should check the door lock but-ton inside the vehicle or pull the outsidedoor handle.

SMART KEY (IF EQUIPPED)

OXM049001L OLM049007/H

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:18 PM Page 8

4 9


Even though you press the button, thedoors will not lock and the chime sounds3 seconds if any of the following occurs:• The smart key is in the vehicle.• The engine start/stop button is in the

ACC or ON position.• Any door except the tailgate is opened.

Unlocking Pressing the button of the front outsidedoor handles with all doors (and tailgate)closed and locked, unlocks all the doors(and tailgate). The hazard warning lightswill blink twice to indicate that all doors(and tailgate) are unlocked. The buttonwill only operate when the smart key iswithin 28~40 in. (0.7~1 m) from the out-side door handle.When the smart key is recognized in thearea of 28~40 in. (0.7~1 m) from the frontoutside door handle, other people canalso open a door without possession ofthe smart key.

Tailgate unlockingIf you are within 28 ~ 40 in. (0.7 ~ 1 m)from the outside tailgate handle, withyour smart key in possession, the tail-gate will unlock and open when youpress the tailgate handle switch.The hazard warning lights will blink twiceto indicate that the tailgate is unlocked.Also, once the tailgate is opened andthen closed, the tailgate will lock auto-matically.

Start-upYou can start the engine without insertingthe key. For detailed information refer to“Starting the engine with a smart key” insection 5.

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:18 PM Page 9


104

Smart key precautions✽✽ NOTICE• If, for some reason, you happen to lose

your smart key, you will not be able tostart the engine. Tow the vehicle, ifnecessary, and contact a HYUNDAIauthorised repairer.

• A maximum of 2 smart keys can beregistered to a single vehicle. If youlose a smart key, you should immedi-ately take the vehicle and key to yourHYUNDAI authorised repairer toprotect it from potential theft.

• The smart key will not work if any ofthe following occurs:- The smart key is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio station oran airport which can interfere withnormal operation of the smart key.

- The smart key is near a mobile two-way radio system or a mobile phone.

- Another vehicle’s smart key is beingoperated close to your vehicle.

When the smart key does not workproperly, open and close the door withthe mechanical key. If you have aproblem with the smart key, contact aHYUNDAI authorised repairer.

Door lock/unlock in an emer-gency situationIf the smart key does not operate normal-ly, you can lock or unlock the doors byusing the mechanical key.1.Depress and hold the release button

(1) and remove the mechanical key (2).2. Insert the key into hole of the outside

door handle. Turn the key toward therear of the vehicle to unlock and towardthe front of the vehicle to lock.To reinstall the mechanical key, put thekey into the hole and push it until aclick sound is heard.

CAUTIONKeep the smart key away fromwater or any liquid. If the keylessentry system is inoperative due toexposure to water or liquids, it willnot be covered by your manufactur-er’s vehicle warranty.

OLM049210L

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:18 PM Page 10

4 11


This system is designed to provide pro-tection from unauthorised entry into thevehicle. This system is operated in threestages: the first is the "Armed" stage, thesecond is the "Theft-alarm" stage, andthe third is the "Disarmed" stage. If trig-gered, the system provides an audiblealarm with blinking of the hazard warninglights.

Armed stagePark the vehicle and stop the engine.Arm the system as described below.1. Remove the ignition key from the igni-

tion switch or turn off the engine.2. Make sure that all doors (and tailgate)

and the engine bonnet are closed andlatched.

3. • Lock the doors by depressing thedoor lock button on the transmitter(or smart key).After completion of the steps above,the hazard warning lights will blinkonce to indicate that the system isarmed.If any door, tailgate remains open, thehazard warning lights won’t operateand theft-alarm will not arm. Closethe door and try again to lock thedoors.

• Lock the doors by pressing the buttonof the front outside door handles withthe smart key in your possession.After completion of the steps above,the hazard warning lights will blinkonce to indicate that the system isarmed.

If any door (and tailgate) remainsopen, the hazard warning lights won’toperate and theft-alarm will not arm.Close the door and try again to lockthe doors.If engine bonnet remains open, thehazard warning lights won’t operateand theft-alarm will not arm. Closethe engine bonnet. The hazard warn-ing lights blink once and theft-alarmarms.

• Do not arm the system until all pas-sengers have left the vehicle. If thesystem is armed whilst a passen-ger(s) remains in the vehicle, thealarm may be activated when theremaining passenger(s) leave thevehicle. If any door, boot lid orengine bonnet is opened within 30seconds after entering the armedstage, the system is disarmed toprevent unnecessary alarm.

THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

Armedstage

Theft-alarmstage

Disarmedstage

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:18 PM Page 11


124

Theft-alarm stageThe alarm will be activated if any of thefollowing occurs whilst the system isarmed.• A front or rear door is opened without

using transmitter (or smart key).• The tailgate is opened without using

transmitter (or smart key).• The engine bonnet is opened.The siren will sound and the hazardwarning lights will blink continuously for27 seconds, unless the system is dis-armed. To turn off the system, unlock thedoors with the transmitter. (or smart key)

Disarmed stageThe system will be disarmed when:Transmitter- The door unlock button is pressed.- The engine is started.- The ignition switch is in the “ON” posi-

tion for 30 seconds or more.

Smart key- The door unlock button is pressed.- The button of the front outside door is

pressed whilst carrying the smart key.- The engine is started.

After the doors are unlocked, the hazardwarning lights will blink twice to indicatethat the system is disarmed.After pressing the unlock button, if anydoor (or tailgate) is not opened within 30seconds, the system will be rearmed.

✽✽ NOTICE - Immobiliser system• If the system is not disarmed with the

transmitter, insert the key into theignition switch and start the engine.Then the system will be disarmed.

• If you lose your keys, consult yourHYUNDAI authorised repairer.

CAUTIONDo not change, alter or adjust thetheft-alarm system because it couldcause the theft-alarm system tomalfunction and should only beserviced by a HYUNDAI authorisedrepairer. Malfunctions caused by improperalterations, adjustments or modifi-cations to the theft-alarm systemare not covered by your vehiclemanufacturer warranty.

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:18 PM Page 12

4 13


Operating door locks from outside the vehicle • Turn the key toward rear of vehicle to

unlock and toward front of vehicle tolock.

• If you lock/unlock the door with a key,all vehicle doors will lock/unlock auto-matically. (if equipped)

• Doors can also be locked andunlocked with the transmitter key (orsmart key).

• Once the doors are unlocked, they maybe opened by pulling the door handle.

• When closing the door, push the doorby hand. Make sure that doors areclosed securely.

✽✽ NOTICE• In cold and wet climates, door lock

and door mechanisms may not workproperly due to freezing conditions.

• If the door is locked/unlocked multi-ple times in rapid succession witheither the vehicle key or door lockswitch, the system may stop operatingtemporarily in order to protect thecircuit and prevent damage to systemcomponents.

• To lock a door without the key, push theinside door lock button (1) to the “Lock”position and close the door (2).

• If you lock the door with the centraldoor lock switch, all vehicle doors willlock automatically.

• Always remove the ignition key,engage the parking brake, close allwindows and lock all doors when leav-ing your vehicle unattended.

DOOR LOCKS

OLM049008/H

LockUnlock

OEL049009R

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:18 PM Page 13


144

Operating door locks from insidethe vehicleWith the door lock button• To unlock a door, push the door lock

button (1) to the “Unlock” position. Thered mark (2) on the button will be visi-ble.

• To lock a door, push the door lock but-ton (1) to the “Lock” position. If the dooris locked properly, the red mark (2) onthe door lock button will not be visible.

• To open a door, pull the door handle(3) outward.

• If the inner door handle of the driver’s(or front passenger’s) door is pulledwhen the door lock button is in the lockposition, the button will unlock and thedoor will open. (if equipped)

• Front doors cannot be locked if theignition key is in the ignition switch andany front door is opened.

• Doors cannot be locked if the smartkey is in the vehicle and any door isopened.

With central door lock switchOperate by depressing the central doorlock switch.• When pushing down on the front por-

tion (1) of the switch, all vehicle doorswill lock.

• When pushing down on the rear por-tion (2) of the switch, all vehicle doorswill unlock.

• However, if any door (and tailgate) isopen, the doors will not lock eventhough the front portion (1) of centraldoor lock switch is pressed.

• However, if the smart key is in the vehi-cle and any door is open, the doors willnot lock even though the front portion(1) of central door lock switch ispressed.

OLM049010R

Lock

Unlock

OLM049011R

Driver’s door

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:19 PM Page 14

4 15


Deadlocks (if equipped)Some vehicles are equipped with adeadlocking system. Deadlocks preventopening of a door from either inside oroutside the vehicle once the deadlockshave been activated providing an addi-tional measure of vehicle security.To lock the vehicle using the deadlockfunction, the doors must be locked usingthe (Smart) key or the Remote KeylessEntry transmitter. To unlock the vehicle,the (Smart) key or the transmitter mustagain be used.

WARNING - Doors• The doors should always be fully

closed and locked whilst thevehicle is in motion to preventaccidental opening of the door.Locked doors will also discour-age potential intruders when thevehicle stops or slows.

• Be careful when opening doorsand watch for vehicles, motorcy-cles, bicycles or pedestriansapproaching the vehicle in thepath of the door. Opening a doorwhen something is approachingcan cause damage or injury. WARNING

Do not lock the doors with the(smart) key or the transmitter withanybody left in the vehicle.The pas-senger in the vehicle cannot unlockthe doors with the door lock button.For example, if the door is lockedwith the transmitter, the passengerin the vehicle cannot unlock thedoor without the transmitter.

WARNING - Unlockedvehicles

Leaving your vehicle unlocked caninvite theft or possible harm to youor others from someone hiding inyour vehicle whilst you are gone.Always remove the ignition key,engage the parking brake, close allwindows and lock all doors whenleaving your vehicle unattended.

WARNING - Unattendedchildren

An enclosed vehicle can becomeextremely hot, causing death orsevere injury to unattended chil-dren or animals who cannot escapethe vehicle. Furthermore, childrenmight operate features of the vehi-cle that could injure them, or theycould encounter other harm, possi-bly from someone gaining entry tothe vehicle. Never leave children oranimals unattended in your vehicle.

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:19 PM Page 15


164

Speed sensing door lock system(if equipped)All doors will be automatically lockedafter the vehicle speed exceeds 15 km/h.And all doors will be automaticallyunlocked when you turn the engine off orwhen you remove the ignition key. (ifequipped)

Child-protector rear door lockThe child safety lock is provided to helpprevent children from accidentally open-ing the rear doors from inside the vehicle.The rear door safety locks should beused whenever children are in the vehi-cle.1. Open the rear door.2. Push the child safety lock located on

the rear edge of the door to the “Lock”position. When the child safety lock isin the “Lock ( )” position, rear doorwill not open even though the innerdoor handle is pulled inside the vehi-cle.

3. Close the rear door.To open the rear door, pull the outsidedoor handle.Even though the doors may be unlocked,the rear door will not open by pulling theinner door handle (1) until rear door childsafety lock is unlocked.

WARNING - Rear doorlocks

If children accidentally open therear doors whilst the vehicle is inmotion, they could fall out and beseverely injured or killed. To pre-vent children from opening the reardoors from the inside, the rear doorsafety locks should be used when-ever children are in the vehicle.

OLM049012

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:19 PM Page 16

4 17


Opening the tailgate• The tailgate is locked or unlocked

when all doors are locked or unlockedwith the key, transmitter (or smart key)or central door lock switch.

• If unlocked, the tailgate can be openedby pressing the handle and pulling itup.

• When all doors are lock if the tailgateunlock button on the smart key ispressed for more than 1 second, thetailgate is unlocked. Once the tailgateis opened and then closed, the tailgateis locked automatically.

✽✽ NOTICEIn cold and wet climates, door lock anddoor mechanisms may not work proper-ly due to freezing conditions.

Closing the tailgateTo close the tailgate, lower and pushdown the tailgate firmly. Make sure thatthe tailgate is securely latched.

TAILGATE

OLM049013

WARNINGThe tailgate swings upward. Makesure no objects or people are nearthe rear of the vehicle when open-ing the tailgate.

CAUTIONMake certain that you close the tail-gate before driving your vehicle.Possible damage may occur to thetailgate lift cylinders and attachinghardware if the tailgate is notclosed prior to driving.

OLM049014

WARNINGMake sure your hands, feet and otherparts of your body are safely out ofthe way before closing the tailgate.

CAUTIONMake sure nothing is near the tail-gate latch and striker whilst closingthe tailgate. It may damage the tail-gate's latch.

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:19 PM Page 17


184

Emergency tailgate safety releaseYour vehicle is equipped with the emer-gency tailgate safety release lever locat-ed on the bottom of the tailgate. Whensomeone is inadvertently locked in theluggage compartment, the tailgate canbe opened by pushing the release leverand pushing open the tailgate.

WARNING - Exhaustfumes

If you drive with the tailgate open,you will draw dangerous exhaustfumes into your vehicle which cancause serious injury or death tovehicle occupants.If you must drive with the tailgateopen, keep the air vents and all win-dows open so that additional out-side air comes into the vehicle.

WARNING - Rear cargoarea

Occupants should never ride in therear cargo area where no restraintsare available. To avoid injury in theevent of an accident or suddenstops, occupants should always beproperly restrained.

OLM049015

WARNING• For emergencies, be fully aware

of the location of the emergencytailgate safety release lever in thevehicle and how to open the tail-gate if you are accidentallylocked in the luggage compart-ment.

• No one should be allowed tooccupy the luggage compartmentof the vehicle at any time. Theluggage compartment is a verydangerous location in the eventof a crash.

• Use the release lever for emer-gencies only. Use with extremecaution, especially whilst thevehicle is in motion.

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:19 PM Page 18

4 19


(1) Driver’s door power window switch(2) Front passenger’s door power win-

dow switch(3) Rear door (right) power window

switch(4) Rear door (left) power window switch(5) Window opening and closing(6) Automatic power window up*/down*(7) Power window lock switch

*: if equipped

✽✽ NOTICEIn cold and wet climates, power win-dows may not work properly due tofreezing conditions.

WINDOWS

OLM049020R

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:19 PM Page 19


204

Power windowsThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition for power windows to operate.Each door has a power window switchthat controls the door’s window. The driv-er has a power window lock switch whichcan block the operation of rear (or front)passenger windows.The power windows can be operated forapproximately 30 seconds after the igni-tion key is removed or turned to the ACCor LOCK position. However, if the frontdoors are opened, the power windowscannot be operated even within the 30seconds period. The driver’s door has amaster power window switch that con-trols all the windows in the vehicle.

✽✽ NOTICEWhilst driving with the rear windowsdown or with the sunroof (if equipped)in an open (or partially open position),your vehicle may demonstrate a windbuffeting or pulsation noise. Thisnoise is a normal occurrence and can bereduced or eliminated by taking the fol-lowing actions. If the noise occurs withone or both of the rear windows down,partially lower both front windowsapproximately one inch. If you experi-ence the noise with the sunroof open,slightly reduce the size of the sunroofopening. Window opening and closing

To open or close a window, press downor pull up the front portion of the corre-sponding switch to the first detent posi-tion (5).

OLM049021R

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:19 PM Page 20

4 21


Auto down window (if equipped) (Driver’s window)Pressing the power window switchmomentarily to the second detent posi-tion (6) completely lowers the driver’swindow even when the switch isreleased. To stop the window at thedesired position whilst the window is inoperation, pull up the switch momentarilyto the opposite direction of the windowmovement.

Auto up/down window (if equipped)(Driver's window) Pressing or pulling up the power windowswitch momentarily to the second detentposition (6) completely lowers or lifts thewindow even when the switch isreleased. To stop the window at thedesired position whilst the window is inoperation, pull up or press down andrelease the switch.If the power window does not operatenormally, the automatic power windowsystem must be reset as follows:1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi-

tion.2. Close the driver’s window and contin-

ue pulling up the driver’s power win-dow switch for at least 1 second afterthe window is completely closed.

Automatic reversal If the upward movement of the window isblocked by an object or part of the body,the window will detect the resistance andwill stop upward movement. The windowwill then lower approximately 12 in. (30cm) to allow the object to be cleared.If the window detects the resistancewhilst the power window switch is pulledup continuously, the window will stopupward movement then lower approxi-mately 1 in. (2.5 cm). And if the powerwindow switch is pulled up continuouslyagain within 5 seconds after the windowis lowered by the automatic windowreversal feature, the automatic windowreversal will not operate.

OLM049023ROLM049022R OUN026013/H

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:19 PM Page 21


224

✽✽ NOTICEThe automatic reverse feature for thedriver’s window is only active when the“auto up” feature is used by fullypulling up the switch. The automaticreverse feature will not operate if thewindow is raised using the halfway posi-tion on the power window switch.

Power window lock button• The driver can disable the power win-

dow switches on rear passenger doorby depressing the power window lockswitch located on the driver’s door toLOCK (pressed).

• When the power window lock switchis ON, the driver’s master controlcannot operate the rear passengerdoor power windows.

WARNING Always check for obstructionsbefore raising any window to avoidinjuries or vehicle damage. If anobject less than 0.16 in. (4 mm) indiameter is caught between thewindow glass and the upper win-dow channel, the automatic reversewindow may not detect the resist-ance and will not stop and reversedirection.

OLM049024R

CAUTION• To prevent possible damage to

the power window system, do notopen or close two windows ormore at the same time. This willalso ensure the longevity of thefuse.

• Never try to operate the mainswitch on the driver's door andthe individual door windowswitch in opposing directions atthe same time. If this is done, thewindow will stop and cannot beopened or closed.

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:19 PM Page 22

4 23


WARNING - Windows• NEVER leave the ignition key in

the vehicle.• NEVER leave any child unattend-

ed in the vehicle. Even veryyoung children may inadvertentlycause the vehicle to move, entan-gle themselves in the windows,or otherwise injure themselves orothers.

• Always double check to makesure all arms, hands, head andother obstructions are safely outof the way before closing a win-dow.

• Do not allow children to play withthe power windows. Keep the dri-ver’s door power window lockswitch in the LOCK position(depressed). Serious injury canresult from unintentional windowoperation by the child.

• Do not extend face or arms out-side the window whilst driving.

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:19 PM Page 23


244

Opening the bonnet 1. Pull the release lever to unlatch the

bonnet. The bonnet should pop openslightly.

2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise thebonnet slightly, pull the secondarylatch (1) inside of the bonnet centreand lift the bonnet (2).

3.Pull out the support rod.4.Hold the bonnet opened with the sup-

port rod.

BONNET

OLM049025R OLM049026 OLM049027

WARNING - Hot partsGrasp the support rod in the areawrapped in rubber. The plastic willhelp prevent you from being burnedby hot metal when the engine ishot.

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:19 PM Page 24

4 25


Closing the bonnet1. Before closing the bonnet, check the

following:• All filler caps in engine compartment

must be correctly installed.• Gloves, rags or any other com-

bustible material must be removedfrom the engine compartment.

2. Return the support rod to its clip toprevent it from rattling.

3. Lower the bonnet until it is about 12 in.(30 cm) above the closed position andlet it drop. Make sure that it locks intoplace.

WARNING - Bonnet• Before closing the bonnet,

ensure that all obstructions areremoved from the bonnet open-ing. Closing the bonnet with anobstruction present in the bonnetopening may result in propertydamage or severe personalinjury.

• Do not leave gloves, rags or anyother combustible material in theengine compartment. Doing somay cause a heat-induced fire.

WARNING • Always double check to be sure

that the bonnet is firmly latchedbefore driving away. If it is notlatched, the bonnet could flyopen whilst the vehicle is beingdriven, causing a total loss of vis-ibility, which might result in anaccident.

• The support rod must be insertedcompletely into the hole whenev-er you inspect the engine com-partment. This will prevent thebonnet from falling and possiblyinjuring you.

• Do not move the vehicle with thebonnet raised. The view will beblocked and the bonnet could fallor be damaged.

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:19 PM Page 25


264

Opening the fuel filler lidThe fuel-filler lid must be opened frominside the vehicle by pulling up the fuel-filler lid opener.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the fuel-filler lid does not openbecause ice has formed around it, taplightly or push on the lid to break the iceand release the lid. Do not pry on the lid.If necessary, spray around the lid withan approved de-icer fluid (do not useradiator anti-freeze) or move the vehicleto a warm place and allow the ice tomelt.

1. Stop the engine.2. To open the fuel filler lid, pull the fuel

filler lid opener up.3. Pull the fuel filler lid (1) out to fully

open.4. To remove the cap (2), turn the fuel

tank cap counterclockwise.5. Refuel as needed.

Closing the fuel filler lid1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise until

it “clicks”. This indicates that the cap issecurely tightened.

2. Close the fuel filler lid and push it light-ly and make sure that it is securelyclosed.

FUEL FILLER LID

OSA047022R OLM049028

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:19 PM Page 26

4 27


WARNING - Refuelling• If pressurized fuel sprays out, it

can cover your clothes or skinand thus subject you to the riskof fire and burns. Always removethe fuel cap carefully and slowly.If the cap is venting fuel or if youhear a hissing sound, wait untilthe condition stops before com-pletely removing the cap.

• Do not "top off" after the nozzleautomatically shuts off whenrefuelling.

• Always check that the fuel cap isinstalled securely to prevent fuelspillage in the event of an acci-dent.

(Continued)• Do not get back into a vehicle

once you have begun refuellingsince you can generate staticelectricity by touching, rubbingor sliding against any item or fab-ric (polyester, satin, nylon, etc.)capable of producing static elec-tricity. Static electricity dischargecan ignite fuel vapours resultingin rapid burning. If you must re-enter the vehicle, you shouldonce again eliminate potentiallydangerous static electricity dis-charge by touching a metal partof the vehicle, away from the fuelfiller neck, nozzle or other petrolsource.

• When using an approvedportable fuel container, be sure toplace the container on theground prior to refuelling. Staticelectricity discharge from thecontainer can ignite fuel vapourscausing a fire. Once refuellinghas begun, contact with the vehi-cle should be maintained untilthe filling is complete.

(Continued)

WARNING - Refuellingdangers

Automotive fuels are flammablematerials. When refuelling, pleasenote the following guidelines care-fully. Failure to follow these guide-lines may result in severe personalinjury, severe burns or death by fireor explosion.• Read and follow all warning post-

ed at the gas station facility.• Before refuelling note the loca-

tion of the Emergency PetrolShut-Off, if available, at the gasstation facility.

• Before touching the fuel nozzle,you should eliminate potentiallydangerous static electricity dis-charge by touching another metalpart of the vehicle, a safe dis-tance away from the fuel fillerneck, nozzle, or other gas source.

(Continued)

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:19 PM Page 27


284

(Continued)Use only portable plastic fuelcontainers designed to carry andstore petrol.

• Do not use mobile phones whilstrefuelling. Electric current and/orelectronic interference frommobile phones can potentiallyignite fuel vapours causing a fire.

• When refuelling, always shut theengine off. Sparks produced byelectrical components related tothe engine can ignite fuelvapours causing a fire. Oncerefuelling is complete, check tomake sure the filler cap and fillerdoor are securely closed, beforestarting the engine.

• DO NOT use matches or a lighterand DO NOT SMOKE or leave a litcigarette in your vehicle whilst ata gas station especially duringrefuelling. Automotive fuel ishighly flammable and can, whenignited, result in fire.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If a fire breaks out during refu-

elling, leave the vicinity of thevehicle, and immediately contactthe manager of the gas stationand then contact the local firedepartment. Follow any safetyinstructions they provide.

CAUTION• Make sure to refuel your vehicle

according to the "Fuel require-ments" suggested in section 1.

• If the fuel filler cap requiresreplacement, use only a genuineHYUNDAI cap or the equivalentspecified for your vehicle. Anincorrect fuel filler cap can resultin a serious malfunction of thefuel system or emission controlsystem.

• Do not spill fuel on the exteriorsurfaces of the vehicle. Any typeof fuel spilled on painted surfacesmay damage the paint.

• After refuelling, make sure thefuel cap is installed securely toprevent fuel spillage in the eventof an accident.

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:19 PM Page 28

4 29


If your vehicle is equipped with a sunroof,you can slide or tilt your sunroof with thesunroof control lever located on the over-head console.

The sunroof can only be opened, closed,or tilted when the ignition switch is in theON position.

Sunroof open warning chime (if equipped)If the driver removes the ignition key(smart key: turns off the engine) andopens the driver-side door when the sun-roof is not fully closed, the warning chimewill sound for approximately 7 seconds.However, if the smart key is in the smartkey holder, the warning chime will notsound.Close the sunroof securely when leavingyour vehicle.

✽✽ NOTICE• In cold and wet climates, the sunroof

may not work properly due to freez-ing conditions.

• After a vehicle is washed or in a rain-storm be sure to wipe off any waterthat is on the sunroof before operatingit.

PANORAMA SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)

OLM049030

CAUTION• Do not continue to move the sun-

roof control lever after the sunroofis fully opened, closed, or tilted.Damage to the motor or systemcomponents could occur.

• Make sure the sunroof is closedfully when leaving your vehicleattended. If the sunroof is open,rain or snow may leak through thesunroof and wet the interior aswell as cause theft.

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:19 PM Page 29


304

✽✽ NOTICEThe sunroof cannot tilt when it is in theslide position but can be slid whilst in atilt position.

Sliding the sunroof Before opening or closing the sunroof,open the roller blind.To open the sunroof, pull the sunroofcontrol lever backward.To close the sunroof, push or pull thesunroof control lever with the safetyswitch (1) forward or downward.

To open the sunroof automatically:Pull the sunroof control lever backward tothe second detent position and thenrelease it. The sunroof will slide all theway open.To stop the sunroof sliding at any point,pull or push the sunroof control levermomentarily.

To close the sunroof automatically:Push the sunroof control lever forward tothe second detent position and thenrelease it. The sunroof will automaticallyclose all the way.To stop the sunroof sliding at any point,pull or push the sunroof control levermomentarily.

OLM049031

WARNING • Never adjust the sunroof or roller

blind whilst driving. This couldresult in loss of control and anaccident that may cause death,serious injury, or property dam-age.

• If you would like to carry items onthe roof rack using a cross bar,do not operate the sunroof.

• When carrying cargo on the roofrack, do not load heavy itemsabove the sunroof or glass roof.

• Do not allow children to operatethe sunroof.

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:20 PM Page 30

4 31


Automatic reversalIf an object or part of the body is detect-ed whilst the sunroof is closing automat-ically, it will reverse the direction, andthen stop.The auto reverse function does not workif a tiny obstacle is between the slidingglass and the sunroof sash. You shouldalways check that all passengers andobjects are away from the sunroof beforeclosing it.

Tilting the sunroof Before opening or closing the sunroof,open the roller blind.To open the sunroof, push the sunroofcontrol lever upward.To close the sunroof, pull the sunrooflever with the safety switch (1) downwarduntil the sunroof moves to the desiredposition.

OLM049032

WARNING • Never try pinching any part of

your body intentionally to acti-vate the Automatic reversal func-tion.

• The Automatic reversal functionmay not work if something getscaught just before the sunrooffully closes.

OXM049029

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:20 PM Page 31


324

Roller blind The roller blinds are installed inside ofthe sunroof and glass roof.Open or close it manually when you needto.Before opening or closing the sunroof,open the roller blind.

✽✽ NOTICEIt is normal for wrinkles to form on theblind because of its material character-istic.

Resetting the sunroofWhenever the vehicle battery is discon-nected or discharged, you must resetyour sunroof system as follows:

1. Turn the ignition switch to the ONposition.

2. Open the roller blind.3. Close the sunroof.4. Release the sunroof control lever.5. Push the sunroof control lever forward

in the direction of close (about 10 sec-onds) until the sunroof is moved a lit-tle. Then, release the lever.

6. Push the sunroof control lever forwardin the direction of close until the sun-roof operates as follows;

TILT OPEN → SLIDE OPEN →SLIDE CLOSE

Then, release the lever.

When this is complete, the sunroof sys-tem has been reset.

OXM049031

WARNING - Sunroof• Be careful that no head, hands

and body parts are obstructed bya closing sunroof.

• Do not extend the face, neck,arms or body outside the sunroofwhilst driving.

• Make sure your hands and headare safely out of the way beforeclosing a sunroof.

CAUTION• Periodically remove any dirt that

may accumulate on the guide rail.• If you try to open the sunroof

when the temperature is belowfreezing or when the sunroof iscovered with snow or ice, theglass or the motor could be dam-aged.

• Do not leave the roller blindclosed whilst the sunroof isopened.

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:20 PM Page 32

4 33


Electric power steering (if equipped)Power steering uses the motor to assistyou in steering the vehicle. If the engineis off or if the power steering systembecomes inoperative, the vehicle maystill be steered, but it will requireincreased steering effort.The motor driven power steering is con-trolled by the power steering control unitwhich senses the steering wheel torqueand vehicle speed to command themotor.The steering wheel becomes heavier asthe vehicle’s speed increases andbecomes lighter as the vehicle’s speeddecreases for better control of the steer-ing wheel.Should you notice any change in theeffort required to steer during normalvehicle operation, have the power steer-ing checked by a HYUNDAI authorisedrepairer.

✽✽ NOTICEThe following symptoms may occur dur-ing normal vehicle operation:• The EPS warning light does not illumi-

nate.• The steering effort is high immediately

after turning the ignition switch on.This happens as the system performsthe EPS system diagnostics. When thediagnostics is completed, the steeringwheel will return to its normal condi-tion.

• A click noise may be heard from theEPS relay after the ignition switch isturned to the ON or LOCK position.

• Motor noise may be heard when thevehicle is at a stop or at a low drivingspeed.

• The steering effort can suddenlyincrease, if the operation of the EPSsystem is stopped to prevent seriousaccidents when it detects malfunctionof the EPS system by self-diagnosis.

• The steering effort increases if thesteering wheel is rotated continuouslywhen the vehicle is not in motion.However, after a few minutes, it willreturn to its normal conditions.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If the Electric Power Steering System

does not operate normally, the warn-ing light will illuminate on the instru-ment cluster. The steering wheel maybecome difficult to control or operateabnormally. Take your vehicle to aHYUNDAI authorised repairer andhave the vehicle checked as soon aspossible.

• When you operate the steering wheelin low temperature, abnormal noisecould occur. If temperature rises, thenoise will disappear. This is a normalcondition.

STEERING WHEEL

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:20 PM Page 33


344

CAUTIONDo not strike the horn severely tooperate it, or hit it with your fist. Donot press on the horn with a sharp-pointed object.

Tilt steering A tilt steering wheel allows you to adjustthe steering wheel before you drive. Youcan also raise it to give your legs moreroom when you exit and enter the vehicle(if equipped).

The steering wheel should be positionedso that it is comfortable for you to drive,whilst permitting you to see the instru-ment panel warning lights and gauges.

To change the steering wheel angle, pulldown the lock release lever (1), adjustthe steering wheel to the desired angle(2) and height (3, if equipped), then pullup the lock-release lever to lock thesteering wheel in place. Be sure to adjustthe steering wheel to the desired positionbefore driving.

HornTo sound the horn, press the horn sym-bol on your steering wheel.Check the horn regularly to be sure itoperates properly.

✽✽ NOTICETo sound the horn, press the area indi-cated by the horn symbol on your steer-ing wheel (see illustration). The hornwill operate only when this area ispressed.

WARNING• Never adjust the angle and height

of steering wheel whilst driving.You may lose your steering con-trol and cause severe personalinjury or accidents.

• After adjusting, push the steeringwheel both up and down to becertain it is locked in position.

OLM049034OLM049033R

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:20 PM Page 34

4 35


Inside rearview mirrorAdjust the rearview mirror to centre onthe view through the rear window. Makethis adjustment before you start driving.

Day/night rearview mirror Make this adjustment before you startdriving and whilst the day/night lever is inthe day position.Pull the day/night lever toward you toreduce glare from the headlights of vehi-cles behind you during night driving.Remember that you lose some rearviewclarity in the night position.

Electric chromic mirror (ECM)(if equipped)The electric rearview mirror automatical-ly controls the glare from the headlightsof the car behind you in nighttime or lowlight driving conditions. The sensormounted in the mirror senses the lightlevel around the vehicle, and automati-cally controls the headlight glare fromvehicles behind you.When the engine is running, the glare isautomatically controlled by the sensormounted in the rearview mirror.Whenever the shift lever is shifted intoreverse (R), the mirror will automaticallygo to the brightest setting in order toimprove the drivers view behind the vehi-cle.

MIRRORS

WARNING - Rear visibilityDo not place objects in the rearseat or cargo area which wouldinterfere with your vision out therear window.

OEL049035

CAUTIONWhen cleaning the mirror, use apaper towel or similar materialdampened with glass cleaner. Donot spray glass cleaner directly onthe mirror as that may cause the liq-uid cleaner to enter the mirror hous-ing.

Day

Night

WARNING Do not adjust the rearview mirrorwhilst the vehicle is moving. Thiscould result in loss of control, andan accident which could causedeath, serious injury or propertydamage.

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:20 PM Page 35


364

To operate the electric rearview mirror• Press the ON/OFF button (1) to turn the

automatic dimming function on. The mir-ror indicator light will illuminate.Press the ON/OFF button to turn theautomatic dimming function off. The mir-ror indicator light will turn off.

• The mirror defaults to the ON positionwhenever the ignition switch is turned on.

Electric chromic mirror (ECM) withcompass1. Feature Control Button2. Status Indicator LED3. Rear Light Sensor4. Display Window

Automatic dimming rear view mirror con-trols automatically the glare of headlightsof the vehicle behind you when it turnedon by pressing and holding the button formore than 3 but less than 6 seconds. It isturned off by pressing and holding thebutton for same time once more.

1. To operate Compass featurePress and release the button, then thevehicle's directional heading will be dis-played. Pressing and releasing the buttonagain will turn off the display.

Heading display- E : East- W : West- S : South- N : Northex) NE : North East

2. Calibration procedurePress and hold the button for more than9 but less than 12 seconds. When thecompass memory is cleared a "C" willappear in the display.

- Driving the vehicle in a circle at lessthan 5 mph (8km/h) 2 times or until thecompass heading appears.

- Driving in a circle in right-handed direc-tion and opposite direction are possible,and if the calibration is completed, thecompass heading will appear.

- Keep driving in a circle until a compassheading appears.

OLM049037L

Indicator Sensor

Rearview display

OLM049036L

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:20 PM Page 36

4 37


Campasss Zone

OUN046101L

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:20 PM Page 37


384

3. Setting the compass zone1. Find your current location and vari-

ance zone number on the zone map.2. Press and hold the button for more

than 6 but less than 9 seconds. Thecurrent zone number will appear in thedisplay.

3. Press the button until the new zonenumber appears in the display. Afteryou stop pressing the button in, thedisplay will show a compass directionwithin a few seconds.

4. Changing Mirror Angle setting (if equipped):

Due to mirror positions being angledtowards the driver, the compass mirrorcan also compensate for drivers seatedon the Left Hand side of the vehicle(steering wheel on the LH side of thevehicle) or Right Hand side of the vehicle(steering wheel on the RH side of thevehicle).

To adjust the Left Hand, “L” or RightHand, “R”, setting:1. Press and hold the button for more

than 12 seconds.2. Release then press the button to tog-

gle between “L” and “R”.

✽✽ NOTICEThis procedure also causes the compassto be de-calibrated.

3. To re-calibrate the compass, drive thevehicle in 2 complete circles at lessthan 5mph (8km/h).

CAUTION1.Do not install the ski rack, anten-

na, etc. which are attached to thevehicle by means of a magnet.They affect the operation of thecompass.

2. If the compass deviates from thecorrect indication soon afterrepeated adjustment, have thecompass checked at a HYUNDAIauthorised repairer.

3.The compass may not indicatethe correct compass point in tun-nels or whilst driving up or downa steep hill.(The compass returns to the cor-rect compass point when thevehicle moves to an area wherethe geomagnetism is stabilized.)

4.When cleaning the mirror, use apaper towel or similar materialdampened with glass cleaner. Donot spray glass cleaner directlyon the mirror as that may causethe liquid cleaner to enter the mir-ror housing.

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:20 PM Page 38

4 39


Outside rearview mirror Be sure to adjust mirror angles beforedriving.Your vehicle is equipped with both left-hand and right-hand outside rearviewmirrors. The mirrors can be adjustedremotely with the remote switch. The mir-ror heads can be folded back to preventdamage during an automatic car wash orwhen passing in a narrow street.

CAUTIONIf the mirror is jammed with ice, donot adjust the mirror by force. Usean approved spray de-icer (not radi-ator antifreeze) to release thefrozen mechanism or move thevehicle to a warm place and allowthe ice to melt.

WARNING Do not adjust or fold the outsiderearview mirrors whilst the vehicleis moving. This could result in lossof control, and an accident whichcould cause death, serious injuryor property damage.

WARNING - Rearview mir-rors

• The right outside rearview mirroris convex. In some countries, theleft outside rearview mirror isalso convex. Objects seen in themirror are closer than theyappear.

• Use your interior rearview mirroror direct observation to deter-mine the actual distance of fol-lowing vehicles when changinglanes.

CAUTIONDo not scrape ice off the mirrorface; this may damage the surfaceof the glass. If ice should restrictmovement of the mirror, do notforce the mirror for adjustment. Toremove ice, use a deicer spray, or asponge or soft cloth with very warmwater.

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:20 PM Page 39


404

Remote controlElectric type (if equipped)The electric remote control mirror switchallows you to adjust the position of theleft and right outside rearview mirrors. Toadjust the position of either mirror, movethe lever (1) to R or L to select the rightside mirror or the left side mirror, thenpress a corresponding point on the mirroradjustment control to position the select-ed mirror up, down, left or right.After adjustment, put the lever into neu-tral position to prevent the inadvertentadjustment.

Folding the outside rearview mirrorManual typeTo fold outside rearview mirror, grasp thehousing of mirror and then fold it towardthe rear of the vehicle.

OLM049039R

CAUTION• The mirrors stop moving when

they reach the maximum adjust-ing angles, but the motor contin-ues to operate whilst the switch isdepressed. Do not depress theswitch longer than necessary, themotor may be damaged.

• Do not attempt to adjust the out-side rearview mirror by hand.Doing so may damage the parts.

OLM049042/H

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:20 PM Page 40

4 41


Electric type (if equipped)To fold the outside rearview mirror,depress the button.To unfold it, depress the button again.

OLM049041R

CAUTIONIn case it is an electric type outsiderearview mirror, don’t fold it byhand. It could cause motor failure.

CAUTIONThe electric type outside rearviewmirror operates even though theignition switch is in the OFF posi-tion. However, to prevent unneces-sary battery discharge, do notadjust the mirrors longer than nec-essary whilst the engine is not run-ning.

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:20 PM Page 41


424

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

1. Tachometer 2. Speedometer3. Engine temperature gauge4. Fuel gauge5. Warning and indicator lights (if equipped)6. Turn signal indicators7. Odometer/Trip computer (if equipped)

OEL049304U/OEL049300U

* The actual cluster in the vehicle may differfrom the illustration.For more details refer to the "Gauges" inthe next pages.

■■ Type A

■■ Type B

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:20 PM Page 42

4 43


Instrument panel illumination (if equipped)When the vehicle’s parking lights orheadlights are on, press the illuminationcontrol button to adjust the instrumentpanel illumination intensity.

GaugesSpeedometer The speedometer indicates the forwardspeed of the vehicle.The speedometer is calibrated in milesper hour and/or kilometers per hour.

Tachometer The tachometer indicates the approxi-mate number of engine revolutions perminute (rpm).Use the tachometer to select the correctshift points and to prevent lugging and/orover-revving the engine.

OEL049308

■ Type A

■ Type B

OEL049310

OEL049305

OEL049306

■ Type A Petrol Diesel

■ Type B Petrol Diesel

OLM049052R

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:20 PM Page 43


444

The tachometer pointer may move slight-ly when the ignition switch is in ACC orON position with the engine OFF. Thismovement is normal and will not affectthe accuracy of the tachometer once theengine is running.

Engine temperature gauge This gauge shows the temperature of theengine coolant when the ignition switchis ON.Do not continue driving with an overheat-ed engine. If your vehicle overheats, referto “If the engine overheats” in section 6.

CAUTIONIf the gauge pointer moves beyondthe normal range area toward the“ ” position, it indicates over-heating that may damage theengine.

CAUTIONDo not operate the engine withinthe tachometer's RED ZONE. Thismay cause severe engine damage.

OEL049311

WARNINGNever remove the radiator capwhen the engine is hot. The enginecoolant is under pressure andcould cause severe burns. Waituntil the engine is cool beforeadding coolant to the reservoir.

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:20 PM Page 44

4 45


Fuel gaugeThe fuel gauge indicates the approxi-mate amount of fuel remaining in the fueltank. The fuel tank capacity is given insection 8. The fuel gauge is supplement-ed by a low fuel warning light, which willilluminate when the fuel tank is nearlyempty.On inclines or curves, the fuel gaugepointer may fluctuate or the low fuelwarning light may come on earlier thanusual due to the movement of fuel in thetank.

Outside thermometerThe current outside temperature is dis-played in 1°C (1°F) increments. The tem-perature range is between -40°C ~ 60°C(-40°F ~ 140°F).• The outside temperature on the display

may not change immediately like ageneral thermometer to prevent thedriver from being inattentive.

WARNING - Fuel gaugeRunning out of fuel can exposevehicle occupants to danger.You must stop and obtain addition-al fuel as soon as possible after thewarning light comes on or when thegauge indicator comes close to theO (Empty) level.

CAUTIONAvoid driving with a extremely lowfuel level. Running out of fuel couldcause the engine to misfire damag-ing the catalytic converter.

OEL049312 OEL049127L

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:20 PM Page 45


464

Trip computerThe trip computer is a microcomputer-controlled driver information system thatdisplays information related to driving,such as odometer, tripmeter, distance toempty, average speed, average fuel con-sumption, instant fuel consumption andelasped time on the display when theignition switch is in the ON position. Allstored driving information (exceptodometer, distance to empty and instantfuel consumption) is reset if the battery isdisconnected.

Odometer (mi. or km)The odometer indicates the total dis-tance the vehicle has been driven.You will also find the odometer useful todetermine when periodic maintenanceshould be performed.

Tripmeter

Average speed

Elapsed time

Distance to empty

Average fuel consumption*

Instant fuel consumption*

* if equipped

OEL049319R

ECO ON/OFF*

OLM049059R

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:20 PM Page 46

4 47


Tripmeter (mi. or km)This mode indicates the distance of indi-vidual trips selected since the last trip-meter reset.The meter's working range is from 0.0 to999.9 miles (0.0 to 999.9 km).Pressing the TRIP button for more than 1second, when the tripmeter is being dis-played, clears the tripmeter to zero (0.0).

Distance to empty (mi. or km)This mode indicates the estimated dis-tance to empty based on the current fuelin the fuel tank and the amount of fueldelivered to the engine. When theremaining distance is below 30 miles (50km), “---” will be displayed and the dis-tance to empty indicator will blink.The meter’s working range is from 30 to999 miles (50 to 999 km).

Average fuel consumption (if equipped)(MPG or L/100 km)This mode calculates the average fuelconsumption from the total fuel used andthe distance since the last average con-sumption reset. The total fuel used is cal-culated from the fuel consumption input.For an accurate calculation, drive morethan 0.03 miles (50 m).Pressing the TRIP button for more than 1second, when the average fuel consump-tion is being displayed, clears the averagefuel consumption to zero (--.-).

OEL049321R OEL049323ROEL049320R

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:21 PM Page 47


484

Instant fuel consumption (if equipped)(MPG or L/100 km)This mode calculates the instant fuelconsumption during the last few sec-onds.

✽✽ NOTICE• If the vehicle is not on level ground or

the battery power has been interrupt-ed, the “Distance to empty” functionmay not operate correctly.The trip computer may not registeradditional fuel if less than 1.3 gallons(6 litres) of fuel are added to the vehi-cle.

• The fuel consumption and distance toempty values may vary significantlybased on driving conditions, drivinghabits, and condition of the vehicle.

• The distance to empty value is an esti-mate of the available driving distance.This value may differ from the actualdriving distance available.

Average speed (MPH or km/h)This mode calculates the average speedof the vehicle since the last averagespeed reset.Even if the vehicle is not in motion, theaverage speed keeps going whilst theengine is running.Pressing the TRIP button for more than 1second, when the average speed isbeing displayed, clears the averagespeed to zero (---).

OEL049325ROEL049324R

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:21 PM Page 48

4 49


Elapsed timeThis mode indicates the total time trav-eled since the last driving time reset.Even if the vehicle is not in motion, thedriving time keeps going whilst theengine is running.The meter’s working range is from0:00~99:59.Pressing the TRIP button for more than 1second, when the driving time is beingdisplayed, clears the driving time to zero(0:00).

ECO ON/OFF mode (Petrol only, if equipped)You can turn the ECO indicator on/off onthe instrument cluster in this mode.If you push the TRIP button more than 1second in the ECO ON mode, ECO OFFis displayed in the screen and the ECOindicator turns off whilst driving.If you want to display the ECO indicatoragain, press the TRIP button more than 1second in the ECO OFF mode and thenECO ON mode is displayed in thescreen.When you press the TRIP button lessthan 1 second in the ECO mode, themode is changed to tripmeter.

Warnings and indicatorsAll warning lights are checked by turningthe ignition switch ON (do not start theengine). Any light that does not illuminateshould be checked by a HYUNDAI autho-rised repairer.After starting the engine, check to makesure that all warning lights are off. If anyare still on, this indicates a situation thatneeds attention. When releasing theparking brake, the brake system warninglight should go off. The fuel warning lightwill stay on if the fuel level is low.OEL049327OEL049326

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:21 PM Page 49


504

ECO indicator (if equipped)

ECO ON/OFF mode (Petrol only)The ECO indicator is a system that helpsyou to drive economically.It is displayed if you drive fuel efficientlyto help you improve fuel efficiency.• The ECO indicator (green) will turn on

when you are driving fuel efficiently inthe ECO ON mode.If you don't want the indicator dis-played, you can turn the ECO ONmode to OFF mode by pressing theTRIP button.As per ECO ON/OFF Mode operation,refer to the previous page.

• The fuel-efficiency can be changed bythe driver's driving habit and road con-dition.

• The ECO indicator does not function inP (Park), N (Neutral), and R (Reverse).

Active ECO system (Diesel only)When the active ECO is operating theECO indicator is green.For more detailed information, refer to“Active ECO” in chapter 5.

Air bag warning light (if equipped)

This warning light will illuminate forapproximately 6 seconds each time youturn the ignition switch to the ON posi-tion.This light also comes on when the SRSis not working properly. If the AIRBAGwarning light does not come on, or con-tinuously remains on after operating forabout 6 seconds when you turned theignition switch to the ON position or start-ed the engine, or if it comes on whilstdriving, have the SRS inspected by aHYUNDAI authorised repairer.

ECO

WARNINGDon't keep watching the indicatorwhilst driving. It will distract youwhilst driving and cause an acci-dent that results in severe personalinjury.

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:21 PM Page 50

4 51


Anti-lock brake system(ABS) warning light (if equipped)

This light illuminates if the ignition switchis turned to ON and goes off in approxi-mately 3 seconds if the system is operat-ing normally.If the ABS warning light remains on,comes on whilst driving, or does notcome on when the ignition switch isturned to the ON position, this indicatesthat there may be a problem with theABS.If this occurs, have your vehicle checkedby a HYUNDAI authorised repairer assoon as possible. The normal brakingsystem will still be operational, but with-out the assistance of the anti-lock brakesystem.

Electronic brakeforce distribution(EBD) systemwarning light

If two warning lights illuminate at thesame time whilst driving, your vehiclemay have a malfunction with ABS andEBD system.In this case, your ABS and regular brakesystem may not work normally. Have thevehicle checked by a HYUNDAI autho-rised repairer as soon as possible.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the ABS warning light or EBD warn-ing light is on and stays on, thespeedometer or odometer/tripmetermay not work. Also, the EPS warninglight may illuminate and the steeringeffort may increase or decrease. In thiscase, have your vehicle checked by aHYUNDAI authorised repairer as soonas possible.

WARNINGIf the both ABS and Brake warninglights are on and stay on, your vehi-cle’s brake system will not worknormally. So you may experiencean unexpected and dangerous situ-ation during sudden braking. In thiscase, avoid high speed driving andabrupt braking.Have your vehicle checked by aHYUNDAI authorised repairer assoon as possible.

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:21 PM Page 51


524

Seat belt warning andchime (if equipped)

Seat belt warning lightAs a reminder to the driver, the seat beltwarning light will blink or illuminate forapproximately 6 seconds each time youturn the ignition switch ON regardless ofbelt fastening.For details, refer to the seat belt on chap-ter 3.

Turn signal indicator lights

The blinking green arrows on the instru-ment panel show the direction indicatedby the turn signals. If the arrow comes onbut does not blink, blinks more rapidlythan normal, or does not illuminate at all,a malfunction in the turn signal system isindicated. Your dealer should be consult-ed for repairs.This indicator also blinks when the haz-ard warning switch is turned on.

Low Beam Indicator Light(if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates when theheadlights are on.

D150306AUN

High beam indicator

This indicator illuminates when the head-lights are on and in the high beam posi-tion or when the turn signal lever is pulledinto the Flash-to-Pass position.

Light on indicator (if equipped)

The indicator illuminates when the taillights or headlights are ON.

Front fog light indicator (if equipped)

The indicator illuminates when the frontfog lights are ON.

Rear fog light indicator (if equipped)

This indicator illuminates when the rearfog lights are ON.

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:21 PM Page 52

4 53


Engine oil pressure warn-ing

This warning light indicates the engine oilpressure is low.If the warning light illuminates whilst driv-ing:1. Drive safely to the side of the road and

stop.2. With the engine off, check the engine

oil level. If the level is low, add oil asrequired.

If the warning light remains on afteradding oil or if oil is not available, call aHYUNDAI authorised repairer.

Engine oil level warninglight (Diesel engine, if equipped)

The engine oil level warning light illumi-nates when the engine oil level should bechecked.If the warning light comes on, check theengine oil level as soon as possible andadd engine oil as required.Slowly pour the recommended oil little bylittle into a funnel. (Oil refill capacity :approximately 0.6 ~ 1.0 l)Use only the specified engine oil. (Referto "Recommended lubricants and capac-ities" in section 8.)Do not overfill the engine oil to ensurethe oil level is not above F mark on thedipstick.

✽✽ NOTICE• If you travel approximately 30 miles

(50 km) after adding the engine oil,the warning light will go off.

• Cycle the ignition from OFF to ON 3times within 10 seconds, the warninglight will go off immediately. However,when you turn off the warning lightwithout adding the engine oil, the lightwill come on again after travellingapproximately 30 miles (50 km).

CAUTIONIf the oil pressure warning lightstays on whilst the engine is run-ning, serious engine damage mayresult. The oil pressure warninglight comes on whenever there isinsufficient oil pressure. In normaloperation, it should come on whenthe ignition switch is turned on,then go out when the engine isstarted. If the oil pressure warninglight stays on whilst the engine isrunning, there is a serious malfunc-tion. If this happens, stop the car assoon as it is safe to do so, turn offthe engine and check the oil level. Ifthe oil level is low, fill the engine oilto the proper level and start theengine again. If the light stays onwith the engine running, turn theengine off immediately. In anyinstance where the oil light stays onwhen the engine is running, theengine should be checked by aHYUNDAI authorised repairerbefore the car is driven again.

CAUTIONIf the engine is not stopped immedi-ately after the engine oil pressurewarning light is illuminated, severedamage could result.

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:21 PM Page 53


544

Parking brake & brakefluid warning

Parking brake warning This light is illuminated when the parkingbrake is applied with the ignition switch inthe START or ON position. The warninglight should go off when the parkingbrake is released.

Low brake fluid level warningIf the warning light remains on, it mayindicate that the brake fluid level in thereservoir is low.If the warning light remains on:1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe

location and stop your vehicle.2. With the engine stopped, check the

brake fluid level immediately and addfluid as required. Then check all brakecomponents for fluid leaks.

3. Do not drive the vehicle if leaks arefound, the warning light remains on orthe brakes do not operate properly.Have it towed to a HYUNDAI autho-rised repairer for a brake systeminspection and necessary repairs.

Your vehicle is equipped with dual-diago-nal braking systems. This means you stillhave braking on two wheels even if oneof the dual systems should fail. With onlyone of the dual systems working, morethan normal pedal travel and greaterpedal pressure are required to stop thecar. Also, the car will not stop in as shorta distance with only a portion of thebrake system working. If the brakes failwhilst you are driving, shift to a lowergear for additional engine braking andstop the car as soon as it is safe to do so.To check bulb operation, check whetherthe parking brake and brake fluid warninglight illuminates when the ignition switchis in the ON position.

WARNING Driving the vehicle with a warninglight on is dangerous. If the brakewarning light remains on, have thebrakes checked and repaired imme-diately by a HYUNDAI authorisedrepairer.

CAUTIONIf the light comes on continuouslyafter adding the engine oil and trav-elling approximately 30 miles (50km), take your vehicle to your near-est HYUNDAI authorised repairerand have the system checked. Even if this light doesn't come onafter the engine has started, theengine oil should be checked andsupplied periodically.

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:21 PM Page 54

4 55


TPMS (Tyre Pressure MonitoringSystem) indicator (if equipped)Low tyre pressure telltale

Low tyre pressure position telltale

The low tyre pressure telltale comes onfor 3 seconds after the ignition switch isturned to the "ON" position.The low tyre pressure and position tell-tales illuminate when one or more of yourtyres is significantly underinflated.The low tyre pressure telltale will illumi-nate after it blinks for approximately oneminute when there is a problem with theTyre Pressure Monitoring System.If this occurs, have the system checkedby a HYUNDAI authorised repairer assoon as possible.For details, refer to the TPMS on chapter 6.

Auto stop indicator(if equipped)

This indicator will illuminate when theengine enters the Idle Stop mode of theISG (Idle Stop and Go) system.When the automatic starting occurrs, theauto stop indicator on the cluster willblink for 5 seconds.

For more details, refer to the ISG (IdleStop and Go) system on the front ofchapter 5.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen the engine automatically starts bythe ISG system, some warning lights(ABS, ESP, ESP OFF, EPS or Parkingbrake warning light) may turn on for afew seconds. This happens because of the low batteryvoltage. It does not mean the system ismalfunctioning.

WARNING - Safe stopping• The TPMS cannot alert you to

severe and sudden tyre damagecaused by external factors.

• If you feel any vehicle instability,immediately take your foot off theaccelerator, apply the brakesgradually and with light force,and slowly move to a safe posi-tion off the road.

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:21 PM Page 55


564

Shift pattern indicators(if equipped)

The indicator displays to show the auto-matic transaxle shift lever selection.(P, R, N-D and sports mode)

Manual transaxle shiftindicator (if equipped)

This indicator informs you which gear isdesired whilst driving to save fuel.For example

: Indicates that shifting up to the 3rdgear is desired (currently the shiftlever is in the 2nd gear).

: Indicates that shifting down to the3rd gear is desired (currently theshift lever is in the 4th gear).

✽✽ NOTICEWhen the system is not working proper-ly, up/down arrow indicator and gear isnot displayed.

Charging system warning

This warning light indicates a malfunctionof either the generator or electricalcharging system.If the warning light comes on whilst thevehicle is in motion:1. Drive to the nearest safe location.2. With the engine off, check the genera-

tor drive belt for looseness or break-age.

3. If the belt is adjusted properly, a prob-lem exists somewhere in the electricalcharging system. Have a HYUNDAIauthorised repairer correct the prob-lem as soon as possible.

Door ajar warning light

This warning light illuminates when adoor is not closed securely with the igni-tion switch in any position.

Tailgate open warning light

This warning light illuminates when thetailgate is not closed securely with theignition switch in any position.

Door open position indicator(including tailgate)

This indicator illuminates when a door ortailgate is not closed securely.The indicator displays which door or tail-gate is opened.

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:21 PM Page 56

4 57


Immobiliser indicator (if equipped)

Without smart key systemThis indicator illuminates when theimmobiliser key is inserted and turned tothe ON position to start the engine.At this time, you can start the engine.Theindicator goes out after the engine is run-ning.If this indicator blinks when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position before start-ing the engine, have the system checkedby a HYUNDAI authorised repairer.

With smart key system If any of the following occurs in a vehicleequipped with the smart key, the immo-biliser indicator illuminates, blinks orgoes off.• When the smart key is in the vehicle, if

the ENGINE START/STOP button is inthe ACC or ON position, the indicatorwill illuminate for approximately 30seconds to indicate that you are able tostart the engine. However, when thesmart key is not in the vehicle, if theENGINE START/STOP button ispressed, the indicator will blink for afew seconds to indicate that you arenot be able to start the engine.

• If the indicator illuminates only for 2seconds and goes out when theENGINE START/STOP button isturned to ON position with the smartkey in the vehicle, have the systemchecked by a HYUNDAI authorisedrepairer.

• When the battery is weak, if theENGINE START/STOP button ispressed, the indicator will blink and youare not able to start the engine.However, you are able to start theengine by inserting the smart key inthe smart key holder. Also, if the smartkey system related parts have a prob-lem, the indicator will blink.

Low fuel level warning

This warning light indicates the fuel tankis nearly empty. When it comes on, youshould add fuel as soon as possible.Driving with the fuel level warning light onor with the fuel level below “E” can causethe engine to misfire and damage thecatalytic converter.

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:21 PM Page 57


584

Malfunction indicator lamp(MIL) (check engine light)

This indicator light is part of the EngineControl System which monitors variousemission control system components. Ifthis light illuminates whilst driving, it indi-cates that a potential problem has beendetected somewhere in the emissioncontrol system.This light will also illuminate when theignition switch is turned to the ON posi-tion, and will go out in a few secondsafter the engine is started. If it illuminateswhilst driving, or does not illuminatewhen the ignition key is turned to the ONposition, take your vehicle to your near-est HYUNDAI authorised repairer andhave the system checked.Generally, your vehicle will continue to bedrivable, but have the system checked bya HYUNDAI authorised repairer prompt-ly.

CAUTION - Diesel engine(if equipped with DPF)

When the malfunction indicatorlight is blinks, it may stop blinkingafter driving the vehicle at morethan 37 mph (60km/h) or at morethan second gear with 1500 ~ 2000engine rpm for a certain time (forabout 25 minutes).If the malfunction indicator lightcontinues to be blinked in spite ofthe procedure, please visit aHYUNDAI authorised repairer andthen check the DPF system.If you continue to drive with themalfunction indicator light blinkingfor a long time, the DPF system canbe damaged and fuel consumptioncan be worsen.

CAUTIONProlonged driving with theEmission Control SystemMalfunction Indicator Light illumi-nated may cause damage to theemission control systems whichcould effect drivability and/or fueleconomy.

CAUTION - Petrol engineIf the Emission Control SystemMalfunction Indicator Light illumi-nates, potential catalytic converterdamage is possible which couldresult in loss of engine power. Havethe Engine Control System inspect-ed as soon as possible by aHYUNDAI authorised repairer.

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:21 PM Page 58

4 59


ESP (Electronic StabilityProgram) indicator(if equipped)

The ESP indicator will illuminate whenthe ignition switch is turned ON, butshould go off after approximately 3 sec-onds.When the ESP is on, it monitors thedriving conditions. Under normal drivingconditions, the ESP indicator will remainoff. When a slippery or low traction con-dition is encountered, the ESP will oper-ate, and the ESP indicator will blink toindicate the ESP is operating.But, if the ESP system malfunctions theindicator illuminates and stays on. Takeyour vehicle to a HYUNDAI authorisedrepairer and have the system checked.

ESP OFF indicator (if equipped)

The ESP OFF indicator will illuminatewhen the ignition switch is turned ON,but should go off after approximately 3seconds. To switch to ESP OFF mode,press the ESP OFF button. The ESPOFF indicator will illuminate indicatingthe ESP is deactivated.

CAUTION - Diesel engineIf the Emission Control SystemMalfunction Indicator Light blinks,some error related to the injectionquantity adjustment occurs whichcould result in loss of enginepower, combustion noise and pooremission. Have the Engine ControlSystem inspected as soon as pos-sible by a HYUNDAI authorisedrepairer.

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:21 PM Page 59


604

Cruise indicator (if equipped)CRUISE indicator

The indicator illuminates when the cruisecontrol system is enabled.The cruise indicator in the instrumentcluster is illuminated when the cruisecontrol ON-OFF button on the steeringwheel is pushed.The indicator goes off when the cruisecontrol ON-OFF button is pushed again.For more information about the use ofcruise control, refer to “Cruise controlsystem” in section 5.

Cruise SET indicator

The indicator illuminates when the cruisecontrol switch (-SET or RES+) is ON.The cruise SET indicator in the instru-ment cluster is illuminated when thecruise control switch (-SET or RES+) ispushed.The cruise SET indicator does not illumi-nate when the cruise control switch(CANCEL) is pushed or the system isdisengaged.

DBC (Downhill brake con-trol) indicator (if equipped)

The DBC indicator will illuminate whenthe ignition switch is turned ON, butshould go off after approximately 3 sec-onds.The DBC indicator will illuminate whenthe DBC button is pressed and the sys-tem is on.When driving down a steep hill at aspeed under 22 mph (35 km/h), the DBCwill operate and the DBC indicator willblink to indicate the DBC is operating.

If the red indicator illuminates, the DBCsystem may have malfunctioned. Takeyour vehicle to a HYUNDAI authorisedrepairer and have the system checked.

KEY OUT indicator (if equipped)

When the ENGINE START/STOP buttonis in the ACC or ON position, if any dooris open, the system checks for the smartkey. If the smart key is not in the vehicle,the indicator will blink, and if all doors areclosed, the chime will also sound forabout 5 seconds. The indicator will go offwhilst the vehicle is moving. Keep thesmart key in the vehicle or insert it in thesmart key holder.

KEYOUT

SET

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:21 PM Page 60

4 61


Key reminder warning chime (if equipped)If the driver’s door is opened whilst theignition key is left in the ignition switch(ACC or LOCK position), the keyreminder warning chime will sound. Thisis to prevent you from locking your keysin the vehicle. The chime sounds until thekey is removed from the ignition switch orthe driver’s door is closed.

Glow indicator (Dieselengine)

The indicator light illuminates when theignition switch is placed at the ON posi-tion. The engine can be started after thepreheat indicator light goes off. The illu-minating time varies with the water tem-perature, air temperature and batterycondition.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the engine was not started within 10seconds after the preheating is complet-ed, turn the ignition key once more tothe LOCK position during 10 seconds,and then to the ON position, in order topreheat again.

Fuel filter warning light(Diesel engine)

This warning light illuminates for 3 sec-onds after the ignition switch is set to theON position and then it will go out. If itlights up whilst the engine is running, itindicates that water has accumulatedinside the fuel filter. If this happens,remove the water from the fuel filter. Formore Information, refer to “Fuel filter” insection 7.

CAUTIONWhen the fuel filter warning light isilluminated, engine power (vehiclespeed & idle speed) may decrease.If you keep driving with the warninglight on, you can damage your vehi-cle's engine parts and injection sys-tem of the Common Rail. If thisoccurs, have your vehicle checkedby a HYUNDAI authorised repaireras soon as possible.

CAUTIONIf the preheat indicator light contin-ues to illuminate or flash on and offafter the engine has warmed up orwhilst driving, check the system bya HYUNDAI authorised repairer assoon as possible.

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:21 PM Page 61


624

4WD system warning light(if equipped)

When the ignition switch is turned to theON position, the 4WD indicator will illumi-nate and then go off in a few seconds.If the 4WD system warning light illuminates, this indicates that there is amalfunction in the 4WD system. If thisoccurs, have your vehicle checked by aHYUNDAI authorised repairer as soon aspossible.

4WD LOCK indicator (if equipped)

The 4WD LOCK indicator light is illumi-nated when the 4WD LOCK button ispushed. The purpose of this 4WD LOCKmode is to increase the drive powerwhen driving on wet pavement, snow-covered roads and/or off-road.The 4WDLOCK indicator light is turned off bypushing the button again.

Engine coolant tempera-ture warning light(if equipped)

The warning light illuminates if the tem-perature of the engine coolant is above120±3°C (248±5.4°F).Do not continue driving with an overheat-ed engine. If your vehicle overheats, referto “Overheating” in section 6.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the engine coolant temperature warn-ing light illuminates, it indicates over-heating that may damage the engine.

Electronic power steering(EPS) system warning light(if equipped)

This indicator light comes on after theignition key is turned to the ON positionand then it will go out.This light also comes on when the EPShas some troubles. If it comes on whilstdriving, have your vehicle inspected by aHYUNDAI authorised repairer.

EPS

CAUTIONDo not use 4WD LOCK mode on drypaved roads or motorway, it cancause noise, vibration or damage of4WD related parts.

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:21 PM Page 62

4 63


LCD display warning (if equipped)Key is not in vehicle

If the smart key isnot in the vehicleand if any door isopened or closedwith the ENGINESTART/STOP but-ton in the ACC,

ON, or START position, the warning illu-minates on the LCD display. Also, thechime sounds for 5 seconds when thesmart key is not in the vehicle and thedoor is closed.Always have the smart key with you.

Key is not detected If the smart key isnot in the vehicleor is not detectedand you press theENGINE START/STOP button, thewarning illumi-

nates on the LCD display for 10 seconds.Also, the immobiliser indicator and thekey holder light blinks for 10 seconds.

Low key battery If the ENGINESTART/STOP but-ton turns to theOFF positionwhen the smartkey in the vehicledischarges, the

warning illuminates on the LCD displayfor about 10 seconds. Also, the warningchime sounds once.Replace the battery with a new one.

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:21 PM Page 63


644

Press brake pedal to start engine(Automatic transaxle)

If the ENGINESTART/STOP but-ton turns to theACC position twiceby pressing thebutton repeatedlywithout depressing

the brake pedal, the warning illuminateson the LCD display for about 10 secondsto indicate that you should depress thebrake pedal to start the engine.

Press cluch pedal to start engine (Manual transaxle)

If the ENGINESTART/STOP but-ton turns to theACC position twiceby pressing thebutton repeatedlywithout depressing

the clutch pedal, the warning illuminateson the LCD display for about 10 secondsto indicate that you should depress theclutch pedal to start the engine.

Shift to "P" position If you try to turn offthe engine withoutthe shift lever inthe P (Park) posi-tion, the ENGINESTART/STOP but-ton will turn to the

ACC position. If the button is pressedonce more it will turn to the ON position.The warning illuminates on the LCD dis-play for about 10 seconds to indicate thatyou should press the ENGINE START/STOP button with the shift lever in the P(Park) position to turn off the engine.Also, the warning chime sounds for about10 seconds. (if equipped)

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:21 PM Page 64

4 65


Remove key When you turn offthe engine with thesmart key in thesmart key holder,the warning illumi-nates on the LCDdisplay for about

10 seconds. Also, the smart key holderlight blinks for about 10 seconds.To remove the smart key push the smartkey once and pull it out from the smartkey holder.

Insert key If you press theENGINE START/STOP buttonwhilst "Key is notdetected" illumi-nates on the LCDdisplay, the warn-

ing “Insert key” illuminates for about 10seconds. Also, the immobiliser indicatorand the key holder light blinks for about10 seconds.

Press start button againIf you can notoperate theENGINE START/STOP button whenthere is a problemwith the ENGINESTART/STOP but-

ton system, the warning illuminates for10 seconds and the chime sounds con-tinuously to indicate that you could startthe engine by pressing the ENGINESTART/STOP button once more.The chime will stop if the ENGINESTART/STOP button system works nor-mally or the theft alarm system is armed.If the warning illuminates each time youpress the ENGINE START/STOP button,take your vehicle to a HYUNDAI autho-rised repairer and have the systemchecked.

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:21 PM Page 65


664

Shift to "P" or "N" to start the engine If you try to startthe engine with theshift lever not inthe P(Park) orN(Neutral) posi-tion, the warningilluminates for

about 10 seconds on the LCD display.You can also start the engine with theshift lever in the N(Neutral) position, butfor your safety start the engine with theshift lever in the P(Park) position.

Press start button whilst turn steering If the steeringwheel does notunlock normallywhen the ENGINESTART/STOP but-ton is pressed, thewarning illumi-

nates for 10 seconds on the LCD display.Also, the warning chime sounds onceand the ENGINE START/STOP buttonlight blinks for 10 seconds.When you are warned, press theENGINE START/STOP button whilstturning the steering wheel right and left.

Check steering wheel lock If the steeringwheel does notlock normallywhen the ENGINESTART/STOP but-ton turns to theOFF position, the

warning illuminates for 10 seconds onthe LCD display. Also, the warning chimesounds for 3 seconds and the ENGINESTART/STOP button light blinks for 10seconds.

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:21 PM Page 66

4 67


The rear parking assist system assiststhe driver during backward movement ofthe vehicle by chiming if any object issensed within a distance of 47 in. (120cm) behind the vehicle. This system is asupplemental system and it is not intend-ed to nor does it replace the need forextreme care and attention of the driver.The sensing range and objectsdetectable by the back sensors are limit-ed. Whenever backing-up, pay as muchattention to what is behind you as youwould in a vehicle without a rear parkingassist system.

Operation of the rear parkingassist systemOperating condition• This system will activate when backing

up with the ignition switch ON.If the vehicle is moving at a speed over6 mph (10 km/h), the system may notbe activated correctly.

• This system will activate when the indi-cator on the rear parking assist OFFbutton is not illuminated. If you desireto deactivate the rear parking assistsystem, press the rear parking assistOFF button again. (The indicator onthe button will illuminate.) To turn thesystem on, press the button again.(The indicator on the button will go off.)

REAR PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

OLM049080

WARNINGThe rear parking assist system is asupplementary function only. Theoperation of the rear parking assistsystem can be affected by severalfactors (including environmentalconditions). It is the responsibilityof the driver to always check thearea behind the vehicle before andwhilst backing up.

Sensors

OEL049223R

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:21 PM Page 67


684

• The sensing distance whilst the rearparking assist system is in operation isapproximately 47 in. (120 cm).

• When more than two objects aresensed at the same time, the closestone will be recognized first.

Types of warning sound• When an object is 47 in. to 32 in. (120

cm to 81 cm) from the rear bumper:Buzzer beeps intermittently.

• When an object is 31 in. to 16 in. (80cm to 41 cm) from the rear bumper:Buzzer beeps more frequently.

• When an object is within 15 in. (40 cm)of the rear bumper:Buzzer sounds continuously.

Type of the warning indicator (if equipped)

*1: It indicates the range of sensingobject by each sensor. (Left, Centre,Right)

❈: In case of that the object is betweensensors or close, indicator could bedifferent.

Non-operational conditions ofrear parking assist systemThe rear parking assist system maynot operate properly when:1. Moisture is frozen to the sensor. (It will

operate normally when the moisturehas been cleared.)

2. The sensor is covered with foreignmatter, such as snow or water, or thesensor cover is blocked. (It will operatenormally when the material is removedor the sensor is no longer blocked.)

3. Driving on uneven road surfaces(unpaved roads, gravel, bumps, gradi-ent).

4. Objects generating excessive noise(vehicle horns, loud motorcycleengines, or truck air brakes) are withinrange of the sensor.

5. Heavy rain or water spray exists.6. Wireless transmitters or mobile phones

are within range of the sensor.7. The sensor is covered with snow.8. Trailer towing

Distance fromobject

Warning indicator

Less than 15 in.(40 cm)

16 in. ~ 31 in.(41cm ~80 cm)

32 in. ~ 47 in.(81cm ~ 120 cm)

*1

*1

*1

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:21 PM Page 68

4 69


The detecting range may decreasewhen:1. The sensor is stained with foreign mat-

ter such as snow or water. (The sens-ing range will return to normal whenremoved.)

2. Outside air temperature is extremelyhot or cold.

The following objects may not be rec-ognized by the sensor:1. Sharp or slim objects such as ropes,

chains or small poles.2. Objects which tend to absorb the sen-

sor frequency such as clothes, spongymaterial or snow.

3. Undetectable objects smaller than 40 in.(1 m) in height and narrower than 6 in.(14 cm) in diameter.

Rear parking assist system pre-cautions• The rear parking assist system may

not sound sequentially depending onthe speed and shapes of the objectsdetected.

• The rear parking assist system maymalfunction if the vehicle bumperheight or sensor installation has beenmodified or damaged. Any non-factoryinstalled equipment or accessoriesmay also interfere with the sensor per-formance.

• The sensor may not recognize objectsless than 15 in. (40 cm) from the sen-sor, or it may sense an incorrect dis-tance. Use caution.

• When the sensor is frozen or stainedwith snow, dirt, or water, the sensormay be inoperative until the stains areremoved using a soft cloth.

• Do not push, scratch or strike the sen-sor. Sensor damage could occur.

✽✽ NOTICEThis system can only sense objects with-in the range and location of the sensors;It can not detect objects in other areaswhere sensors are not installed. Also,small or slim objects, such as poles orobjects located between sensors may notbe detected by the sensors.Always visually check behind the vehi-cle when backing up.Be sure to inform any drivers of thevehicle that may be unfamiliar with thesystem regarding the systems capabili-ties and limitations.

WARNINGPay close attention when the vehi-cle is driven close to objects on theroad, particularly pedestrians, andespecially children. Be aware thatsome objects may not be detectedby the sensors, due to the object’sdistance, size or material, all ofwhich can limit the effectiveness ofthe sensor. Always perform a visu-al inspection to make sure the vehi-cle is clear of all obstructionsbefore moving the vehicle in anydirection.

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:21 PM Page 69


704

Self-diagnosisIf you don’t hear an audible warningsound or if the buzzer sounds intermit-tently when shifting the gear to the R(Reverse) position, this may indicate amalfunction in the rear parking assist sys-tem. If this occurs, have your vehiclechecked by a HYUNDAI authorisedrepairer as soon as possible.

WARNINGYour new vehicle warranty does notcover any accidents or damage tothe vehicle or injuries to its occu-pants due to a rear parking assistsystem malfunction. Always drivesafely and cautiously.

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:21 PM Page 70

4 71


The rearview camera will activate whenthe back-up light is ON with the ignitionswitch ON and the shift lever in the R(Reverse) position.This system is a supplemental systemthat shows behind the vehicle through therearview display mirror whilst backing-up.

Type BThe rearview camera may be turned offby pressing the ON/OFF button when therearview camera is activated.To turn the camera on again, press theON/OFF button again when the ignitionswitch is on and the shift lever in R(Reverse). Also, the camera will turn onautomatically whenever the ignitionswitch is turned off and on again.

The hazard warning flasher should beused whenever you find it necessary tostop the car in a hazardous location.When you must make such an emer-gency stop, always pull off the road as faras possible.The hazard warning lights are turned onby pushing in the hazard switch. Thiscauses all turn signal lights to blink. Thehazard warning lights will operate eventhough the key is not in the ignitionswitch.To turn the hazard warning lights off,push the switch a second time.

REARVIEW CAMERA (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING• This system is a supplementary

function only. It is the responsibil-ity of the driver to always checkthe inside/outside rearview mirrorand the area behind the vehiclebefore and whilst backing upbecause there is a dead zone thatcan't see through the camera.

• Always keep the camera lensclean. If lens is covered with for-eign matter, the camera may notoperate normally.

OLM049081

OLM049084

HAZARD WARNING FLASHER

OEL049083R

■ Type BOEL049082R

■ Type A

Rear view display

Rear view display

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:21 PM Page 71


724

LIGHTING Battery saver function • The purpose of this feature is to pre-

vent the battery from being dis-charged. The system automaticallyturns off the parking lights when thedriver removes the ignition key andopens the driver- side door.

• With this feature, the parking lights willbe turned off automatically if the driverparks on the side of road at night.If necessary, to keep the lights onwhen the ignition key is removed, per-form the following :1) Open the driver-side door.2) Turn the parking lights OFF and ON

again using the light switch on thesteering column.

Headlight escort function (if equipped)IThe headlights (and/or taillights) remainon for approximately 20 minutes after theignition key is removed or turned to theACC or LOCK position. However, if thedriver’s door is opened and closed, theheadlights are turned off after 30 sec-onds.The headlights can be turned off bypressing the lock button on the transmit-ter (or smart key) twice or turning off thelight switch from the headlight or Autolight position.

Headlight welcome function (if equipped)When the headlight switch is in the ON orAUTO position and all doors (and tail-gate) are closed and locked, if you pressthe door unlock button on the transmitter(or smart key), the headlights will comeon for about 15 seconds.If the headlight switch is in the AUTOposition, the function can only operate atnight.At this time, if you press the door unlockbutton again or door lock button on thetransmitter (or smart key), the headlightswill turn off immediately.

CAUTIONIf the driver gets out of the vehiclethrough other doors (except dri-ver’s door), the battery saver func-tion does not operate and the head-light escort function does not turnoff automatically. Therefore, it caus-es the battery to be discharged. Inthis case, make sure to turn off thelamp before getting out of the vehi-cle.

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:21 PM Page 72

4 73


Lighting controlThe light switch has a Headlight and aParking light position.To operate the lights, turn the knob at theend of the control lever to one of the fol-lowing positions:(1) OFF position(2) Parking light position(3) Headlight position(4) Auto light position (if equipped)

Parking light position ( )When the light switch is in the parkinglight position, the tail, position, licenseand instrument panel lights are ON.

Headlight position ( )When the light switch is in the headlightposition the head, tail, position, licenseand instrument panel lights are ON.

✽✽ NOTICEThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition to turn on the headlights.

OBK049047NOBK049046NOBK049045N

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:21 PM Page 73


744

Auto light position (if equipped)When the light switch is in the AUTO lightposition, the taillights and headlights willbe turned ON or OFF automaticallydepending on the amount of light outsidethe vehicle.

High - beam operation To turn on the high beam headlights,push the lever away from you. Pull it backfor low beams.The high-beam indicator will light whenthe headlight high beams are switchedon.To prevent the battery from being dis-charged, do not leave the lights on for aprolonged time whilst the engine is notrunning.

OBK049050N

CAUTION• Never place anything over the

sensor (1) located on the instru-ment panel, this will ensure betterauto-light system control.

• Don’t clean the sensor using awindow cleaner, the cleaner mayleave a light film which couldinterfere with sensor operation.

• If your vehicle has window tint orother types of coating on thefront windscreen, the Auto lightsystem may not work properly.

OBK049048N

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:21 PM Page 74

4 75


Flashing headlights To flash the headlights, pull the levertowards you. It will return to the normal(low-beam) position when released. Theheadlight switch does not need to be onto use this flashing feature.

Turn signals and lane change sig-nalsThe ignition switch must be on for theturn signals to function. To turn on theturn signals, move the lever up or down(A). Green arrow indicators on the instru-ment panel indicate which turn signal isoperating.They will self-cancel after a turn is com-pleted. If the indicator continues to flashafter a turn, manually return the lever tothe OFF position.To signal a lane change, move the turnsignal lever slightly and hold it in position(B). The lever will return to the OFF posi-tion when released.

If an indicator stays on and does notflash or if it flashes abnormally, one of theturn signal bulbs may be burned out andwill require replacement.

One-touch lane change function (if equipped)To activate an one-touch lane changefunction, move the turn signal leverslightly and then release it. The lanechange signals will blink 3 times.

✽✽ NOTICEIf an indicator flash is abnormally quickor slow, bulb may be burned out or havea poor electrical connection in the cir-cuit.

OBK049051NOBK049049N

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:21 PM Page 75


764

Front fog light (if equipped) Fog lights are used to provide improvedvisibility when visibility is poor due to fog,rain or snow, etc. The fog lights will turnon when the fog light switch (1) is turnedon after the parklight is turned on.To turn off the fog lights, turn the fog lightswitch (1) to the OFF position.

Rear fog light (if equipped) To turn the rear fog lights on, turn theheadlight switch to the headlight on posi-tion and turn the rear fog light switch (1)to the on position.

The rear fog lights turn on when the rearfog light switch is turned on after the frontfog light switch (if equipped) is turned onand the headlight switch is in the park-light position.To turn the rear fog lights off, turn the rearfog light switch to the on position again orturn the headlight switch off or front foglight switch off.

✽✽ NOTICETo turn on the rear fog light switch, theignition switch must be in the ON position.

OEL049046

■ Type BOAM049046L

■ Type A

OBK049052N

CAUTIONWhen in operation, the fog lightsconsume large amounts of vehicleelectrical power. Only use the foglights when visibility is poor.

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:21 PM Page 76

4 77


Daytime running light (if equipped)Daytime Running Lights (DRL) can makeit easier for others to see the front of yourvehicle during the day. DRL can be help-ful in many different driving conditions,and it is especially helpful after dawn andbefore sunset.The DRL system will make the head-lights turn OFF when:1. The parklight switch is ON.2. Engine stops.

Headlight levelling device (if equipped)To adjust the headlight beam levelaccording to the number of the passen-gers and the loading weight in the lug-gage area, turn the beam levelling switch.The higher the number of the switchposition, the lower the headlight beamlevel. Always keep the headlight beam atthe proper levelling position, or head-lights may dazzle other road users.

Listed below are the examples of properswitch settings. For loading conditionsother than those listed below, adjust theswitch position so that the beam levelmay be the nearest as the conditionobtained according to the list.

Loading condition Switch positionDriver only 0

Driver + Front passenger 0

Full passengers (including driver)

1

Full passengers (includingdriver) + Maximum permis-sible loading

2

Driver + Maximum permis-sible loading

3

OLM049211R

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:22 PM Page 77


784

A : Wiper speed control (front)· – Single wipe· O – Off· --- – Intermittent wipe

AUTO* – Auto control wipe· 1 – Low wiper speed· 2 – High wiper speed

B : Intermittent control wipe timeadjustment

C : Wash with brief wipes (front)

D : Rear wiper/washer control· – Continuous wipe· --- – Intermittent wipe

(if equipped)· O – Off

E : Wash with brief wipes (rear)* : if equipped

WIPERS AND WASHERS

Windscreen wiper/washer Rear window wiper/washer

OXM049230L/OAM049048L

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:22 PM Page 78

4 79


Windscreen wipers Operates as follows when the ignitionswitch is turned ON.

: For a single wiping cycle, move thelever to this position and release it.The wipers will operate continuous-ly if the lever is held in this position.

O : Wiper is not in operation --- : Wiper operates intermittently at the

same wiping intervals. Use this modein light rain or mist. To vary the speedsetting, turn the speed control knob.

1 : Normal wiper speed 2 : Fast wiper speed

✽✽ NOTICEIf there is heavy accumulation of snowor ice on the windscreen, defrost thewindscreen for about 10 minutes, oruntil the snow and/or ice is removedbefore using the windscreen wipers toensure proper operation.

Auto control (if equipped)The rain sensor located on the upper endof the windscreen glass senses theamount of rainfall and controls the wipingcycle for the proper interval. The more itrains, the faster the wiper operates. Whenthe rain stops, the wiper stops.

To vary the speed setting, turn the speedcontrol knob (1).If the wiper switch is set in AUTO modewhen the ignition switch is ON, the wiperwill operate once to perform a self-checkof the system. Set the wiper to OFF posi-tion when the wiper is not in use.

CAUTIONWhen the ignition switch is ON andthe windscreen wiper switch isplaced in the AUTO mode, use cau-tion in the following situations toavoid any injury to the hands orother parts of the body:• Do not touch the upper end of the

windscreen glass facing the rainsensor.

• Do not wipe the upper end of thewindscreen glass with a damp orwet cloth.

• Do not put pressure on the wind-screen glass.

OEL049900

Rain sensor

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:22 PM Page 79


804

Windscreen washers In the OFF position, pull the lever gentlytoward you to spray washer fluid on thewindscreen and to run the wipers 1-3cycles.Use this function when the windscreen isdirty.The spray and wiper operation will con-tinue until you release the lever.If the washer does not work, check thewasher fluid level. If the fluid level is notsufficient, you will need to add appropri-ate non-abrasive windscreen washerfluid to the washer reservoir.The reservoir filler neck is located in thefront of the engine compartment on thedriver side.

CAUTIONTo prevent possible damage to thewasher pump, do not operate thewasher when the fluid reservoir isempty.

WARNINGDo not use the washer in freezingtemperatures without first warmingthe windscreen with the defrosters;the washer solution could freeze onthe windscreen and obscure yourvision.

CAUTIONWhen washing the vehicle, set thewiper switch in the OFF position tostop the auto wiper operation. The wiper may operate and be dam-aged if the switch is set in the AUTOmode whilst washing the vehicle. Do not remove the sensor coverlocated on the upper end of thedriver side windscreen glass.Damage to system parts couldoccur and may not be covered byyour vehicle warranty.When starting the vehicle in winter,set the wiper switch in the OFFposition. Otherwise, wipers mayoperate and ice may damage thewindscreen wiper blades. Alwaysremove all snow and ice and defrostthe windscreen properly prior tooperating the windscreen wipers.

OXM049048E

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:22 PM Page 80

4 81


Rear window wiper and washerswitch The rear window wiper and washerswitch is located at the end of the wiperand washer switch lever. Turn the switchto the desired position to operate the rearwiper and washer.

- Normal wiper operation--- - Intermittent wiper operation

(if equipped) O - Wiper is not in operation

Push the lever away from you to sprayrear washer fluid and to run the rearwipers 1~3 cycles. The spray and wiperoperation will continue until you releasethe lever. (if equipped)

CAUTION• To prevent possible damage to

the wipers or windscreen, do notoperate the wipers when thewindscreen is dry.

• To prevent damage to the wiperblades, do not use petrol,kerosene, paint thinner, or othersolvents on or near them.

• To prevent damage to the wiperarms and other components, donot attempt to move the wipersmanually.

OXM049103E OXM049125L

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:22 PM Page 81


824

Map lamp (if equipped)Push the lens (1) to turn the map lamp onor off.• : The light (with room lamp) stays

on at all times.• : The light (with room lamp) comes

on when any door (except tail-gate) is opened regardless of theignition switch position. Whendoors (except tailgate) areunlocked by the transmitter (orsmart key), the light (with roomlamp) comes on for approximate-ly 30 seconds as long as any door(except tailgate) is not opened.

Also, the light (with room lamp)goes out gradually after approxi-mately 30 seconds if the door(except tailgate) is closed.However, if the ignition switch isON or all doors (except tailgate)are locked, the light will turn offimmediately.If a door (except tailgate) isopened with the ignition switch inthe ACC or LOCK position, thelight (with room lamp) stays on forabout 20 minutes. However, if adoor (except tailgate) is openedwith the ignition switch in the ONposition, the light (with room lamp)stays on continuously.

• : The lights turn off even if a door isopened.❈ When the lamp is turned ON by

pressing the lens (1), the lampdoes not turn off even if theswitch (2) is in the OFF posi-tion.

INTERIOR LIGHT

CAUTIONDo not use the interior lights forextended periods when the engineis not running.It may cause battery discharge.

OEL049100

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:22 PM Page 82

4 83


Room lamp Press the button to turn the light on or off.

Vanity mirror lamp (if equipped)• : The lamp will turn on if this but-

ton is pressed.

• : The lamp will turn off if this but-ton is pressed.

Luggage room lamp (if equipped)The luggage room lamp comes on whenthe boot lid is opened.

OLM049105/H OLM049103OEL049101

CAUTION - Vanity mirrorlamp (if equipped)

• Always have the switch in the offposition when the vanity mirrorlamp is not in use. If the sunvisoris closed without the lamp off, itmay discharge the battery ordamage the sunvisor.

• Turn off the lamp before returnthe sunvisor to its original posi-tion.

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:22 PM Page 83


844

Glove box lamp (if equipped)The glove box lamp comes on when theglove box is opened.The parking lights or headlights must beON for the glove box lamp to function.

OLM049102/H

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:22 PM Page 84

4 85


✽✽ NOTICEIf you want to defrost and defog on thefront windscreen, refer to “WindscreenDefrosting and Defogging” in this sec-tion.

Rear window defrosterThe defroster heats the window toremove frost, fog and thin ice from theinterior and exterior of the rear window,whilst engine is running.

To activate the rear window defroster,press the rear window defroster buttonlocated in the centre facia switch panel.The indicator on the rear windowdefroster button illuminates when thedefroster is ON.If there is heavy accumulation of snow onthe rear window, brush it off before oper-ating the rear defroster.The rear window defroster automaticallyturns off after approximately 20 minutesor when the ignition switch is turned off.To turn off the defroster, press the rearwindow defroster button again.

DEFROSTER

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the conduc-tors bonded to the inside surface ofthe rear window, never use sharpinstruments or window cleanerscontaining abrasives to clean thewindow.

OLM049109

■ Type BOLM049110

■ Type A

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:22 PM Page 85


864

Outside mirror defroster (if equipped)If your vehicle is equipped with the out-side mirror defrosters, they will operate atthe same time you turn on the rear win-dow defroster.

Wiper deicer (if equipped)Without smart keyThe engine must be running to enablethis feature. To activate the front wiperdeicer, press the front wiper deicer but-ton. The indicator on the button illumi-nates when the deicer is ON.The front wiper deicer automaticallyturns off after 20 minutes or when theignition switch is turned off. To turn off thedeicer, press the front wiper deicer but-ton again.

With smart keyIf your vehicle is equipped with the wiperdeicer, it will operate at the same timeyou turn on the rear window defroster.

OLM049104R

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:22 PM Page 86

4 87


MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

OEL049111/OEL049111U

1. Fan speed control knob2. MAX defroster button (Front windscreen

defroster)3. MAX A/C selection button (if equipped)4. Temperature control knob5. Air conditioning button (if equipped)6. Mode selection button7. Air intake control button

■■ Type A

■■ Type B

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:22 PM Page 87


884

Heating and air conditioning1. Start the engine.2. Set the mode to the desired position.

For improving the effectiveness ofheating and cooling;- Heating:- Cooling:

3. Set the temperature control to thedesired position.

4. Set the air intake control to the outside(fresh) air position.

5. Set the fan speed control to thedesired speed.

6. If air conditioning is desired, turn theair conditioning system (if equipped)on.

OEL049120R

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:23 PM Page 88

4 89


Mode selectionThe mode selection buttons controls thedirection of the air flow through the venti-lation system.If you push the button once, the corre-sponding switch will turn on, and if youpush the button again, the switch will turnoff.

Defrost-Level (A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thewindscreen with a small amount of airdirected to the side window defroster.

Face-Level (B, D)

Air flow is directed toward the upper bodyand face. Additionally, each outlet can becontrolled to direct the air dischargedfrom the outlet.

Floor-Level (C, E, A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor.


Most of the air flow is directed to thewindscreen.

Also you may select 2~3 modes at thesame time for desired air flow.- face ( ) + floor ( ) mode- face ( ) + defrost ( ) mode- floor ( ) + defrost ( ) mode- face ( ) + floor ( ) + defrost ( )

mode

MAX A/C-Level (B, D) (if equipped)The MAX A/C mode is used to cool theinside of the vehicle faster.Air flow is directed toward the upper bodyand face.In this mode, the air conditioning and therecirculated air position will be selectedautomatically.

OEL049112 OEL049113

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:23 PM Page 89


904

Instrument panel ventsThe outlet vents can be opened or closedseparately using the thumbwheel.Also, you can adjust the direction of airdelivery from these vents using the ventcontrol lever as shown.

Temperature controlThe temperature control knob allows youto control the temperature of the air flow-ing from the ventilation system. Tochange the air temperature in the pas-senger compartment, turn the knob tothe right position for warm and hot air orleft position for cooler air.

Air intake control The air intake control is used to selectthe outside (fresh) air position or recircu-lated air position.To change the air intake control position,press the control button.

OEL049114R OEL049115 OEL049116

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:23 PM Page 90

4 91


Recirculated air position With the recirculatedair position selected,air from the passengercompartment will bedrawn through theheating system andheated or cooledaccording to the func-tion selected.

Outside (fresh) air position With the outside (fresh)air position selected,air enters the vehiclefrom outside and isheated or cooledaccording to the func-tion selected.

✽✽ NOTICEProlonged operation of the heater in therecirculated air position (without airconditioning selected) may cause foggingof the windscreen and side windows andthe air within the passenger compart-ment may become stale.In addition, prolonged use of the air con-ditioning with the recirculated air posi-tion selected will result in excessively dryair in the passenger compartment.

WARNING• Continue using the climate con-

trol system in the recirculated airposition may allow humidity toincrease inside the vehicle whichmay fog the glass and obscurevisibility.

• Do not sleep in a vehicle with theair conditioning or heating sys-tem on. It may cause seriousharm or death due to a drop in theoxygen level and/or body temper-ature.

• Continue using the climate con-trol system in the recirculated airposition can cause drowsiness orsleepiness, and loss of vehiclecontrol. Set the air intake controlto the outside (fresh) air positionas much as possible whilst driv-ing.

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:23 PM Page 91


924

Fan speed controlThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition for fan operation.The fan speed control knob allows you tocontrol the fan speed of the air flowingfrom the ventilation system. To changethe fan speed, turn the knob to the rightfor higher speed or left for lower speed.Setting the fan speed control knob to the“0” position turns off the fan.

Air conditioning (if equipped) Press the A/C button to turn the air con-ditioning system on (indicator light willilluminate). Press the button again to turnthe air conditioning system off.

System operationVentilation1. Set the mode to the position.2. Set the air intake control to the outside

(fresh) air position.3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.

Heating1. Set the mode to the position.2. Set the air intake control to the outside

(fresh) air position.3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.5. If dehumidified heating is desired, turn

the air conditioning system (ifequipped) on.

• If the windscreen fogs up, set the modeto the or position.

OEL049118OEL049117

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:23 PM Page 92

4 93


Operation Tips• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from

entering the vehicle through the venti-lation system, temporarily set the airintake control to the recirculated airposition. Be sure to return the controlto the fresh air position when the irrita-tion has passed to keep fresh air in thevehicle. This will help keep the driveralert and comfortable.

• Air for the heating/cooling system isdrawn in through the grilles just aheadof the windscreen. Care should betaken that these are not blocked byleaves, snow, ice or other obstructions.

• To prevent interior fog on the wind-screen, set the air intake control to thefresh air position and fan speed to thedesired position, turn on the air condi-tioning system, and adjust the temper-ature control to desired temperature.

Air conditioning (if equipped) All HYUNDAI Air Conditioning Systemsare filled with environmentally friendly R-134a refrigerant which does not dam-age to the ozone layer.1. Start the engine. Push the air condi-

tioning button.2. Set the mode to the position.3. Set the air intake control to the outside

air or recirculated air position.4. Adjust the fan speed control and tem-

perature control to maintain maximumcomfort.

• When maximum cooling is desired, setthe temperature control to the extremeleft position (press the MAX A/C posi-tion selection button (if equipped)) thenset the fan speed control to the highestspeed.

✽✽ NOTICE• When using the air conditioning sys-

tem, monitor the temperature gaugeclosely whilst driving up hills or inheavy traffic when outside tempera-tures are high. Air conditioning sys-tem operation may cause engine over-heating. Continue to use the blowerfan but turn the air conditioning sys-tem off if the temperature gauge indi-cates engine overheating.

• When opening the windows in humidweather air conditioning may createwater droplets inside the vehicle.Since excessive water droplets maycause damage to electrical equipment,air conditioning should only be usedwith the windows closed.

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:23 PM Page 93


944

Air conditioning system operation tips • If the vehicle has been parked in direct

sunlight during hot weather, open thewindows for a short time to let the hotair inside the vehicle escape.

• To help reduce moisture inside of thewindows on rainy or humid days,decrease the humidity inside the vehi-cle by operating the air conditioningsystem.

• During air conditioning system opera-tion, you may occasionally notice aslight change in engine speed as theair conditioning compressor cycles.This is a normal system operationcharacteristic.

• Use the air conditioning system everymonth only for a few minutes to ensuremaximum system performance.

• When using the air conditioning sys-tem, you may notice clear water drip-ping (or even puddling) on the groundunder the passenger side of the vehi-cle. This is a normal system operationcharacteristic.

• Operating the air conditioning systemin the recirculated air position providesmaximum cooling, however, continualoperation in this mode may cause theair inside the vehicle to become stale.

• During cooling operation, you mayoccasionally notice a misty air flowbecause of rapid cooling and humid airintake. This is a normal system opera-tion characteristic.

Climate control air filter (if equipped)The climate control air filter installedbehind the glove box filters the dust orother pollutants that come into the vehi-cle from the outside through the heatingand air conditioning system. If dust orother pollutants accumulate in the filterover a period of time, the air flow from theair vents may decrease, resulting inmoisture accumulation on the inside ofthe windscreen even when the outside(fresh) air position is selected. If this hap-pens, have the climate control air filterreplaced by a HYUNDAI authorisedrepairer.

1LDA5047

Outside air

Recirculatedair

Climate controlair filter

Blower

Evaporatorcore

Heater core

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:23 PM Page 94

4 95


✽✽ NOTICE• Replace the filter according to the

Maintenance Schedule.If the car is being driven in severeconditions such as dusty, rough roads,more frequent climate control air fil-ter inspections and changes arerequired.

• When the air flow rate is suddenlydecreased, the system should bechecked at a HYUNDAI authorisedrepairer.

Checking the amount of air con-ditioner refrigerant and compres-sor lubricantWhen the amount of refrigerant is low,the performance of the air conditioning isreduced. Overfilling also has a bad influ-ence on the air conditioning system.Therefore, if abnormal operation isfound, have the system inspected by aHYUNDAI authorised repairer.

✽✽ NOTICEIt is important when servicing the airconditioning system that the correcttype and amount of oil and refrigerant isused. Otherwise, damage to the com-pressor and abnormal system operationmay occur.

WARNINGThe air conditioning system shouldbe serviced by a HYUNDAI autho-rised repairer. Improper servicemay cause serious injury to theperson performing the service.

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:23 PM Page 95


964

AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

OEL049121R

1. AUTO (automatic control) button2. Driver's temperature control button3. A/C display4. Passenger's temperature control

button5. Dual temperature control selection

button6. OFF button7. Front windscreen defroster button8. Air conditioning button*9. Fan speed control button10. Air intake control button11. Mode selection button

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:23 PM Page 96

4 97


Automatic heating and air condi-tioningThe automatic climate control system iscontrolled by simply setting the desiredtemperature.The Full Automatic Temperature Control(FATC) system automatically controls theheating and cooling system as follows;1. Press the AUTO button. The modes,

fan speeds, air intake and air-condi-tioning will be controlled automaticallyby setting the temperature.

2. Set the temperature button to thedesired temperature.

3. To turn the automatic operation off,select any button of the following:• Mode selection button• Front windscreen defroster button• Fan speed control buttonThe selected function will be controlledmanually whilst other functions operateautomatically.

For your convenience and to improve theeffectiveness of the climate control, usethe AUTO button and set the temperatureto 22°C/71°F (23°C/73°F-Except Europe).

✽✽ NOTICENever place anything over the sensorlocated on the instrument panel toensure better control of the heating andcooling system.

OLM049154OEL049122R

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:23 PM Page 97


984

Manual heating and air condition-ingThe heating and cooling system can becontrolled manually by pressing buttonsor turning knob(s) other than the AUTObutton. In this case, the system workssequentially according to the order ofbuttons or knob(s) selected.1. Start the engine.2. Set the mode to the desired position.

For improving the effectiveness ofheating and cooling;- Heating:- Cooling:

3. Set the temperature control to thedesired position.

4. Set the air intake control to the outside(fresh) air position.

5. Set the fan speed control to thedesired speed.

6. If air conditioning is desired, turn theair conditioning system on.

Press the AUTO button in order to con-vert to full automatic control of the sys-tem.

Mode selectionThe mode selection button controls thedirection of the air flow through the venti-lation system.Refer to the illustration in the “Manual cli-mate control system”.

If you push the button once, the corre-sponding switch will turn on, and if youpush the button again, the switch will turnoff.

Face-Level (B, D)

Air flow is directed toward the upper bodyand face. Additionally, each outlet can becontrolled to direct the air dischargedfrom the outlet.

Floor-Level (C, E, A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor.


Most of the air flow is directed to thewindscreen.

Also you may select 2~3 modes at thesame time for desired air flow.- face ( ) + floor ( ) mode- face ( ) + defrost ( ) mode- floor ( ) + defrost ( ) mode- face ( ) + floor ( ) + defrost ( )

mode

OEL049123

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:23 PM Page 98

4 99


Maximum (MAX) defrost mode When you select the MAX defrost mode,the following system settings will bemade automatically;• the air conditioning system will be

turned on.• the outside(fresh) air position will be

selected.• the fan speed will be set to the high

speed.To turn the MAX defrost mode off, pressthe mode button or MAX defrost buttonagain or AUTO button.

Instrument panel ventsThe outlet vents can be opened or closedseparately using the thumbwheel.Also, you can adjust the direction of airdelivery from these vents using the ventcontrol lever as shown.

Temperature controlThe temperature will increase to themaximum (HI) by holding the ▲ button.The temperature will decrease to theminimum (Lo) by holding the ▼ button.When pressing the button, the tempera-ture will increase or decrease by0.5°C/1°F. When set to the lowest tem-perature setting, the air conditioning willoperate continuously.

OEL049124 OEL049114R OEL049125R

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:23 PM Page 99


1004

Adjusting the driver and passenger sidetemperature individually 1. Press the DUAL button to operate the

driver and passenger side temperatureindividually. Also, if the passenger sidetemperature control button is operat-ed, it will automatically change to theDUAL mode as well.

2. Operate the driver side temperaturecontrol to adjust the driver side tem-perature. Operate the passenger sidetemperature control to adjust the pas-senger side temperature.

When the driver side temperature is setto the highest (HI) or lowest (Lo) temper-ature setting, the DUAL mode is deacti-vated for maximum heating or cooling.

Adjusting the driver and passenger sidetemperature equally1. Press the DUAL button again to deac-

tivate DUAL mode. The passengerside temperature will be set to thesame temperature as the driver side.

2. Operate the driver side temperaturecontrol button. The driver and passen-ger side temperature will be adjustedequally.

Temperature conversion (if equipped)You can switch the temperature modebetween Centigrade to Fahrenheit as fol-lows:Whilst pressing the OFF button, pressthe AUTO button for 3 seconds or more.The display will change from Centigradeto Fahrenheit, or from Fahrenheit toCentigrade.If the battery has been discharged or dis-connected, the temperature mode dis-play will reset to Centigrade.

Air intake controlThis is used to select the outside (fresh)air position or recirculated air position.To change the air intake control position,push the control button.

OEL049126R OEL049128

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:23 PM Page 100

4 101


Recirculated air positionWith the recirculated airposition selected, air fromthe passenger compart-ment will be drawn throughthe heating system andheated or cooled accordingto the function selected.

Outside (fresh) air positionWith the outside (fresh) airposition selected, airenters the vehicle from out-side and is heated orcooled according to thefunction selected.

✽✽ NOTICEProlonged operation of the heater in therecirculated air position (without airconditioning selected) may cause fog-ging of the windscreen and side windowsand the air within the passenger com-partment may become stale.In addition, prolonged use of the air con-ditioning with the recirculated air posi-tion selected will result in excessively dryair in the passenger compartment.

WARNING• Continue using the climate control

system in the recirculated air posi-tion may allow humidity toincrease inside the vehicle whichmay fog the glass and obscure vis-ibility.

• Do not sleep in a vehicle with theair conditioning or heating systemon. It may cause serious harm ordeath due to a drop in the oxygenlevel and/or body temperature.

• Continue using the climate controlsystem in the recirculated air posi-tion can cause drowsiness orsleepiness, and loss of vehiclecontrol. Set the air intake control tothe outside (fresh) air position asmuch as possible whilst driving.

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:23 PM Page 101


1024

Fan speed controlThe fan speed can be set to the desiredspeed by operating the fan speed controlbutton.To change the fan speed, press ( +) theswitch for higher speed, or push (- ) theswitch for lower speed. To turn thefan speed control off, press the frontblower OFF button.

Air conditioningPress the A/C button to turn the air con-ditioning system on (indicator light willilluminate).Press the button again to turn the airconditioning system off.

OFF modePress the front blower OFF button to turnoff the front air climate control system.However, you can still operate the airintake buttons as long as the ignitionswitch is in the ON position.

OEL049129R OEL049130R OEL049131R

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:24 PM Page 102

4 103


• For maximum defrosting, set the tem-perature control to the extremeright/hot position and the fan speedcontrol to the highest speed.

• If warm air to the floor is desired whilstdefrosting or defogging, set the modeto the floor-defrost position.

• Before driving, clear all snow and icefrom the windscreen, rear window, out-side rear view mirrors, and all side win-dows.

• Clear all snow and ice from the bonnetand air inlet in the cowl grill to improveheater and defroster efficiency and toreduce the probability of fogging up theinside of the windscreen.

Manual climate control systemTo defog inside windscreen 1. Set the fan speed to the desired posi-

tion.2. Select desired temperature.

WINDSCREEN DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING

WARNING - Windscreenheating

Do not use the position duringcooling operation in extremelyhumid weather. The differencebetween the temperature of the out-side air and the windscreen couldcause the outer surface of thewindscreen to fog up, causing lossof visibility. In this case, set themode selection to the positionand fan speed control to the lowerspeed.

OEL049132

■ Type BOEL049132U

■ Type A

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:24 PM Page 103


1044

3. Select the position.4. The outside (fresh) air will be selected

automatically. If the position isselected, air conditioning (if equipped)will also be selected automatically.

If the air conditioning (if equipped) and/oroutside (fresh) air position are not select-ed automatically, press the correspon-ding button manually.

To defrost outside windscreen 1. Set the fan speed to the highest posi-

tion.2. Set the temperature to the extreme hot

position.3. Select the position.

4. The outside (fresh) air and air condi-tioning (if equipped) will be selectedautomatically.

OEL049133

■ Type BOEL049133U

■ Type A

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:24 PM Page 104

4 105


Automatic climate control systemTo defog inside windscreen 1. Set the fan speed to the desired posi-

tion.2. Select desired temperature.3. Press the defroster button ( ).4. The air conditioning will turn on

according to the detected ambient tem-perature and outside (fresh) air posi-tion will be selected automatically.

If the air conditioning is not selectedautomatically, adjust the correspondingbutton manually. If the position isselected, lower fan speed is adjusted to ahigher fan speed.

To defrost outside windscreen 1. Set the fan speed to the highest posi-

tion.2. Set the temperature to the extreme hot

(HI) position.3. Press the defroster button ( ).4. The air conditioning will turn on

according to the detected ambienttemperature and outside (fresh) airposition will be selected automatically.

OEL049134R OEL049135R

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:24 PM Page 105


1064

These compartments can be used tostore small items required by the driveror passengers.

Centre console storage (if equipped)These compartments can be used tostore small items required by the driveror front passenger.To open the centre console storage, pullup the lever.

Glove box The glove box can be locked andunlocked with a key. (if equipped)To open the glove box, pull the handleand the glove box will automaticallyopen. Close the glove box after use.

STORAGE COMPARTMENT

WARNING - Flammablematerials

Do not store cigarette lighters,propane cylinders, or other flamma-ble/explosive materials in the vehi-cle. These items may catch fireand/or explode if the vehicle isexposed to hot temperatures forextended periods.

CAUTION• To avoid possible theft, do not

leave valuables in the storagecompartment.

• Always keep the storage com-partment covers closed whilstdriving. Do not attempt to placeso many items in the storagecompartment that the storagecompartment cover can not closesecurely.

OEL049151/H OLM049152R

WARNING To reduce the risk of injury in anaccident or sudden stop, alwayskeep the glove box door closedwhilst driving.

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:24 PM Page 106

4 107


Cool box (if equipped)You can keep beverage cans or otheritems cool using the open/close lever (1)of the vent installed in the glove box.1. Turn on the air conditioning.2. Slide the open/close lever (1) of the

vent installed in the glove box to theopen position.

3. When the cool box is not used, slidethe lever (1) to its closed position.

✽✽ NOTICEIf some items in the cool box block thevent, the cooling effectiveness of the coolbox is reduced.

Sunglass holder To open the sunglass holder, press thecover and the holder will slowly open. Placeyour sunglasses in the compartment doorwith the lenses facing out. Push to close.

OLM049142

WARNING• Do not keep objects except sun-

glasses inside the sunglass holder.Such objects can be thrown fromthe holder in the event of a suddenstop or an accident, possibly injur-ing the passengers in the vehicle.

• Do not open the sunglasses holderwhilst the vehicle is moving. Therear view mirror of the vehicle canbe blocked by an open sunglassholder.

OEL049220R

WARNINGDo not put the perishable food inthe cool box because it may not beable to maintain the necessary con-sistent temperature to keep thefood fresh.

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:24 PM Page 107


1084

Cigarette lighter (if equipped)For the cigarette lighter to work, the igni-tion switch must be in the ACC positionor the ON position.To use the cigarette lighter, push it all theway into its socket. When the elementhas heated, the lighter will pop out to the"ready" position.Do not hold the cigarette lighter pressedin. This can damage the heating elementand create a fire hazard.If it is necessary to replace the cigarettelighter, use only a genuine HYUNDAIreplacement or its approved equivalent.

Ashtray (if equipped)To use the ashtray, open the cover.To clean or empty the ashtray, pull it out.

INTERIOR FEATURES

OEL049144R

CAUTIONOnly a genuine HYUNDAI lightershould be used in the cigarettelighter socket. The use of plug-inaccessories (shavers, hand-heldvacuums, and coffee pots, forexample) may damage the socket orcause electrical failure. WARNING - Ashtray use

• Do not use the vehicle’s ashtraysas waste receptacles.

• Putting lit cigarettes or matchesin an ashtray with other com-bustible materials may cause afire.

WARNING• Do not hold the lighter in after it

is already heated because it willoverheat.

• If the lighter does not pop outwithin 30 seconds, remove it toprevent overheating.

OEL049145/H

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:24 PM Page 108

4 109


Cup holder

Cups or small beverage cans may beplaced in the cup holders.

SunvisorUse the sunvisor to shield direct lightthrough the front or side windows.To use the sunvisor, pull it downward.To use the sunvisor for the side window,pull it downward, unsnap it from thebracket (1) and swing it to the side (2).Adjust the sunvisor extension forward orbackward (3). (if equipped)To use the vanity mirror, pull down thevisor and slide the mirror cover (4).Push the switch to turn the light on or off.(if equipped)• : The light turns on.• O : The light turns off.The ticket holder (5) is provided for hold-ing a tollgate ticket. (if equipped)

WARNING - Hot liquids• Do not place uncovered cups of

hot liquid in the cup holder whilstthe vehicle is in motion. If the hotliquid spills, you burn yourself.Such a burn to the driver couldlead to loss of control of the vehi-cle.

• To reduce the risk of personalinjury in the event of sudden stopor collision, do not place uncov-ered or unsecured bottles, glass-es, cans, etc., in the cup holderwhilst the vehicle is in motion.

OLM049147

■ Rear (if equipped)OEL049146/H

■ Front

OLM049207R

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:24 PM Page 109


1104

Power outletThe power outlet is designed to providepower for mobile telephones or otherdevices designed to operate with vehicleelectrical systems. The devices shoulddraw less than 10 amps with the enginerunning.

CAUTION - Vanity mirrorlamp (if equipped)

• Always have the switch in the offposition when the vanity mirrorlamp is not in use. If the sunvisoris closed without the lamp off, itmay discharge the battery ordamage the sunvisor.

• Always use the sunvisor exten-sion, after swing the sunvisor tothe side.

OEL049150R

OLM049153

■ Front

■ Rear (if equipped)

CAUTION• Use power outlet only when the

engine is running and remove theaccessory plug after use. Usingthe accessory plug for prolongedperiods of time with the engineoff could cause the battery to dis-charge.

• Only use 12V electric accessorieswhich are less than 10A in elec-tric capacity.

• Adjust the air-conditioner orheater to the lowest operatinglevel when using the power outlet.

• Close the cover when not in use.• Some electronic devices can

cause electronic interferencewhen plugged into a vehicle’spower outlet. These devices maycause excessive audio static andmalfunctions in other electronicsystems or devices used in yourvehicle.

WARNINGDo not put a finger or a foreign ele-ment (pin, etc.) into a power outletand do not touch with a wet hand.You may get an electric shock.

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:24 PM Page 110

4 111


Digital clock (if equipped)

Whenever the battery terminals or relat-ed fuses are disconnected, you mustreset the time.When the ignition switch is in the ACC orON position, the clock buttons operate asfollows:

Setup the clockWith audio off1. Press the [SETUP] button until the

clock of the display blinks.2. Set the clock by turning the knob(1)

and press it.

With audio on1. Press the [SETUP] button.2. Select the [CLOCK] mode by turning

the knob(1) and press it.3. Set the clock by turning the knob(1)

and press it. Aux, USB and iPod(if equipped)If your vehicle has an aux and/orUSB(universal serial bus) port or iPodport, you can use an aux port to connectaudio devices and an USB port to plug inan USB and also an iPod port to plug inan iPod.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen using a portable audio deviceconnected to the power outlet, noise mayoccur during playback. If this happens,use the power source of the portableaudio device.

❈ iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc.

OLM049208

WARNINGDo not adjust the clock whilst driv-ing. You may lose your steeringcontrol and cause severe personalinjury or accidents.

OEL049195R

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:24 PM Page 111


1124

Floor mat anchor(s) (if equipped)When using a floor mat on the front floorcarpet, make sure it attaches to the floormat anchor(s) in your vehicle. This keepsthe floor mat from sliding forward.

Luggage net (holder) (if equipped)To keep items from shifting in the cargoarea, you can use the four holders locat-ed in the cargo area to attach the lug-gage net.If necessary, contact your HYUNDAIauthorised repairer to obtain a luggagenet.

OEL049222 OLM049202L

■ Type A ■ Type B

WARNINGThe following must be observedwhen installing ANY floor mat tothe vehicle.• Ensure that the floor mats are

securely attached to the vehicle’sfloor mat anchor(s) before drivingthe vehicle.

• Do not use ANY floor mat thatcannot be firmly attached to thevehicle’s floor mat anchors.

• Do not stack floor mats on top ofone another (e.g. all-weather rub-ber mat on top of a carpeted floormat). Only a single floor matshould be installed in each posi-tion.

IMPORTANT – Your vehicle wasmanufactured with driver’s sidefloor mat anchors that aredesigned to securely hold thefloor mat in place. To avoid anyinterference with pedal operation,HYUNDAI recommends that onlythe HYUNDAI floor mat designedfor use in your vehicle beinstalled.

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:25 PM Page 112

4 113


Cargo security screen (if equipped) Use the cargo security screen to hideitems stored in the cargo area.

To use the cargo security screen, pull thehandle backward and insert the edgesinto the slots.

OLM049203 OLM049204

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the goods orthe vehicle, care should be takenwhen carrying fragile or bulkyobjects in the luggage compart-ment.

WARNINGTo avoid eye injury, DO NOT over-stretch the luggage net. ALWAYSkeep your face and body out of theluggage net’s recoil path. DO NOTuse the luggage net when the straphas visible signs of wear or dam-age.

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:25 PM Page 113


1144

When not in use, place the cargo securi-ty screen on the lower portion of thecargo area. (if equipped)

WARNING• Do not place objects on the cargo

security screen. Such objectsmay be thrown about inside thevehicle and possibly injure vehi-cle occupants during an accidentor when braking.

• Never allow anyone to ride in theluggage compartment. It isdesigned for luggage only.

• Maintain the balance of the vehi-cle and locate the weight as farforward as possible.

CAUTIONSince the cargo security screenmay be damaged or malformed, donot put the luggage on it when it isused.

OLM049205

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:25 PM Page 114

4 115


Roof rack (if equipped)If the vehicle has a roof rack, you canload cargo on top of the vehicle byinstalling roof bars. Roof bars suitable forthis application, can be purchased fromyour HYUNDAI authorised repairer thatwill attach to the roof rack.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the vehicle is equipped with a sunroof,be sure not to position cargo onto theroof rack in such a way that it couldinterfere with sunroof operation.

EXTERIOR FEATURES

(Continued)• The vehicle centre of gravity will

be higher when items are loadedonto the roof rack. Avoid suddenstarts, braking, sharp turns,abrupt manoeuvres or highspeeds that may result in loss ofvehicle control or rollover result-ing in an accident.

• Always drive slowly and turn cor-ners carefully when carryingitems on the roof rack. Severewind updrafts, caused by passingvehicles or natural causes, cancause sudden upward pressureon items loaded on the roof rack.This is especially true when car-rying large, flat items such aswood panels or mattresses. Thiscould cause the items to fall offthe roof rack and cause damageto your vehicle or others aroundyou.

• To prevent damage or loss ofcargo whilst driving, check fre-quently before or whilst driving tomake sure the items on the roofrack are securely fastened.

CAUTION• When carrying cargo on the roof

rack, take the necessary precau-tions to make sure the cargo doesnot damage the roof of the vehicle.

• When carrying large objects onthe roof rack, make sure they donot exceed the overall roof lengthor width.

WARNING • The following specification is the

maximum weight that can beloaded onto the roof rack.Distribute the load as evenly aspossible onto the roof rack andsecure the load firmly.

Loading cargo or luggage inexcess of the specified weightlimit on the roof rack may dam-age your vehicle.

(Continued)

ROOF 220 lbs. (100 kg)RACK EVENLY DISTRIBUTED

OLM049206

EL UK 4A.QXP 8/24/2010 1:25 PM Page 115


1164

✽✽ NOTICEIf you install an aftermarket HID headlamp, your vehicle’s audio and electron-ic device may malfunction.

AntennaRoof antenna Your car uses a roof antenna to receiveboth AM and FM broadcast signals. Thisantenna is a removable type. To removethe antenna, turn it counterclockwise. Toinstall the antenna, turn it clockwise.

AUDIO SYSTEM

CAUTION• Before entering a place with a low

height clearance or a car wash,remove the antenna by rotating itcounterclockwise. If not, theantenna may be damaged.

• When reinstalling your antenna, itis important that it is fully tight-ened and adjusted to the uprightposition to ensure proper recep-tion. But it could be folded orremoved when parking the vehi-cle or when loading cargo on theroof rack.

• When cargo is loaded on the roofrack, do not place the cargo nearthe antenna pole to ensure properreception.

OHM048154

■ Type A ■ Type B

EL UK 4B AUDIO.QXP 8/24/2010 2:14 PM Page 116

4 117


Audio remote control (if equipped) The steering wheel audio remote controlbutton is installed to promote safe driv-ing.

VOL (+ / -) (1)• Press the up button (+) to increase vol-

ume.• Press the down button (-) to decease

volume.

SEEK ( / ) (2)If the SEEK button is pressed for 0.8 sec-ond or more, it will work as follows ineach mode.

RADIO modeIt will function as the AUTO SEEK selectbutton.

CDP modeIt will function as the FF/REW button.

CDC modeIt will function as the DISC UP/DOWNbutton.

If the SEEK button is pressed for lessthan 0.8 second, it will work as follows ineach mode.

RADIO modeIt will function as the PRESET STATIONselect buttons.

CDP modeIt will function as the TRACK UP/DOWNbutton.

CDC modeIt will function as the TRACK UP/DOWNbutton.

Detailed information for audio controlbuttons is described in the followingpages in this section.

MODE (3)Press the button to select Radio or CD(compact disc).

MUTE (4)• Press the MUTE button to cancel the

sound.• Press the MUTE button again to acti-

vate the sound.

CAUTIONDo not operate audio remote con-trol buttons simultaneously.

OLM049194



1184

How car audio worksAM (MW, LW) and FM radio signals arebroadcast from transmitter towers locat-ed around your city. They are interceptedby the radio antenna on your car. Thissignal is then received by the radio andsent to your car speakers.When a strong radio signal has reachedyour vehicle, the precise engineering ofyour audio system ensures the best pos-sible quality reproduction. However, insome cases the signal coming to yourvehicle may not be strong and clear. Thiscan be due to factors such as the dis-tance from the radio station, closeness ofother strong radio stations or the pres-ence of buildings, bridges or other largeobstructions in the area.

AM (MW, LW) broadcasts can bereceived at greater distances than FMbroadcasts. This is because AM (MW,LW) radio waves are transmitted at lowfrequencies. These long, low frequencyradio waves can follow the curvature ofthe earth rather than travelling straightout into the atmosphere. In addition, theycurve around obstructions so that theycan provide better signal coverage.

FM broadcasts are transmitted at highfrequencies and do not bend to follow theearth's surface. Because of this, FMbroadcasts generally begin to fade atshort distances from the station. Also,FM signals are easily affected by build-ings, mountains, or other obstructions.These can result in certain listening con-ditions which might lead you to believe aproblem exists with your radio. The fol-lowing conditions are normal and do notindicate radio trouble:

JBM001 JBM002

FM reception AM (MW, LW) reception

JBM003

FM radio station


4 119


• Fading - As your car moves away fromthe radio station, the signal will weakenand sound will begin to fade. When thisoccurs, we suggest that you selectanother stronger station.

• Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals orlarge obstructions between the trans-mitter and your radio can disturb thesignal causing static or fluttering nois-es to occur. Reducing the treble levelmay lessen this effect until the distur-bance clears.

• Station Swapping - As a FM signalweakens, another more powerful sig-nal near the same frequency maybegin to play. This is because yourradio is designed to lock onto the clear-est signal. If this occurs, select anoth-er station with a stronger signal.

• Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio signalsbeing received from several directionscan cause distortion or fluttering. Thiscan be caused by a direct and reflect-ed signal from the same station, or bysignals from two stations with closefrequencies. If this occurs, selectanother station until the condition haspassed.

Using a mobile phone or a two-way radio When a mobile phone is used inside thevehicle, noise may be produced from theaudio equipment. This does not meanthat something is wrong with the audioequipment. In such a case, use themobile phone at a place as far as possi-ble from the audio equipment.

JBM004 JBM005

CAUTIONWhen using a communication sys-tem such a mobile phone or a radioset inside the vehicle, a separateexternal antenna must be fitted.When a mobile phone or a radio setis used with an internal antennaalone, it may interfere with the vehi-cle's electrical system and adverse-ly affect safe operation of the vehi-cle.

WARNINGDon't use a mobile phone when youare driving. You must stop at a safeplace to use a mobile phone.



1204

Care of disc (if equipped)• If the temperature inside the car is too

high, open the car windows for ventila-tion before using your car audio.

• It is illegal to copy and use MP3/WMA/AAC/WAVE files without permission.Use CDs that are created only by law-ful means.

• Do not apply volatile agents such asbenzene and thinner, normal cleanersand magnetic sprays made for ana-logue disc onto CDs.

• To prevent the disc surface from get-ting damaged. Hold and carry CDs bythe edges or the edges of the centrehole only.

• Clean the disc surface with a piece ofsoft cloth before playback (wipe it fromthe centre to the outside edge).

• Do not damage the disc surface orattach pieces of sticky tape or paperonto it.

• Make sure on undesirable matter otherthan CDs are inserted into the CDplayer (Do not insert more than oneCD at a time).

• Keep CDs in their cases after use toprotect them from scratches or dirt.

• Depending on the type of CD-R/CD-RW CDs, certain CDs may not operatenormally according to manufacturingcompanies or making and recordingmethods. In such circumstances, if youstill continue to use those CDs, theymay cause the malfunction of your caraudio system.

✽✽ NOTICE - Playing anIncompatible Copy-ProtectedAudio CD

Some copy protected CDs, which do notcomply with the international audio CDstandards (Red Book), may not play onyour car audio. Please note that if youtry to play copy protected CDs and theCD player does not perform correctlythe CDs maybe defective, not the CDplayer.


4 121


1. Power ON/OFF Button & Volume Control

Knob

2. FM Selection Button

3. AM Selection Button

4. Automatic Channel Selection Button

5. Preset Button

6. AST (AUTO STORE Button)

7. SETUP Button

8. Manual Channel Selector & Sound

Quality Control Knob

9. DISP (DARK) Button

RADIO, SET UP, VOLUME, AUDIO CONTROL (GENERAL)

❋There will be no logo if the Bluetooth feature is not supported.



1224

RADIO, SET UP, VOLUME, AUDIO CONTROL (EUROPE_RDS)

1. Power ON/OFF Button & Volume Control

Knob

2. FM Selection Button

3. AM Selection Button

4. Automatic Channel Selection Button

5. Preset Button

6. AST (AUTO STORE Button)

7. SETUP Button

8. Manual Channel Selector & Sound

Quality Control Knob

9. DISP (DARK) Button

10. TA Selection Button

11. PTY (FOLDER) Button



4 123


1. Power ON/OFF Button &Volume Control Button

Turns on/off the set when the IGNITIONSWITCH is on ACC or ON. If the buttonis turned to the right, it increases the vol-ume and left,decreases the volume.• Press this button to turn the audio sys-

tem ON or OFF. (EUROPE MODELONLY)

• Depending on the model if the ignitionswitch is not on ACC or ON position.the “Battery Discharge” warningappears on LCD after 10 seconds ofpower-up, and automatically turns offafter 1 hours of operation.

• Adjusts the volume of the car audiosystem. Rotate clockwise to increasethe volume or counterclockwise todecrease.

2. FM Selection ButtonTurns to FM mode and toggles FM1andFM2 when the button is pressed eachtime.❈ May change in order of FM1 ➟ FM2 ➟

FMA in some models.

3. AM Selection ButtonPressing the [AM] button selects the AMband. AM Mode is displayed on the LCD.❈ May change in order of AM ➟ AMA in

some models.

4. Automatic Channel SelectionButton

• When the [SEEK ] button is pressed,it increases the band frequency to auto-matically select channel. Stops at theprevious frequency if no channel isfound.

5. Preset ButtonPush [1]~[6] buttons less than 0.8 sec-ond to play the channel saved in eachbutton. Push Preset button for 0.8 sec-ond or longer to save current channel tothe respective button with a beep.

6. AST(AUTO STORE Button)When the button is pressed, it automati-cally selects and saves channels withhigh reception rate to PRESET buttons[1]~[6] and plays the channel saved inPRESET1. If no channel is saved afterAST, it will play the previous channel.• Saves only to the Preset memory

(1)~(6) of FMA or AMA mode in somemodels.

7. SETUP ButtonPress this button to turn to the SCROLLoption and the other adjustment mode.If no action is taken for 5 seconds afterpressing the button, it will return to theplay mode. (After entering SETUPmode, move between items using theleft, right and PUSH functions of the[TUNE] knob.)

The Setup changes in the order of• GENERAL MODEL(CDP)



1244

• GENERAL MODEL(CDC)

• EUROPE MODEL(CDP)

• EUROPE MODEL(CDC)

• SCROLL This function is used to display charac-ters longer than the LCD text display andcan be turned ON/OFF through thesound quality control knob.

• SDVC (Speed Dependent VolumeControl)

This function automatically adjusts thevolume level according to the speed ofthe vehicle and can be turned ON/OFFthrough the sound quality control knob.

• AF (AF MENU indication is possiblewith RDS MENU )

Select this item to turn the AF(AlternateFrequency) feature ON or OFF.

• NEWS (NEWS MENU indication is pos-sible with RDS MENU )

Turns the automatic NEWS receptionfeature ON or OFF.

• REGION (REGION MENU indication ispossible with RDS MENU )

Selects whether REGION code is used(“ON”) or not (“OFF”) once the radiodetermines the AF jump condition. IfAUTO is selected, AF jump condition isdetermined automatically via PI recep-tion status.

• TA VOL (TA VOL MENU indication ispossible with RDS MENU )

Adjusts the TA(Traffic Announcement)volume level.❈ RDS MENU : RDS MENU includes

AF/ NEWS/ REGION/ TA VOL MENUsequentially.

• PHONE (if available)Select this item to enter BLUETOOTHsetup mode. Refer to “BLUETOOTHPHONE OPERATION” section fordetailed information.

• ClOCKPress the [SETUP] button. Use the vol-ume controller to adjust the clock in thefollowing order: CLOCK . ENTER . houror minute. Adjust the hour and press the[ENTER] button to set. Use the samemethod to adjust the minute and pressthe [ENTER] button to complete and exitfrom clock adjustment mode. Pressingthe [SETUP] button whilst in POWEROFF screen will allow the user to makeimmediately adjustments to the clock.


4 125


• POWER BASS (P.BASS)Based on psychoacoustic technology,this technology overcomes BASS limita-tions which may occur due to the limitednumber and size of speaker to offerdynamic BASS sound quality.It is possible to adjust in 3 levels of LOW/MID/ HIGH.OFF ➟ LOW ➟ MID ➟ HIGH❈ AM, AMA is not supported.❈ CDP ONLY.

• RETURNThis function displays the previousMODE screen.

8. Manual Channel Selector &Sound Quality Control Knob

Turn this control whilst listening to a radiochannel to manually adjust frequency.Turn clockwise to increase frequencyand counterclockwise to reduce frequen-cy.Pressing TUNE button changes theBASS, MIDDLE, TREBLE, FADER andBALANCE mode.The mode selected is shown on the dis-play. After selecting each mode, rotatethe Audio control knob clockwise orcounterclockwise.

BASS ControlTo increase the BASS, rotate the knobclockwise, whilst to decrease the BASS,rotate the knob counterclockwise.

MIDDLE ControlTo increase the MIDDLE, rotate the knobclockwise, whilst to decrease the MID-DLE, rotate the knob counterclockwise.

TREBLE ControlTo increase the TREBLE, rotate the knobclockwise, whilst to decrease the TRE-BLE, rotate the knob counterclockwise.

FADER ControlTurn the control knob clockwise toemphasize rear speaker sound(frontspeaker sound will be attenuated). Whenthe control knob is turned counterclock-wise, front speaker sound will be empha-sized(rear speaker sound will be attenu-ated).

BALANCE ControlRotate the knob clockwise to emphasizeright speaker sound(left speaker soundwill be attenuated).When the control knob is turned counterclockwise, left speaker sound will beemphasized(right speaker sound will beattenuated).

9. DISP(DARK) ButtonTurn the LCD Display & Backlight on/offwhen [DISP] button press.❈ GENERAL : DISP, EUROPE : DARK

10. TA Selection ButtonIn FM, CD, AUX mode, turns on/off thereception of TA channels of RDS.

11. PTY(FOLDER) Button• Moves [ PTY(FOLDER)] Button

when searching PTY in RDSBroadcasting Program Type selection.

• Moves [PTY(FOLDER) ] buttonwhen searching PTY in RDSBroadcasting Program Type selection.



1264

1. CD Loading Slot

2. CD Eject Button

3. INFO Button

4. Automatic Track Selection Button

5. RANDOM Play Button

6. REPEAT Button

7. CD Selection Button

8. CD Indicator (CDP ONLY)

9. FOLDER Button

10. Search/ENTER Button

11. SCAN Play Button

12. DISC Selection Button

13. CD LOAD Button (CDC ONLY)

14. AUX Selection Button

CDP, CDC, AUX (GENERAL)



4 127


1. CD Loading Slot

2. CD Eject Button

3. INFO Button

4. Automatic Track Selection Button

5. RANDOM Play Button

6. REPEAT Button

7. CD/AUX Selection Button

8. CD Indicator (CDP ONLY)



11. SCAN Play Button

12. DISC Selection Button

13. CD LOAD Button (CDC ONLY)

CDP, CDC, AUX (EUROPE_RDS)




1284

1. CD Loading SlotPlease face printed side upward andgently push in. When the ignition switchis on ACC or ON and power is off, poweris automatically turned on if the CD isloaded. This CDP supports only 12cmCD. If VCD, Data CD are loaded,"Reading Error" message will appearand CD will be ejected.

2. CD Eject ButtonPush button for less than 0.8 secondsto eject the CD during CD playback. Thisbutton is enabled when ignition switch isoff.• ALL EJECT (CDC Only)Press this button for more than 0.8 sec-onds to eject all discs inside the deck inrespective order.

3. INFO ButtonDisplays the information of the currentCD TRACK(FILE) as below when thebutton is pressed each time.• CDDA : Disc Title ➟ Disc Artist ➟ Track

Title ➟ Track Artist ➟ Total Track...• MP3/WMA : File Name ➟ Title ➟ Artist

➟ Album ➟ Folder ➟ Total File... (notdisplayed if the information is not avail-able on the DISC.)

4. Automatic Track SelectionButton

• Push [ SEEK(TRACK)] button forless than 0.8 second to play from thebeginning of current song.

• Push [ SEEK(TRACK)] button forless than 0.8 second and press againwithin 1 seconds to play the previoussong.

• Push [ SEEK(TRACK)] button for0.8 or longer to initiate reverse direc-tion high speed sound search of cur-rent song.

• Push [SEEK(TRACK)] ] button forless than 0.8 second to play the nextsong.

• Push [SEEK(TRACK)] ] button for0.8 or longer to initiate high speedsound search of current song.

5. RANDOM Play ButtonPress this button for less than 0.8 secondto activate ‘RDM’ mode and more than0.8 seconds to activate ‘ALL RDM’ mode.• RDM : Only files/tracks in a folder/disc

are played back in a randomsequence.

• ALL RDM(MP3/WMA Only) : All files ina disc are played back in the randomsequence.

6. REPEAT ButtonPress this button for less than 0.8 secondto activate ‘RPT’ mode and more than 0.8seconds to activate ‘FLD RPT’ mode.• RPT : Only a track(file) is repeatedly

played back.• FOLDER RPT(MP3/WMA Only) : Only

files in a folder are repeatedly playedback.

• ALL RPT(AUDIO CD Only) : Only filesin a DISC are repeatedly played back.

7. CD or CD/AUX Selection Button• CD Selection Button

If the CD is loaded, turns to CD mode.If no CD, it displays "NO Disc" for 3 sec-onds and returns to th previous mode.

• CD/AUX Selection ButtonIf the auxiliary device is connected, itswitches to the AUX mode from theother mode to play the sound from theauxiliary player. If the CD is loaded,turns to CD mode, and if a device isconnected to AUX then it toggles. CD ➟AUX ➟ CD... when the button ispressed each time.(It will not turn toAUX if the auxiliary device is not con-nected)


4 129


8. CD Indicator(CDP Only)When car ignition switch is ACC or ONand if the CD is loaded, this indicator islighted. If the CD is ejected the light isturned off.

9. Folder Moving Button• Moves [ PTY(FOLDER)] button

child folder of the current folder anddisplays the first song in the folder.Press TUNE/ ENTER knob to move tothe folder displayed. It will play the firstsong in the folder.

• Moves [PTY(FOLDER) ] button par-ent folder and displays the first song inthe folder. Press TUNE/ENTER knob tomove to the folder displayed.

10. Search/ENTER ButtonTurn this button clockwise to display thesongs next to the currently played song.Turn the button counterclockwise to dis-play the songs before the currentlyplayed song. Press the button to skip andplay the selected song.

11. SCAN Play ButtonPlays first 10 seconds of each song inthe DISC. To cancel the mode, press thebutton once again.

12. DISC Selection Button• [ DISC] Change Button Changes

disc to the previous disc.• [DISC ] Change Button Changes

disc to the next disc.

13. CD LOAD ButtonPush [LOAD] button to load CDs to avail-able CDC deck (from 1~6). Push [LOAD]button for more than 2 seconds to loadinto all available decks. The last CD willplay. 10 seconds idle status will disableloading process.

14. AUX Selection ButtonIf the auxiliary device is connected, itturns to AUX mode from the other modeto play the sound from the auxiliary play-er. If no auxiliary device is connected, itdisplays "NO Media" for 3 seconds andreturns to the previous mode(GENERALONLY).



1304

CAUTION IN USING USBDEVICE

• To use the external USB device,make sure the device is notmounted when starting up thevehicle and mount the deviceafter starting up.

• If you start the vehicle when theUSB device is mounted, it maydamage the USB device. (USB isnot ESA)

• If the vehicle is started up orturned off whilst the external USBdevice is connected, the externalUSB device may not work.

• It may not play inauthentic MP3 orWMA files.

1) It can only play MP3 files with thecompression rate between8Kbps~320Kbps.

2) It can only play WMA music fileswith the compression ratebetween 8Kbps~320Kbps.

• Take cautions for static electricitywhen mounting or dismountingthe external USB device.

• Encoded MP3 PLAYER is not rec-ognizable.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Depending on the condition of

the external USB device, the con-nected external USB device canbe unrecognizable.

• When the formatted byte/sectorsetting of External USB devices isnot either 512BYTE or 2048BYTE,then the device will not be recog-nized.

• Only the USB device formatted toFAT 12/16/32.

• USB device without USB IFauthentication may not be recog-nizable.

• Make sure the USB connectionterminal does not come in con-tact with human body or anyobject.

• If you repeat mounting or dis-mounting USB device in a shortperiod of time, it may break thedevice.

• You might hear strange noisewhen mounting or dismounting aUSB device.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If you dismount the external USB

device during playback in USBmode, the external USB devicecan be damaged or malfunction.Therefore, mount the externalUSB device when the engine isturned off or in another mode.

• Depending on the type andcapacity of the external USBdevice or the type of the filesstored in the device, there is a dif-ference in the time taken forrecognition of the device, but thisis not a trouble. Please wait for amoment.

• Do not use the USB device forother purposes than playingmusic files.

• Use of USB accessories such asthe recharger or heater usingUSB I/F may lower the perform-ance or cause trouble.

• If you use devices such as theUSB hub you purchased sepa-rately, the vehicle’s audio systemmay not recognize the USBdevice. Connect the USB devicedirectly to the multimedia termi-nal of the vehicle.

(Continued)


4 131


(Continued)• If USB device is divided by logical

drives, only the music files on thehighest-priority drive are recog-nized by car audio.

• Devices such as MP3 Player/Mobile phone/Digital camerathose are not recognizable bystandard USB I/F can be unrecog-nizable.

• USB devices other than standard-ized goods (METAL COVER TYPEUSB) can be unrecognizable.

• USB flash memory reader (suchas CF, SD, microSD, etc.) or exter-nal-HDD type devices can beunrecognizable.

• Music files protected by DRM(DIGITAL RIGHTS MANAGE-MENT) are not recognizable.

• The data in the USB memory maylost whilst using this AUDIO, It isrecommended to back up impor-tant data on a personal.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Please avoid using USB memory

products which can be used askey chains or mobile phoneaccessories as they could causedamage to the USB jack. Pleasemake certain only to use plugtype connector products asshown below.



1324

USING USB (GENERAL)

1. INFO Selection Button

2. Track Moving Button

3. RANDOM Playback Button

4. REPEAT Button

5. USB (AUX) Selection Button

6. Folder Button


8. SCAN Selection Button



4 133





4. REPEAT Button

5. USB (AUX) Selection Button



8. SCAN Selection Button

USING USB (EUROPE_RDS)




1344

1. INFO Selection ButtonDisplays the information of the file cur-rently played in the order of File Name ➟Title ➟ Artist ➟ Album ➟ Foder ➟ TotalFile... (Displays no information if the filehas no song information.)

2. Track Moving Button• Press the [SEEK(TRACK) ] button

for less than 0.8 second to play fromthe beginning of the song currentlyplayed. Press the button for less than0.8 second and press it again within 1seconds to move and play the previoustrack. Press the button for 0.8 secondor longer to play the song in reversedirection in fast speed.

• Press the [ SEEK(TRACK)] buttonfor less than 0.8 second to move to thenext track. Press the button for 0.8 sec-ond or longer to play the song in for-ward direction in fast speed.

3. RANDOM Playback ButtonPress this button for less than 0.8 sec-onds to activate 'RDM' mode and morethan 0.8 seconds to activate 'ALL RDM'mode.• RDM : Only files in a folder are played

back in a random sequence.• ALL RDM(A.RDM) : All files in a USB

memory are played back in the randomsequence.

4. REPEAT ButtonPress this button for less than 0.8 sec-onds to activate 'RPT' mode and morethan 0.8 seconds to activate 'FLD RPT'mode.• RPT : Only a file is repeatedly played

back.• FOLDER RPT : Only files in a folder

are repeatedly played back.

5. USB(AUX) Selection ButtonIf USB is connected, it switches to theUSB mode from the other mode to playthe song files stored in the USB. If no CDand auxiliary device is not connected, itdisplays "NO Media" for 3 seconds andreturns to the previous mode.

6. Folder Moving Button• Moves [ PTY(FOLDER)] button

child folder of the current folder anddisplays the first song in the folder.Press TUNE/ ENTER knob to move tothe folder displayed. It will play the firstsong in the folder.

• Moves [PTY(FOLDER) ] button par-ent folder and displays the first song inthe folder. Press TUNE/ENTER knob tomove to the folder displayed

7. Search/ENTER ButtonTurn this button clockwise to display thesongs next to the currently played song.Turn the button counterclockwise to dis-play the songs before the currentlyplayed song. Press the button to skip andplay the selected song.

8. SCAN Selection ButtonPlays 10 seconds of each song in theUSB device. Press the button once againto cancel scanning.


4 135





4. REPEAT Button

5. iPod (AUX) Selection Button

6. PRESET 6 (MENU) Button


RUNNING iPod® (GENERAL)

iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc.❋There will be no logo if the Bluetooth feature is not supported.



1364




4. REPEAT Button

5. iPod (AUX) Selection Button

6. PRESET 6 (MENU) Button


RUNNING iPod® (EUROPE_RDS)

iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc.❋There will be no logo if the Bluetooth feature is not supported.


4 137


In case the iPod exclusive cable is con-nected to the multiple terminal on the lefthand side of the driver's seat. When theiPod is connected, the 'iPod' icon will bedisplayed on the top left corner of the dis-play screen.

1. INFO Selection ButtonDisplays the information of the file cur-rently played in the order of Title ➟ Artist➟ Album... (Displays no information if thefile has no song information.)

2. Track Moving Button• Press the [ SEEK(TRACK)] button

for less than 0.8 second to play fromthe beginning of the song currentlyplayed. Press the button for less than0.8 second and press it again within 1seconds to move and play the previoustrack. Press the button for 0.8 secondor longer to play the song in reversedirection in fast speed.

• Press the [SEEK(TRACK) ] buttonfor less than 0.8 second to move to thenext track. Press the button for 0.8 sec-ond or longer to play the song in for-ward direction in fast speed.

3. RANDOM Playback ButtonPress the button for less than 0.8 secondto activate or deactivate the random play-back of the songs within the current cat-egory. Press the button for longer than0.8 second to randomly play all songs inthe entire album of the iPod.Press the button once again to cancelthe mode.

4. REPEAT ButtonRepeats the song currently played.

5. iPod(AUX) Selection ButtonIf iPod is connected, it switches to theiPod mode from the CD mode to play thesong files stored in the iPod. If no CD andauxiliary device is not connected, it dis-plays "NO Media" for 3 seconds andreturns to the previous mode.

6. PRESET 6(MENU) ButtonMENU(preset6) you will be able tosearch through the lower category of theselected category. The order of iPod'scategory is SONG, ALBUMES,ARTISTS, GENRES, and iPod.

7. Search/ENTER ButtonWhen you turn the button clockwise, itwill display the songs(category) next tothe song currently played(category in thesame level).Also, when you turn the button counter-clockwise, it will display the songs(cate-gory) before the song currently played(category in the same level).If you want to listen to the song displayedin the song category, press the button,then it will skip to the selected song andplay.



1384

✽✽ NOTICE FOR USING iPodDEVICE

• Some iPod models might not supportthe communication protocol and thefiles will not be played. (iPod modelssupported: Mini, 4G, Photo, Nano,5G)

• The order of search or playback ofsongs in the iPod can be differentfrom the order searched in the audiosystem.

• If the iPod crashes due to its own trou-ble, reset iPod. (Reset: Refer to iPodmanual)

• iPod may not operate normally on lowbattery.

(Continued)• When the iPod cable is connect-

ed, the system can be switched tothe AUX mode even without theiPod device and can cause noise.Disconnect iPod cable when youare not using the iPod device.

• When the iPod is not used ataudio system, iPod cable has tobe separate from iPod device.Origin display of iPod may not bedisplayed.

CAUTION IN USING iPodDEVICE

• You need the power cable exclu-sive for iPod in order to operateiPod with the buttons on theaudio system. The PC cable pro-vided by Apple may cause mal-function and do not use it forvehicle use.

• When connecting the device withiPod cable, push in the jack fullynot to interfere with communica-tion.

• When adjusting the sound effectsof iPod and the audio system, thesound effects of both devices willoverlap each and might causereduce or distort the quality of thesound.

• Deactivate (turn off) the equalizerfunction of iPod when adjustingthe audio system’s volume, andturn off the equalizer of the audiosystem when using the equalizerof iPod.

(Continued)


4 139


BLUETOOTH PHONE OPERATION❈ There will be no Bluetooth function if

the Bluetooth feature is not supported.

1.VOLUME button : Raises or lowersspeaker volume.

2. MUTE : Mute the microphone during acall

3. TALK button : Activates voice recogni-tion.

4. CALL button : Places and transferscalls.

5.END button : Ends calls or cancelsfunctions.

■ What is Bluetooth®?Bluetooth® is a wireless technology thatallows multiple devices to be connectedin a short range, low-powered deviceslike hands-free, stereo headset, wirelessremocon, etc.For more information, visit the Bluetooth®

website at www.Bluetooth.com

■ General Features• This audio system supports Bluetooth®

hands-free and stereo-headset fea-tures.- HANDS-FREE feature: Making or

receiving calls wirelessly throughvoice recognition.

- STEREO-HEADSET feature: Playingmusic from mobile phones (that sup-ports A2DP feature) wirelessly.

• Voice recognition engine of theBluetooth® system supports 10 types oflanguages:

FrenchGermanUK EnglishSpanishDutchItalianDanishRussianPolishSwedish

✽✽ NOTICE• The phone must be paired to the sys-

tem before using Bluetooth® features.• Only one selected (linked) mobile

phone can be used with the system ata time.

• Some phones are not fully compatiblewith this system.

1

54 3

2



1404

CAUTION IN USINGBLUETOOTH® MOBILEPHONE

• Do not use a mobile phone or per-form Bluetooth® settings (e.g.pairing a phone) whilst driving.

• Some Bluetooth®-enabled phonesmay not be recognized by thesystem or fully compatible withthe system.

• Before using Bluetooth® relatedfeatures of the audio system,refer your phone’s User’s Manualfor phone-side Bluetooth® opera-tions.

• The phone must be paired to theaudio system to use Bluetooth®

related features.• You will not be able to use hands-

free feature when your phone(inthe car) is outside of the mobileservice area(e.g. in a tunnel, in aunderground, in a mountainousarea, etc.)

• If the mobile phone signal is pooror the vehicles interior noise istoo loud, it may be difficult to hearthe other person¡¯s voice during acall.

(Continued)

(continue)• Do not place the phone near or

inside metallic objects.Communications with Bluetooth®

system or mobile service stationscan be disturbed.

• Whilst a phone is connectedthrough Bluetooth® your phonemay discharge quicker than usualfor additional Bluetooth®-relatedoperations.

• Some mobile phones or otherdevices may cause interferencenoise or malfunction to audiosystem. In this case, store thedevice in a different location mayresolve the situation.


4 141


■■ Voice Recognition Activation• The voice recognition engine con-

tained in the Bluetooth System can beactivated in the following conditions:- Button Activation

The voice recognition system will beactive when the button ispressed and after the sound of aBeep.

- Active ListeningThe voice recognition system will beactive for a period of time when theVoice Recognition system has askedfor a customer response.

• The system can recognize single dig-itsfrom zero to nine whilst numbergreater than ten will not be recognized.

• If the command is not recognized, thesystem will announce "Pardon" or Noinput voice signal from microphone.(No response)

• The system shall cancel voice recogni-tion mode in following cases : Whenpressing the button and sayingcancel following the beep. When notmaking a call and pressing the but-ton. When voice recognition has failed3 consecutive times.

• At any time if you say “help”, the sys-tem will announce what commands areavailable.

■■ Menu treeThe menu tree identifies available voicerecognition Bluetooth® functions.

■■ Voice Operation TipTo get the best performance out of theVoice Recognition System, observe thefollowing:- Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet

as possible. Close the window to elimi-nate surrounding noise (traffic noise,vibration sounds, etc), which may dis-turb recognizing the voice commandcorrectly.

- Speak a command after a beep soundwithin 5 seconds. Otherwise the com-mand will not be received properly.

- Speak in a natural voice without paus-ing between words.

Pair phone

Select phone

Change priority

Delete phone

Bluetooth off

Setup

Add entryPhonebook

Change

Delete name

By Phone

By voice

Call By name

By number



1424

■■ Information Display<Active Call>

<Voice Recognition>

The Bluetooth® icon appears on theupper side of audio display when aphone is connected.

■■ Phone SetupAll Bluetooth®-related operations can beperformed by voice command or by man-ual operation.

- By Voice Command:Press button on the steering wheel to activate voice recognition.

- By Manual Operation:1) Push the TUNE knob to enter SETUP

mode

2) Select “PHONE” item by rotating theTUNE knob, then push the knob.

3) Select desired item by rotating theTUNE knob, then push the knob.

• Pairing phoneBefore using Bluetooth® features, thephone must be paired (registered) to theaudio system. Up to 5 phones can bepaired in the system.

✽✽ NOTICE• The pairing procedure of the phone

varies according to each phone model.Before attempting to pair phone,please see your phone’s User’s Guidefor instructions.

• Once pairing with the phone is com-pleted, there is no need to pair withthat phone again unless the phone isdeleted manually from the audio sys-tem (refer “Deleting Phone” section)or the vehicle’s information isremoved from the phone.


4 143


1.Press button.2.Say “Set Up”.

- The system replies with availablecommands.

- To skip the information message,press again and then a beep isheard.

3.Say “Pair Phone”4.Proceed at Next step.5.Say the name of your phone when

prompted.- Use any name to uniquely describe

your phone.- Use Full name to voice tag.- Not use to short name or similar to

voice command.6.Bluetooth® system will repeat the name

you stated.7.Say "Yes" to confirm.8.The audio displays “searching ----

passkey: 0000” and asks you to initiatepairing procedure from the phone.

9.Search the Bluetooth® system on yourphone .Your phone should display your[vehicle model name] on theBluetooth® device list. Then attemptpairing on your phone

10. After Pairing is completed, yourphone will start to transfer phone/contact list to the audio system.

- This process may take from a fewminutes to over 10 minutes depend-ing on the phone model and numberof entries in the phone/contact list.

11. By manual operation:- Select “PAIR” in PHONE menu,

then proceed from step 5

✽✽ NOTICE• Until the audio displays “Transfer

Complete”, Bluetooth® hands-free fea-ture may not be fully operational.

• If the phone is paired to two or morevehicles of the same model, somephones may not handle Bluetooth¢çdevices of that name correctly. In thiscase, you may need to change thename displayed on your phone.For example, if the vehicles' name isHMC, you may need to change thename displayed on you phone fromHMC.Refer to your phone User’s Guide, orcontract your mobile carrier or phonemanufacturer for instructions.

• Connecting phoneWhen the Bluetooth® system is enabled,the phone previously used is automati-cally selected and re-connected. If youwant to select different phone previouslypaired, the phone can be selectedthrough “Select Phone” menu.Only a selected phone can be used withthe hands-free system at a time.1.Press button.2.Say "Set Up".3.Say "Select Phone" after prompt

- The system lists all the registeredphone names.

4.Say the name or number of desiredphone from the list.

5.Say "Yes" to confirm.6.By manual operation:

- Select “SELECT” in PHONE menu,then select desired phone from thelist.



1444

• Deleting PhoneThe paired phone can be deleted.- When the phone is deleted, all the infor-

mation associated with that phone isalso be deleted (including phonebook).

- If you want to use the deleted phonewith the audio system again, pairingprocedure must be completed oncemore.

1.Press button.2.Say “Set Up”.3.Say “Delete Phone” after prompt.



5.Say “Yes” to confirm.6.By manual operation:

- Select “DELETE” in PHONE menu,then select desired phone from thelist.

• Changing PriorityWhen several phones are paired to theaudio system, the system attempts toconnect following order when theBluetooth® system is enabled:1) “Priority” checked phone.2) Previously connected phone3) Gives up auto connection.

1.Press button.2.Say “Set Up”.3.Say “Change Priority” after prompt.



5.Say “Yes” to confirm.6.By manual operation:

- Select “PRIORITY” in PHONE menu,then select desired phone from thelist.

• BT SETUP1.Adjusting Bluetooth . Volume

Bluetooth® system volume can beadjusted separately from main volumeof the audio system. Volume control isavailable by manual operation only.- Select “BT VOL” in PHONE menu,

adjust volume to desired level byturning the TUNE knob, then pressthe knob again to confirm.


4 145


2.Adjusting Bluetooth . languageSelect “BT Voice Recognition lan-guage” in PHONE menu, adjust lan-guage to desired language by turningthe TUNE knob, then press the knobagain to confirm.ex) French/ German/ UK ENGLISH/

Spanish/ Dutch/ Italian/ Danish/Russian/ Polish/ Swedish.

✽✽ NOTICEThe phone needs to be paired againafter changing system language.• Avoid resting your thumb or finger on

the talk button as the language couldunintentionally change.

• Avoid resting your thumb or finger onthe talk button as the language couldunintentionally change.

• Turning Bluetooth® ON/OFFBluetooth® system can be enabled (ON)or disabled (OFF) by this menu.- If Bluetooth® is disabled, all the com-

mands related to Bluetooth® systemprompts whether you wish to turnBluetooth® ON or not.

1.Press button.2.Say “Set Up”3.Say “Bluetooth Off” after prompt.4.Say “Yes” to confirm.5.By manual operation:

- Select “BT Off” in PHONE menu,then after announcement, say “YES”to confirm.

■■ Phone Book (In-Vehicle)• Adding EntryPhone numbers and voice tags can beregistered. Entries registered in thephone can also be transferred.

• Adding Entry by Voice1.Press button.2.Say "Phonebook".

- The system replies with all availablecommands.

- To skip the information message,press again and then a beep isheard.

3.Say "Add Entry".4.Say "By Voice" to proceed.5.Say the name of the entry when

prompted.6.Say “Yes”to confirm.7.Say the phone number of that entry

when prompted.8.Say “Store” if phone number input is

finished.9.Say a phone number type. “Home”,

“Work”, “Mobile”, “Other” or “Default” isavailable.

10. Say “Yes” to complete adding entry.11. Say “Yes” to store additional location

for this contact, or say “Cancel” to fin-ish the process.



1464

✽✽ NOTICE• The system can recognize single digits

from zero to nine. Numbers that areten or greater cannot be recognized.

• You can enter each digit individuallyor group digits together in preferredstring lengths.

• To speed up input, it is a good idea togroup all digits into a continuousstring.

• The display corresponding to eachoperation appears on the screen as fol-lows:

• Input operation example:1. Say: “Nine, nine, five”

➟➟ Display: “995”2. And say: “Seven, three, four”

➟➟ Display: “995734”

• Adding Entry by Phone1. Press button.2. Say "Phonebook".3. Say "Add Entry" after prompt.4. Say "By Phone" to proceed.5. Say “Yes” to confirm.6. Your phone will start to transfer phone/

contact list to the audio system.This process may take over 10 min-utes depending on the phone modeland number of entries

7. Wait till the audio displays “TransferComplete” message.

• Changing NameThe registered names can be modified.1.Press button.2.Say “Phonebook”3.Say “Change Name” after prompt.4.Say the name of the entry (voice tag)5.Say “Yes” to confirm.6.Say new desired name.

• Deleting NameThe registered names can be deleted.1.Press button.2.Say “Phonebook”3.Say “Delete Name” after prompt.4.Say the name of the entry (voice tag)5.Say “Yes” to confirm.

■■ Making a Phone Call• Calling by NameA phone call can be made by speakingnames registered in the audio system.1. Press button.2. Say "Call".3. Say “Name” when prompted.4. Say desired name (voice tag).5. Say desired location (phone number

type). Only stored locations can beselected.

6. Say “Yes” to confirm and make a call.

✽✽ TIPA shortcut to each of the followingfunctions is available:1. Say “Call Name”2. Say “Call <john>”3. Say “Call <john> at <home>”


4 147


• Dialing by NumberA phone call can be made by dialing thespoken numbers. The system can recog-nize single digits from zero to nine.1.Press button.2.Say “Call”.3.Say “Number” when prompted.4.Say desired phone numbers.5.Say “Dial” to complete the number and

make a call.

✽✽ TIPA shortcut to each of the followingfunctions is available:1. Say “Dial Number”2. Say “Dial <digit>”

■■ Receiving a Phone CallWhen receiving a phone call, a ringtoneis audible from speakers and the audiosystem changes into telephone mode.When receiving a phone call, “Incoming”message and incoming phone number (if available) are displayed on the audio.• To Answer a Call:- Press button on the steeringwheel.• To Reject a Call:- Press button on the steering wheel.• To Adjust Ring Volume:- Use VOLUME buttons on the steering

wheel.• To Transfer a Call to the Phone (Secret

Call):- Press and hold button on the steer-

ing wheel until the audio system trans-fers a call to the phone.

■■ Talking on the PhoneWhen talking on the phone, “Active Calls”message and the other party’s phonenumber (if available) are displayed on theaudio.• To Mute the Microphone- Press button on the steering wheel.• To Finish a Call- Press button on the steering wheel.

✽✽ NOTICEIn the following situations, you or theother party may have difficulty hearingeach other:1. Speaking at the same time, your voice

may not reach each other parties.(This is not a malfunction.) Speakalternately with the other party on thephone.

2. Keep the Bluetooth(R) volume to alow level. High-level volume mayresult in distortion and echo.

3. When driving on a rough road.4. When driving at high speeds.5. When the window is open.6. When the air conditioning vents are

facing the microphone.7. When the sound of the air condition-

ing fan is loud.



1484

■■ Using the head unit asBluetooth music

The head unit supports A2DP (AudioAdvanced Distribution Profile) andAVRCP(Audio Video Remote ControlProfile).Both profiles are available for listening tothe MP3 music via Bluetooth mobilephone supporting above Bluetooth pro-files.To play MP3 music from the Bluetoothmobile phone, press the [AUX] buttonuntil “MP3 Play” is displayed on the LCD.Then try playing music by phone.When playing music from the Bluetoothmobile phone, the head unit displaysMP3 MODE.

✽✽ NOTICE• Not only MP3 files, all the sounds that

the phone supports can be heard bythe audio system.

• The Bluetooth mobile phones shallfeature A2DP and AVRCP functions.

• Some A2DP and AVRCP Bluetoothmobile phones may not play musicthrough the head unit on first try.Please try the below; i.e : Menu ➟➟ Filemanager ➟➟ Music ➟➟

Option ➟➟ Play via Bluetooth • Please refer to User’s Guide of your

phone for more detailed information.To stop music, try stop music by thephone and change audio mode to dif-ferent one. (e.g. FM, CD, iPod, ...)


5

Before driving / 5-3Key positions / 5-4Engine start/stop button / 5-8ISG (Idle Stop and Go) system / 5-14Manual transaxle / 5-18Automatic transaxle / 5-21Four wheel drive (4WD) / 5-27Brake system / 5-34Cruise control system / 5-48Active ECO system / 5-52Economical operation / 5-53

Special driving conditions / 5-55Winter driving / 5-59Trailer towing / 5-63Vehicle weight / 5-72


EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:33 PM Page 1


25

WARNING - ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS!Engine exhaust gases are potentially lethal. If at any time engine exhaust gas is detected within the passenger compartment,move the vehicle to an open area and open all windows.

• Never inhale exhaust gas.Exhaust gases contain Carbon Monoxide which is colourless and odourless. Carbon Monoxide is poisonous and can causeunconsciousness and death by asphyxiation.

• Exhaust System Maintenance.Ensure that the exhaust system is maintained in good condition and is free from excessive corrosion and damage which mayresult in leakage. If the vehicle is driven over an object which strikes the exhaust system, ensure that the exhaust system isinspected at the first available opportunity to ensure that no leakage exists.

• Confined Areas.Do not run the engine in confined spaces, allowing the engine to idle in a garage, even when the doors are open is dangerouspractice. Only start the engine immediately prior to moving the vehicle out of the garage.

• Prolonged Idling.If it is necessary to allow the vehicle to idle for prolonged periods, ensure that the heating system air intake control is set to the"Fresh" position, the blower is set to high speed operation and that the vehicle is standing in an open area.

• Load Carrying.If it is necessary to carry long objects which do not permit the tailgate door to be fully closed, the side windows must remainclosed and the heating air intake control set to the "Fresh" position with the blower running at the highest speed setting.

To ensure correct operation of the heater system, the air intake grilles at the base of the windscreen must not be obstructed bysnow leaves etc.

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:33 PM Page 2

5 3


Before entering vehicle• Be sure that all windows, outside mir-

ror(s), and outside lights are clean.• Check the condition of the tyres.• Check under the vehicle for any sign of

leaks.• Be sure there are no obstacles behind

you if you intend to back up.

Necessary inspections Fluid levels, such as engine oil, enginecoolant, brake fluid, and washer fluidshould be checked on a regular basis,with the exact interval depending on thefluid.

Before starting • Close and lock all doors.• Position the seat so that all controls are

easily reached.• Adjust the inside and outside rearview

mirrors.

• Be sure that all lights work.• Check all gauges.• Check the operation of warning lights

when the ignition switch is turned tothe ON position.

• Release the parking brake and makesure the brake warning light goes out.

For safe operation, be sure you are famil-iar with your vehicle and its equipment.

BEFORE DRIVING

WARNINGAll passengers must be properlybelted whenever the vehicle is mov-ing. Refer to “Seat belts” in section3 for more information on theirproper use.

WARNINGAlways check the surroundingareas near your vehicle for people,especially children, before putting avehicle into “Drive” or “Reverse”. WARNING

When you intend to park or stop thevehicle with the engine on, be care-ful not to depress the acceleratorpedal for a long period of time. Itmay overheat the engine or exhaustsystem and cause fire.

WARNING - Driving underthe influence of alcohol ordrugs

Drinking and driving is dangerous.Drunk driving is the number onecontributor to the highway deathtoll each year. Even a small amountof alcohol will affect your reflexes,perceptions and judgement.Driving whilst under the influenceof drugs is as dangerous or moredangerous than driving drunk.You are much more likely to have aserious accident if you drink ortake drugs and drive.If you are drinking or taking drugs,don’t drive. Do not ride with a driv-er who has been drinking or takingdrugs. Choose a designated driveror call a cab.

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:33 PM Page 3


45

Illuminated ignition switch (if equipped)Whenever a front door is opened, theignition switch will be illuminated for yourconvenience, provided the ignition switchis not in the ON position. The light will gooff immediately when the ignition switchis turned on or go off after about 30 sec-onds when the door is closed.

Ignition switch positionLOCKThe steering wheel locks to protectagainst theft. The ignition key can beremoved only in the LOCK position.When turning the ignition switch to theLOCK position, push the key inward atthe ACC position and turn the key towardthe LOCK position.

ACC (Accessory)The steering wheel is unlocked and elec-trical accessories are operative.

✽✽ NOTICEIf difficulty is experienced turning theignition switch to the ACC position, turnthe key whilst turning the steering wheelright and left to release the tension.

ONThe warning lights can be checkedbefore the engine is started. This is thenormal running position after the engineis started.Do not leave the ignition switch ON if theengine is not running to prevent batterydischarge.

STARTTurn the ignition key to the START posi-tion to start the engine. The engine willcrank until you release the key; then itreturns to the ON position. The brakewarning lamp can be checked in thisposition.

KEY POSITIONS

OXM059001 OCM059002

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:33 PM Page 4

5 5


Starting the engine

✽✽ NOTICE - Full throttle resistor(if equipped)

If your vehicle is equipped with a resis-tor in the accelerator pedal, it preventsyou from driving at full throttle unin-tentionally by making the driver requireincreased effort to depress the accelera-tor pedal. However, if you depress thepedal more than approximately 80%,the vehicle can be at full throttle and theaccelerator pedal will be easier todepress. This is not a malfunction but anormal condition.

Starting the petrol engine(if equipped)1.Make sure the parking brake is

applied.2. Manual Transaxle - Depress the

clutch pedal fully and shift thetransaxle into Neutral. Keep the clutchpedal and brake pedal depressedwhilst turning the ignition switch to thestart position.Automatic Transaxle - Place thetransaxle shift lever in P (Park).Depress the brake pedal fully.You can also start the engine whenthe shift lever is in the N (Neutral)position.

3. Turn the ignition switch to START andhold it there until the engine starts (amaximum of 10 seconds), thenrelease the key.

4. In extremely cold weather (below -18°C / 0°F) or after the vehicle hasnot been operated for several days, letthe engine warm up without depress-ing the accelerator.

Whether the engine is cold or warm, itshould be started without depressingthe accelerator.

WARNING - Ignition key• Never turn the ignition switch to

LOCK or ACC whilst the vehicle ismoving. This would result in lossof directional control and brakingfunction, which could cause anaccident.

• The anti-theft steering column lockis not a substitute for the parkingbrake. Before leaving the driver’sseat, always make sure the shiftlever is engaged in 1st gear for themanual transaxle or P (Park) forthe automatic transaxle, set theparking brake fully and shut theengine off. Unexpected and sud-den vehicle movement may occurif these precautions are not taken.

• Never reach for the ignition switch,or any other controls through thesteering wheel whilst the vehicle isin motion. The presence of yourhand or arm in this area couldcause a loss of vehicle control, anaccident and serious bodily injuryor death.

• Do not place any movable objectsaround the driver’s seat as theymay move whilst driving, interferewith the driver and lead to an acci-dent.

WARNINGAlways wear appropriate shoeswhen operating your vehicle.Unsuitable shoes (high heels, skiboots,etc.) may interfere with yourability to use the brake and acceler-ator pedal, and the clutch (ifequipped).

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:33 PM Page 5


65

Starting the diesel engine(if equipped)

To start the diesel engine when theengine is cold, it has to be pre-heatedbefore starting the engine and then haveto be warmed up before starting to drive.1. Make sure the parking brake is


clutch pedal fully and shift thetransaxle into Neutral. Keep the clutchpedal and brake pedal depressedwhilst turning the ignition switch to thestart position.Automatic Transaxle - Place thetransaxle shift lever in P(park).Depress the brake pedal fully.You can also start the engine when theshift lever is in the N(neutral) position.

3. Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi-tion to pre-heat the engine. Then theglow indicator light will illuminate.

4. If the glow indicator light goes out, turnthe ignition switch to the START posi-tion and hold it there until the enginestarts (a maximum of 10 seconds),then release the key.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the engine were not started within 10seconds after the preheating is complet-ed, turn the ignition key once more tothe LOCK position during 10 seconds,and then to the ON position, in order topreheat again.

W-60

Glow indicator lightCAUTIONIf the engine stalls whilst you are inmotion, do not attempt to move theshift lever to the P (Park) position. Iftraffic and road conditions permit,you may put the shift lever in the N(Neutral) position whilst the vehicleis still moving and turn the ignitionswitch to the START position in anattempt to restart the engine.

CAUTIONDo not engage the starter for morethan 10 seconds. If the engine stallsor fails to start, wait 5 to 10 secondsbefore re-engaging the starter.Improper use of the starter maydamage it.

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:33 PM Page 6

5 7


Starting and stopping the engine for tur-bocharger intercooler1. Do not race or accelerate the engine

immediately after starting.If the engine is cold, idle for severalseconds before sufficient lubrication isensured in the turbocharger unit.

2. After high speed or extended driving,requiring a heavy engine load, idle theengine about 1 minute before turning itoff.This idle time will allow the tur-bocharger to cool prior to shutting theengine off.

CAUTIONDo not turn the engine off immedi-ately after it has been subjected toa heavy load. Doing so may causesevere damage to the engine or tur-bocharger unit.

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:33 PM Page 7


85

ENGINE START/STOP BUTTON (IF EQUIPPED)

Illuminated engine start/stop but-tonWhenever the front door is opened, theengine start/stop button will illuminate foryour convenience. The light will go offafter about 30 seconds when the door isclosed. It will also go off immediatelywhen the theft-alarm system is armed.

Engine start/stop button positionOFF

• With manual transaxleTo turn off the engine (START/RUN posi-tion) or vehicle power (ON position), stopthe vehicle then press the enginestart/stop button.

• With automatic transaxleTo turn off the engine (START/RUN posi-tion) or vehicle power (ON position),press the engine start/stop button withthe shift lever in the P (Park) position.When you press the engine start/stopbutton without the shift lever in the P(Park) position, the engine start/stop but-ton will not change to the OFF positionbut to the ACC position.Also, the steering wheel locks when theengine start/stop button is in the OFFposition to protect you against theft. Itlocks when the door is opened or whenyou pull out the smart key from the smartkey holder.

If the steering wheel is not locked prop-erly when you open the driver's door, thewarning chime will sound. Try locking thesteering wheel again. If the problem isnot solved, have it checked by aHYUNDAI authorised repairer.In addition, if the engine start/stop buttonis in the OFF position after the driver'sdoor is opened, the steering wheel willnot lock and the warning chime willsound. In such a situation, close the door.Then the steering wheel will lock and thewarning chime will stop.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the steering wheel doesn't unlockproperly, the engine start/stop buttonwill not work. Press the enginestart/stop button whilst turning thesteering wheel right and left to releasethe tension.

OLM059005R

Not illuminated

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:34 PM Page 8

5 9


ACC(Accessory)

• With manual transaxlePress the engine start/stop button whenthe button is in the OFF position withoutdepressing the clutch pedal.

• With automatic transaxlePress the engine start/stop button whilstit is in the OFF position without depress-ing the brake pedal.The steering wheel unlocks and electri-cal accessories are operational.If the engine start/stop button is in theACC position for more than 1 hour, thebutton is turned off automatically to pre-vent battery discharge.

ON

• With manual transaxlePress the engine start/stop button whenthe button is in the ACC position withoutdepressing the clutch pedal.

• With automatic transaxlePress the engine start/stop button whilstit is in the ACC position without depress-ing the brake pedal.The warning lights can be checkedbefore the engine is started. Do not leavethe engine start/stop button in the ONposition for a long time. The battery maydischarge, because the engine is notrunning.

Orange indicator Blue indicator

CAUTIONYou are able to turn off the engine(START/RUN) or vehicle power (ON),only when the vehicle is not inmotion. In an emergency situationwhilst the vehicle is in motion, you areable to turn the engine off and to theACC position by pressing the enginestart/stop button for more than 2 sec-onds or 3 times successively within 3seconds. If the vehicle is still moving,you can restart the engine withoutdepressing the brake pedal by press-ing the engine start/stop button withthe shift lever in the N (Neutral) posi-tion.

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:34 PM Page 9


105

START/RUN

• With manual transaxleTo start the engine, depress the clutchpedal and brake pedal, then press theengine start/stop button with the shiftlever in the N (Neutral) position.

• With automatic transaxleTo start the engine, depress the brakepedal and press the engine start/stopbutton with the shift lever in the P (Park)or the N (Neutral) position. For your safe-ty, start the engine with the shift lever inthe P (Park) position.

✽✽ NOTICEIf you press the engine start/stop buttonwithout depressing the clutch pedal formanual transaxle vehicles or withoutdepressing the brake pedal for automat-ic transaxle vehicles, the engine will notstart and the engine start/stop buttonchanges as follow:OFF ➔➔ACC ➔➔ ON ➔➔ OFF or ACC

✽✽ NOTICEIf you leave the engine start/stop buttonin the ACC or ON position for a longtime, the battery will discharge.

WARNING• Never press the engine start/stop

button whilst the vehicle is inmotion. This would result in lossof directional control and brakingfunction, which could cause anaccident.

• The anti-theft steering columnlock is not a substitute for theparking brake. Before leaving thedriver's seat, always make surethe shift lever is engaged in P(Park), set the parking brake fullyand shut the engine off.Unexpected and sudden vehiclemovement may occur if theseprecautions are not taken.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Never reach for the engine start/

stop button or any other controlsthrough the steering wheel whilstthe vehicle is in motion.The pres-ence of your hand or arm in thearea could cause loss of vehiclecontrol, an accident and seriousbodily injury or death.

• Do not place any movable objectsaround the driver's seat as theymay move whilst driving, inter-fere with the driver and lead to anaccident.

Not illuminated

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:34 PM Page 10

5 11


Starting the engine Starting the petrol engine (if equipped)1. Carry the smart key or leave it inside

the vehicle.2. Make sure the parking brake is firmly


clutch pedal fully and shift thetransaxle into Neutral. Keep the clutchpedal and brake pedal depressedwhilst starting the engine.Automatic Transaxle - Place thetransaxle shift lever in P (Park).Depress the brake pedal fully.You can also start the engine whenthe shift lever is in the N (Neutral)position.

4. Press the engine start/stop button.5. In extremely cold weather (below -

18°C / 0°F) or after the vehicle has notbeen operated for several days, let theengine warm up without depressingthe accelerator.

Whether the engine is cold or warm, itshould be started without depressing theaccelerator.

Starting the diesel engine (if equipped)

To start the diesel engine when theengine is cold, it has to be pre-heatedbefore starting the engine and then haveto be warmed up before starting to drive.1. Make sure the parking brake is


clutch pedal fully and shift thetransaxle into Neutral. Keep the clutchpedal and brake pedal depressedwhilst pressing the engine start/stopbutton to the START position.Automatic Transaxle - Place thetransaxle shift lever in P (Park).Depress the brake pedal fully.You can also start the engine when theshift lever is in the N (Neutral) position.

WARNINGAlways wear appropriate shoeswhen operating your vehicle.Unsuitable shoes (high heels, skiboots,etc.) may interfere with yourability to use the brake and acceler-ator pedal.

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:34 PM Page 11


125

3. Press the engine start/stop buttonwhilst depressing the brake pedal.

4. Continue depressing the brake pedaluntil the illuminated glow indicatorgoes off. (approximately 5 seconds)

5. The engine starts running when theglow indicator goes off.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the engine start/stop button is pressedonce more whilst the engine is pre-heat-ing, the engine may start.

Starting and stopping the engine for tur-bocharger intercooler1. Do not race or accelerate the engine

immediately after starting.If the engine is cold, idle for severalseconds before sufficient lubrication isensured in the turbocharger unit.

2. After high speed or extended driving,requiring a heavy engine load, idle theengine about 1 minute before turning itoff.This idle time will allow the tur-bocharger to cool prior to shutting theengine off.

• Even if the smart key is in the vehicle,if it is far away from you, the enginemay not start.

• When the engine start/stop button is inthe ACC position or above, if any dooris opened, the system checks for thesmart key. If the smart key is not in thevehicle, the " " indicator and the“KEY OUT” indicator will blink. And ifall doors are closed, the chime willsound for 5 seconds. The indicator orwarning will turn off whilst the vehicle ismoving. Always have the smart keywith you.

WARNINGThe engine will start, only when thesmart key is in the vehicle.Never allow children or any personwho is unfamiliar with the vehicletouch the engine start/stop buttonor related parts.

CAUTIONDo not turn the engine off immedi-ately after it has been subjected toa heavy load. Doing so may causesevere damage to the engine or tur-bocharger unit.

W-60

Glow indicator light

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:34 PM Page 12

5 13


✽✽ NOTICE• If the battery is weak or the smart key

does not work correctly, you can startthe engine by inserting the smart keyin the smart key holder. When youpull out the smart key from the smartkey holder, press the smart key andpull it out.

(Continued)

(Continued)• When the stop lamp fuse is blown, you

can't start the engine normally.Replace the fuse with a new one. If itis not possible, you can start theengine by pressing the enginestart/stop button for 10 secondswhilst it is in the ACC position. Theengine can start without depressingthe brake pedal. But for your safetyalways depress the brake pedal beforestarting the engine.

CAUTIONDo not press the engine start/stopbutton for more than 10 secondsexcept when the stop lamp fuse isblown.

OEL059006R

CAUTIONIf the engine stalls whilst the vehi-cle is in motion, do not attempt tomove the shift lever to the P (Park)position. If the traffic and road con-ditions permit, you may put the shiftlever in the N (Neutral) positionwhilst the vehicle is still movingand press the engine start/stop but-ton in an attempt to restart theengine.

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:34 PM Page 13


145

ISG (IDLE STOP AND GO) SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)Your vehicle may be equipped with theISG system, which reduces fuel con-sumption by automatically shutting downthe engine, when the vehicle is at astandstill. (For example : red light, stopsign and traffic jam)The engine starts automatically as soonas the starting conditions are met.The ISG system is ON whenever theengine is running.

✽✽ NOTICE When the engine automatically starts bythe ISG system, some warning lights(ABS, ESP, ESP OFF, EPS or Parkingbrake warning light) may turn on for afew seconds.This happens because of low batteryvoltage. It does not mean the system ismalfunctioning.

Auto stopTo stop the engine in idle stop mode1. Decrease the vehicle speed to less

than 5 km/h.2. Shift into N (Neutral) position.3. Release the clutch pedal.The engine will stop and the green AUTOSTOP indicator ( ) on the instrumentcluster will illuminate. If your vehicle isequipped with a supervision cluster, thenotice will illuminate on the LCD display.

✽✽ NOTICE • You must reach a speed of at least 10

km/h since last idle stop.• If you unfasten the seat belt or open

the driver’s door (engine bonnet) inauto stop mode, the light on the ISGOFF button will illuminate and ISGsystem is deactivated. If your vehicleis equipped with a supervision cluster,the notice will illuminate on the LCDdisplay. Turn the ignition switch to the STARTposition to start the engine manually.

OEL050050 OEL050056

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:34 PM Page 14

5 15


Auto startTo restart the engine from idle stopmode• Press the clutch pedal when the shift

lever is in the N (Neutral) position.The engine will start and the green AUTOSTOP indicator ( ) on the instrumentcluster will go out.

The engine will also restart automati-cally without the driver’s any actionsif the following occurs:- The fan speed of manual climate con-

trol system is set above the 3rd positionwhen the air conditioning is on.

- The fan speed of automatic climatecontrol system is set above the 6thposition when the air conditioning is on.

- When a certain amount of time haspassed with the climate control systemon.

- When the defroster is on.- The brake vaccum pressure is low.- The battery charging status is low.- The vehicle speed exceeds 5 km/h.

The green AUTO STOP indicator ( )on the instrument cluster will blink for 5seconds and the notice will illuminate onthe LCD display (if equipped).

OEL050051 OEL050053

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:34 PM Page 15


165

Condition of ISG system opera-tionThe ISG system will operate underthe following condition:- The driver’s seat belt is fastened.- The driver’s door and bonnet are closed.- The brake vaccum pressure is ade-

quate.- The battery is sufficiently charged.- The outside temperature is between

2°C to 35°C.- The engine coolant temperature is not

too low. ✽✽ NOTICE • If the ISG system does not meet that

operation condition, the ISG system isdeactivated. The light on the ISG OFFbutton will illuminate and the noticewill illuminate on the LCD display (ifequipped).

• If the light or notice is come on con-tinuously, please check the operationcondition.

ISG system deactivation• If you desire to deactivate the ISG sys-

tem, press the ISG OFF button. Thelight on the ISG OFF button will illumi-nate and the notice will illuminate onthe LCD display (if equipped).

• If you press the ISG OFF button again,the system will be activated and thelight on the ISG OFF button will turnoff.

OEL050055 OEL050052R

EL UK 5.QXP 8/25/2010 3:12 PM Page 16

5 17


ISG system malfunctionThe system may not operate when:- The ISG related sensors or system

error occurs.The yellow AUTO STOP indicator ( )on the instrument cluster will stay onafter blinking for 5 seconds and the lighton the ISG OFF button will illuminate. Ifyour vehicle is equipped with a supervi-sion cluster, the notice will illuminate onthe LCD display.

✽✽ NOTICE • If the ISG OFF button light is not

turned off by pressing the ISG OFFbutton again or if the ISG system con-tinuously does not work correctly,please contact an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

• When the ISG OFF button light comeson, it may stop illuminating after driv-ing your vehicle at approximately 80km/h for a maximum of two hoursand setting the fan speed control knobbelow the 2nd position. If the ISGOFF button light continues to be illu-minated in spite of the procedure,please contact an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

OEL050054

WARNING When the engine is in Idle Stopmode, it's possible to restart theengine without the driver takingany action.Before leaving the car or doing any-thing in the engine room area, stopthe engine by turning the ignitionswitch to the LOCK(OFF) positionor removing the ignition key.

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:34 PM Page 17


185

Manual transaxle operationThe manual transaxle has 5 (or 6*) for-ward gears.This shift pattern is imprinted on the shiftknob. The transaxle is fully synchronizedin all forward gears so shifting to either ahigher or a lower gear is easily accom-plished.Press the clutch pedal down fully whilstshifting, then release it slowly.The gearshift lever must be returned tothe neutral position before shifting into R(Reverse). The ring located immediatelybelow the shift knob must be pulledupward whilst moving the shift lever tothe R position. (Type A)Make sure the vehicle is completelystopped before shifting into R (Reverse).Never operate the engine with thetachometer (rpm) in the red zone.

*: if equipped

MANUAL TRANSAXLE (IF EQUIPPED)

OEL059009/OLM059009L

The ring (1) must be pulled up whilstmoving the shift lever.

The shift lever can be moved withoutpulling the ring (1).

* if equipped

■ Type A

■ Type B

CAUTION• When downshifting from fifth

gear to fourth gear, cautionshould be taken not to inadver-tently press the gear shift leversideways in such a manner thatsecond gear is engaged. Such adrastic downshift may cause theengine speed to increase to thepoint that the tachometer willenter the red-zone. Such over-revving of the engine may possi-bly cause engine damage.

• Do not downshift more than 2gears or downshift the gear whenthe engine is running at highspeed (5,000 RPM or higher).Such a downshifting may damagethe engine.

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:34 PM Page 18

5 19


• During cold weather, shifting may bedifficult until the transaxle lubricant haswarmed up. This is normal and notharmful to the transaxle.

• If you've come to a complete stop andit's hard to shift into 1st or R (Reverse),put the shift lever in N (Neutral) posi-tion and release the clutch. Press theclutch pedal back down, and then shiftinto 1st or R (Reverse) gear position.

Using the clutchThe clutch should be pressed all the wayto the floor before shifting, then releasedslowly.The clutch pedal should always befully released whilst driving. Do not restyour foot on the clutch pedal whilst driv-ing. This can cause unnecessary wear.Do not partially engage the clutch to holdthe vehicle on an incline. This causesunnecessary wear. Use the foot brake orparking brake to hold the vehicle on anincline. Do not operate the clutch pedalrapidly and repeatedly.

CAUTION• To avoid premature clutch wear

and damage, do not drive withyour foot resting on the clutchpedal. Also, don’t use the clutchto hold the vehicle stopped on anuphill grade, whilst waiting for atraffic light, etc.

• Do not use the shift lever as ahandrest during driving, as thiscan result in premature wear ofthe transaxle shift forks.

WARNING• Before leaving the driver’s seat,

always set the parking brake fullyand shut the engine off. Thenmake sure the transaxle is shiftedinto 1st gear when the vehicle isparked on a level or uphill grade,and shifted into R (Reverse) on adownhill grade. Unexpected andsudden vehicle movement canoccur if these precautions are notfollowed in the order identified.

• If your vehicle has a manualtransaxle not equipped with aignition lock switch, it may moveand cause a serious accidentwhen starting the engine withoutdepressing the clutch pedalwhilst the parking brake isreleased and the shift lever not inthe N(Neutral) position.

CAUTIONWhen operating the clutch pedal,press the clutch pedal down fully. Ifyou don’t press the clutch pedalfully, the clutch may be damaged ornoise may occur.

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:34 PM Page 19


205

DownshiftingWhen you must slow down in heavy traf-fic or whilst driving up steep hills, down-shift before the engine starts to labour.Downshifting reduces the chance ofstalling and gives better accelerationwhen you again need to increase yourspeed. When the vehicle is travellingdown steep hills, downshifting helpsmaintain safe speed and prolongs brakelife.

Good driving practices• Never take the vehicle out of gear and

coast down a hill. This is extremelyhazardous. Always leave the vehicle ingear.

• Don't "ride" the brakes. This can causethem to overheat and malfunction.Instead, when you are driving down along hill, slow down and shift to a lowergear. When you do this, engine brakingwill help slow down the vehicle.

• Slow down before shifting to a lowergear. This will help avoid over-revvingthe engine, which can cause damage.

• Slow down when you encounter crosswinds. This gives you much better con-trol of your vehicle.

• Be sure the vehicle is completelystopped before you attempt to shift intoreverse. The transaxle can be dam-aged if you do not. To shift into reverse,depress the clutch, move the shift leverto neutral, wait three seconds, thenshift to the reverse position.

• Exercise extreme caution when drivingon a slippery surface. Be especiallycareful when braking, accelerating orshifting gears. On a slippery surface,an abrupt change in vehicle speed cancause the drive wheels to lose tractionand the vehicle to go out of control.

WARNING• Always buckle-up! In a collision,

an unbelted occupant is signifi-cantly more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed than a properlybelted occupant.

• Avoid high speeds when corner-ing or turning.

• Do not make quick steeringwheel movements, such as sharplane changes or fast, sharp turns.

• The risk of rollover is greatlyincreased if you lose control ofyour vehicle at highway speeds.

• Loss of control often occurs iftwo or more wheels drop off theroadway and the driver over-steers to re-enter the roadway.

• In the event your vehicle leavesthe roadway, do not steer sharply.Instead, slow down before pullingback into the travel lanes.

• Never exceed posted speed lim-its.

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:34 PM Page 20

5 21


AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE (IF EQUIPPED)

OEL059010R

The shift lever can be moved freely.

Depress the brake pedal when shifting, if your vehicle is equipped shift lock system.

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:34 PM Page 21


225

Automatic transaxle operationThe highly efficient automatic transaxlehas 6 forward speeds and one reversespeed. The individual speeds are select-ed automatically, depending on the posi-tion of the shift lever.

✽✽ NOTICEThe first few shifts on a new vehicle, ifthe battery has been disconnected, maybe somewhat abrupt. This is a normalcondition, and the shifting sequence willadjust after shifts are cycled a few timesby the TCM (Transaxle ControlModule) or PCM (Powertrain ControlModule).

For smooth operation, depress the brakepedal when shifting from N (Neutral) to aforward or reverse gear.

Transaxle rangesThe indicator lights in the instrumentcluster displays the shift lever positionwhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

P (Park)Always come to a complete stop beforeshifting into P (Park). This position locksthe transaxle and prevents the frontwheels from rotating.

WARNING - Automatictransaxle

• Always check the surroundingareas near your vehicle for peo-ple, especially children, beforeshifting a vehicle into D (Drive) orR (Reverse).

• Before leaving the driver’s seat,always make sure the shift leveris in the P (Park) position; thenset the parking brake fully andshut the engine off. Unexpectedand sudden vehicle movementcan occur if these precautionsare not followed in the order iden-tified.

CAUTION• To avoid damage to your

transaxle, do not accelerate theengine in R (Reverse) or any for-ward gear position with thebrakes on.

• When stopped on an upgrade, donot hold the vehicle stationarywith engine power. Use the serv-ice brake or the parking brake.

• Do not shift from N (Neutral) or P(Park) into D (Drive), or R(Reverse) when the engine isabove idle speed.

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:34 PM Page 22

5 23


R (Reverse)Use this position to drive the vehiclebackward.

N (Neutral)The wheels and transaxle are notengaged. The vehicle will roll freely evenon the slightest incline unless the parkingbrake or service brakes are applied.

D (Drive)This is the normal forward driving posi-tion. The transaxle will automatically shiftthrough a 6-gear sequence, providing thebest fuel economy and power.

For extra power when passing anothervehicle or climbing grades, depress theaccelerator fully, at which time thetransaxle will automatically downshift tothe next lower gear.

✽✽ NOTICEAlways come to a complete stop beforeshifting into D (Drive).

WARNING• Shifting into P (Park) whilst the

vehicle is in motion will cause thedrive wheels to lock which willcause you to lose control of thevehicle.

• Do not use the P (Park) positionin place of the parking brake.Always make sure the shift leveris latched in the P (Park) positionand set the parking brake fully.

• Never leave a child unattended ina vehicle.

CAUTIONThe transaxle may be damaged ifyou shift into P (Park) whilst thevehicle is in motion.

CAUTIONAlways come to a complete stopbefore shifting into or out of R(Reverse); you may damage thetransaxle if you shift into R(Reverse) whilst the vehicle is inmotion, except as explained in“Rocking the vehicle”, in this manu-al.

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:34 PM Page 23


245

Sports modeWhether the vehicle is stationary or inmotion, sports mode is selected by push-ing the shift lever from the D (Drive) posi-tion into the manual gate. To return to D(Drive) range operation, push the shiftlever back into the main gate.

In sports mode, moving the shift leverbackwards and forwards will allow you tomake gearshifts rapidly. In contrast to amanual transaxle, the sports modeallows gearshifts with the acceleratorpedal depressed.Up (+) : Push the lever forward once to

shift up one gear.Down (-) : Pull the lever backwards once

to shift down one gear.

✽✽ NOTICE• In sports mode, the driver must exe-

cute upshifts in accordance with roadconditions, taking care to keep theengine speed below the red zone.

• In sports mode, only the 6 forwardgears can be selected. To reverse orpark the vehicle, move the shift leverto the R (Reverse) or P (Park) positionas required.

• In sports mode, downshifts are madeautomatically when the vehicle slowsdown. When the vehicle stops, 1st gearis automatically selected.

• In sports mode, when the engine rpmapproaches the red zone shift pointsare varied to upshift automatically.

• To maintain the required levels ofvehicle performance and safety, thesystem may not execute certaingearshifts when the shift lever is oper-ated.

• When driving on a slippery road,push the shift lever forward into the+(up) position. This causes thetransaxle to shift into the 2nd gearwhich is better for smooth driving ona slippery road. Push the shift lever tothe -(down) side to shift back to the 1stgear.

Shift lock system (if equipped)For your safety, the automatic transaxlehas a shift lock system which preventsshifting the transaxle from P (Park) or N(Neutral) into R (Reverse) unless thebrake pedal is depressed.To shift the transaxle from P (Park) or N(Neutral) into R (Reverse):1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.2. Start the engine or turn the ignition

switch to the ON position.3. Move the shift lever.If the brake pedal is repeatedlydepressed and released with the shiftlever in the P (Park) position, a chatteringnoise near the shift lever may be heard.This is a normal condition.

OEL059012R

SporSportstsmodemode

WARNINGAlways fully depress the brakepedal before and whilst shifting outof the P (Park) position into anoth-er position to avoid inadvertentmotion of the vehicle which couldinjure persons in or around thevehicle.

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:34 PM Page 24

5 25


Shift-lock overrideIf the shift lever cannot be moved fromthe P (Park) or N (Neutral) position into R(Reverse) position with the brake pedaldepressed, continue depressing thebrake, then do the following:

Type A1. Press the shift-lock release button.2. Move the shift lever.3. Have your vehicle inspected by a

HYUNDAI authorised repairer immedi-ately.

Type B1. Carefully remove the cap (1) covering

the shift-lock override access hole.2. Insert a screwdriver (or key) into the

access hole and press down on thescrewdriver (or key).

3. Move the shift lever.4. Have your vehicle inspected by a

HYUNDAI authorised repairer immedi-ately.

Ignition key interlock system (if equipped)The ignition key cannot be removedunless the shift lever is in the P (Park)position. Even the ignition switch is inLOCK position, the key cannot beremoved.

OEL059011R

OEL059013R

■ Type A

■ Type B

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:34 PM Page 25


265

Good driving practices• Never move the shift lever from P

(Park) or N (Neutral) to any other posi-tion with the accelerator pedaldepressed.

• Never move the shift lever into "P"when the vehicle is in motion.

• Be sure the vehicle is completelystopped before you attempt to shift intoR (Reverse) or D (Drive).

• Never take the vehicle out of gear andcoast down a hill. This may beextremely hazardous. Always leave thevehicle in gear when moving.

• Do not "ride" the brakes. This cancause them to overheat and malfunc-tion. Instead, when you are drivingdown a long hill, slow down and shift toa lower gear. When you do this, enginebraking will help slow down the vehicle.

• Slow down before shifting to a lowergear. Otherwise, the lower gear maynot be engaged.

• Always use the parking brake. Do notdepend on placing the transaxle in P(Park) to keep the vehicle from moving.

• Exercise extreme caution when drivingon a slippery surface. Be especiallycareful when braking, accelerating orshifting gears. On a slippery surface,an abrupt change in vehicle speed cancause the drive wheels to lose tractionand the vehicle to go out of control.

• Optimum vehicle performance andeconomy is obtained by smoothlydepressing and releasing the accelera-tor pedal.

Moving up a steep grade from a stand-ing startTo move up a steep grade from a stand-ing start, depress the brake pedal, shiftthe shift lever to D (Drive). Select theappropriate gear depending on loadweight and steepness of the grade, andrelease the parking brake. Depress theaccelerator gradually whilst releasing theservice brakes.When accelerating from a stop on asteep hill, the vehicle may have a ten-dency to roll backwards. Shifting theshift lever into 2 (Second Gear) willhelp prevent the vehicle from rollingbackwards.

WARNING• Always buckle-up! In a collision,

an unbelted occupant is signifi-cantly more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed than a properlybelted occupant.

• Avoid high speeds when corner-ing or turning.

• Do not make quick steeringwheel movements, such as sharplane changes or fast, sharp turns.

• The risk of rollover is greatlyincreased if you lose control ofyour vehicle at highway speeds.

• Loss of control often occurs iftwo or more wheels drop off theroadway and the driver over-steers to reenter the roadway.

• In the event your vehicle leavesthe roadway, do not steer sharply.Instead, slow down before pullingback into the travel lanes.

• Never exceed posted speed lim-its.

WARNINGIf your vehicle becomes stuck insnow, mud, sand, etc., then youmay attempt to rock the vehicle freeby moving it forward and backward.Do not attempt this procedure ifpeople or objects are anywherenear the vehicle. During the rockingoperation the vehicle may suddenlymove forward of backward as itbecomes unstuck, causing injuryor damage to nearby people orobjects.

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:34 PM Page 26

5 27


Engine power can be delivered to all frontand rear wheels for maximum traction.4WD is useful when extra traction isrequired on road, such as, when drivingon slippery, muddy, wet, or snow-coveredroads. These vehicles are not designedfor challenging off-road use. Occasionaloff-road use such as establishedunpaved roads and trails are OK. It isalways important when travelling off-highway that the driver carefully reducesthe speed to a level that does not exceedthe safe operating speed for those condi-tions. In general, off-road conditions pro-vide less traction and braking effective-ness than normal road conditions. Thedriver must be especially alert to avoiddriving on slopes which tilt the vehicle toeither side.These factors must be carefully consid-ered when driving off-road. Keeping thevehicle in contact with the driving surfaceand under control in these conditions isalways the driver's responsibility for thesafety of him/herself and his or her pas-sengers.

Tight corner brake effect

Tight corner brake effect is a uniquecharacteristic of four-wheel drive vehiclescaused by the difference in tyre rotationat the four wheels and the zero-degreealignment of the front wheels and sus-pension.Sharp turns at low speeds should be car-ried out with caution.

FOUR WHEEL DRIVE (4WD) (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING - Off road drivingThis vehicle is designed primarilyfor on road use although it can oper-ate effectively off road. However, itwas not designed to drive in chal-lenging off-road conditions. Drivingin conditions that exceed the vehi-cle's intended design or the driver'sexperience level may result insevere injury or death.

CAUTION - 4WDWhen turning sharply on a pavedroad at low speed whilst in four-wheel drive, steering control will bedifficult.

WARNINGIf the 4WD system warning light( ) illuminates, this indicates thatthere is a malfunction in the 4WDsystem.If this occurs, have your vehiclechecked by a HYUNDAI authorisedrepairer as soon as possible.

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:34 PM Page 27


285

• This mode is used for climbing or descending sharp grades,off-road driving, driving on sandy and muddy roads, etc., tomaximize traction.

• This mode automatically begins to deactivate at speedsabove 19 mph (30 km/h) and is shifted to 4WD AUTO modeat speed above 25 mph (40 km/h). If the vehicle deceleratesto speeds below 19 mph (30 km/h), however, the transfermode is shifted into 4WD LOCK mode again.

4WD AUTO (4WD LOCK is

deactivated)(Indicator light isnot illuminated)

✽✽ NOTICE• When driving on normal roads, deactivate the 4WD LOCK mode by pushing the 4WD LOCK button (the indicator light goes

off). Driving on normal roads with 4WD LOCK mode(especially, when cornering) may cause mechanical noise or vibration.The noise and vibration will disappear when the 4WD LOCK mode is deactivated. Some parts of the power train may be dam-aged by prolonged driving with the noise and vibration.

• When the 4WD LOCK mode is deactivated, a shock may be felt as the drive power is delivered entirely to the front wheels.This shock is not a mechanical failure.

Four Wheel Drive (4WD) transfer mode selection

Transfer mode Selection button Indicator light Description

• When driving in 4WD AUTO mode, the vehicle operates sim-ilar to conventional 2WD vehicles under normal operatingconditions. However, if the system determines that there is aneed for the 4WD mode, the engine’s driving power is dis-tributed to all four wheels automatically without driver inter-vention.

• When driving on normal roads and pavement, the vehiclemoves similar to conventional 2WD vehicles.

4WD LOCK

(Indicator light isilluminated)

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:34 PM Page 28

5 29


For safe four-wheel drive opera-tion

• Do not drive in deep standing water ormud conditions since such conditionscan damage your engine and/orrestrict your exhaust pipes. Do notdrive down steep hills since it requiresextreme skill to maintain control of thevehicle.

• When you are driving up or down hillsdrive as straight as possible. Useextreme caution in going up or downsteep hills, since you may flip yourvehicle over depending on the grade,terrain and water/mud conditions.

WARNING - Four-wheeldriving

The conditions of on-road or off-road that demand four-wheel drivemean all functions of your vehicleare exposed to extreme stress thanunder normal road conditions. Slowdown and be ready for changes inthe composition and traction of thesurface under your tyres. If youhave any doubt about the safety ofthe conditions you are facing, stopand consider the best way to pro-ceed. Do not exceed the ability ofyourself or your vehicle to operatesafely.

WARNING - HillsDriving across the contour of steephills can be extremely dangerous.This danger can come from slightchanges in the wheel angle whichcan destabilize the vehicle or, evenif the vehicle is maintaining stabili-ty under power, it can lose that sta-bility if the vehicle stops its forwardmotion. Your vehicle may roll overwithout warning and without timefor you to correct a mistake thatcould cause serious injury ordeath.

HILL1 HILL2

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:34 PM Page 29


305

• You must consciously take the effort tolearn how to corner in a 4WD vehicle.Do not rely on your experience in con-ventional 2WD vehicles in choosingsafe cornering speed in 4WD mode.For drivers with little or no experienceof driving a 4WD, you must drive moreslowly in 4WD.

• Drive carefully off-road because yourvehicle may be damaged by rocks orroots of trees. Become familiar with theoff-road conditions where you aregoing to drive before you begin driving.

• Always hold the steering wheel firmlywhen you are driving off-road.

• Make sure all passengers are wearingseat belts.

• If you need to drive in the water, stopyour vehicle, set your transfer to the4WD LOCK mode and drive at lessthan 5 mph (8 km/h).

WARNING - Steeringwheel

Do not grab the inside of the steer-ing wheel when you are driving off-road. You may hurt your arm by asudden steering manoeuvre orfrom steering wheel rebound due toimpact with objects on the ground.You could lose control of the steer-ing wheel.

WARNING - Wind dangerIf you are driving in heavy wind, thevehicle's higher centre of gravitydecreases your steering controlcapacity and requires you to drivemore slowly.

WARNING - Drivingthrough water

Drive slowly. If you are driving toofast in water, the water can get intothe engine compartment and wetthe ignition system, causing yourvehicle to suddenly stop. If thishappens and your vehicle is in atilted position, your vehicle may rollover.

OLM059022L

WARNING - 4WDReduce speed when you turn cor-ners. The centre of gravity of 4WDvehicles is higher than that of con-ventional 2WD vehicles, makingthem more likely to roll over whenyou turn corners too fast.

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:34 PM Page 30

5 31


✽✽ NOTICE• Do not drive in water if the level is

higher than the floor of the vehicle.• Check your brake condition once you

are out of mud or water. Press thebrake pedal several times as you moveslowly until you feel normal brakingforces return.

• Shorten your scheduled maintenanceinterval if you drive in off-road condi-tions such as sand, mud or water.Always wash your vehicle thoroughlyafter off road use, especially cleaningthe bottom of the vehicle.

• Since the driving torque is alwaysapplied to the 4 wheels the perform-ance of the 4WD vehicle is greatlyaffected by the condition of the tyres.Be sure to equip the vehicle with fourtyres of the same size and type.

• A full time four wheel drive vehiclecannot be towed by an ordinary towtruck. Make sure that the vehicle isplaced on a flat bed truck for moving.

Reducing the risk of a rolloverThis multi-purpose passenger vehicle isdefined as a Sports Utility Vehicle (SUV).SUV’s have higher ground clearance anda narrower track to make them capableof performing in a wide variety of off-roadapplications. Specific design characteris-tics give them a higher centre of gravitythan ordinary vehicles. An advantage ofthe higher ground clearance is a betterview of the road, which allows you toanticipate problems. They are notdesigned for cornering at the samespeeds as conventional passenger vehi-cles, any more than low-slung sportsvehicles are designed to perform satis-factorily in off-road conditions. Due to thisrisk, driver and passengers are stronglyrecommended to buckle their seat belts.In a rollover crash, an unbelted person ismore likely to die than a person wearinga seat belt. There are steps that a drivercan make to reduce the risk of a rollover.If at all possible, avoid sharp turns orabrupt manoeuvres, do not load yourroof rack with heavy cargo, and nevermodify your vehicle in any way.

CAUTION - Mud or snowIf one of the front or rear wheelsbegins to spin in mud, snow, etc.the vehicle can sometimes be driv-en out by depressing the accelera-tor pedal further; however avoidrunning the engine continuously athigh rpm because doing so coulddamage the 4WD system.

WARNING - 4WD driving• Avoid high cornering speed.• Do not make quick steering

wheel movements, such as sharplane changes or fast, sharp turns.

• The risk of rollover is greatlyincreased if you lose control ofyour vehicle at high speed.

• In a collision, an unbelted personis significantly more likely to diecompared to a person wearing aseat belt.

• Loss of control often occurs iftwo or more wheels drop off theroadway and the driver oversteers to re-enter the roadway. Inthe event your vehicle leaves theroadway, do not steer sharply.Instead, slow down before pullingback into the travel lanes.

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:34 PM Page 31


325

WARNING - Jacked vehicleWhilst the full-time 4WD vehicle isbeing raised on a jack, never startthe engine or cause the tyres torotate.There is the danger that rotatingtyres touching the ground couldcause the vehicle to go off the jackand to jump forward.

WARNINGYour vehicle is equipped with tyresdesigned to provide safe ride andhandling capability. Do not use asize and type of tyre and wheel thatis different from the one that isoriginally installed on your vehicle.It can affect the safety and perform-ance of your vehicle, which couldlead to steering failure or rolloverand serious injury. When replacingthe tyres, be sure to equip all fourtyres with the tyre and wheel of thesame size, type, tread, brand andload-carrying capacity. If you never-theless decide to equip your vehi-cle with any tyre/wheel combina-tion not recommended byHYUNDAI for off road driving, youshould not use these tyres for high-way driving.

WARNING - Rollover As with other Sports Utility Vehicle(SUV), failure to operate this vehi-cle correctly may result in loss ofcontrol, an accident or vehiclerollover.• Utility vehicles have a significant-

ly higher rollover rate than othertypes of vehicles.

• Specific design characteristics(higher ground clearance, nar-rower track, etc.) give this vehiclea higher centre of gravity thanordinary vehicles.

• A SUV is not designed for corner-ing at the same speeds as con-ventional vehicles.

• Avoid sharp turns or abruptmanoeuvres.

• In a rollover crash, an unbeltedperson is significantly more like-ly to die than a person wearing aseat belt. Make sure everyone inthe vehicle is properly buckledup.

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:34 PM Page 32

5 33


• Full-time 4WD vehicles must be testedon a special four wheel chassisdynamometer.

✽✽ NOTICENever engage the parking brake whilstperforming these tests.

• A full-time 4WD vehicle should not betested on a 2WD roll tester. If a 2WDroll tester must be used, perform thefollowing: 1. Check the tyre pressures recommend-

ed for your vehicle.2. Place the front wheels on the roll

tester for a speedometer test as shownin the illustration.

3. Release the parking brake.4. Place the rear wheels on the tempo-

rary free roller as shown in the illustra-tion.

WARNING - Dynamometertesting

Keep away from the front of thevehicle whilst the vehicle is in gearon the dynamometer. This is verydangerous as the vehicle can jumpforward and cause serious injury ordeath.

OCM051044LRoll tester (speedometer)Temporary free roller

CAUTION• When lifting up the vehicle, do not

operate front and rear wheel sep-arately. All four wheels should beoperated.

• If you need to operate the frontwheel and rear wheel when liftingup the vehicle, you shouldrelease the parking brake.

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:34 PM Page 33


345

Power brakes Your vehicle has power-assisted brakesthat adjust automatically through normalusage.In the event that the power-assistedbrakes lose power because of a stalledengine or some other reason, you canstill stop your vehicle by applying greaterforce to the brake pedal than you nor-mally would. The stopping distance, how-ever, will be longer.When the engine is not running, thereserve brake power is partially depletedeach time the brake pedal is applied. Donot pump the brake pedal when thepower assist has been interrupted.Pump the brake pedal only when neces-sary to maintain steering control on slip-pery surfaces.

In the event of brake failure If service brakes fail to operate whilst thevehicle is in motion, you can make anemergency stop with the parking brake.The stopping distance, however, will bemuch greater than normal.

BRAKE SYSTEM

(Continued)• When descending a long or steep

hill, shift to a lower gear andavoid continuous application ofthe brakes. Continuous brakeapplication will cause the brakesto overheat and could result in atemporary loss of braking per-formance.

• Wet brakes may impair the vehi-cle’s ability to sefely slow down;the vehicle may also pull to oneside when the brakes are applied.Applying the brakes lightly willindicate whether they have beenaffected in this way. Always testyour brakes in this fashion afterdriving through deep water. Todry the brakes, apply them lightlywhilst maintaining a safe forwardspeed until brake performancereturns to normal.

WARNING - Parking brakeApplying the parking brake whilstthe vehicle is moving at normalspeeds can cause a sudden loss ofcontrol of the vehicle. If you mustuse the parking brake to stop thevehicle, use great caution in apply-ing the brake.

WARNING - Brakes• Do not drive with your foot rest-

ing on the brake pedal. This willcreate abnormal high brake tem-peratures, excessive brake liningand pad wear, and increasedstopping distances.

(Continued)

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:34 PM Page 34

5 35


Disc brakes wear indicator When your brake pads are worn and newpads are required, you will hear a high-pitched warning sound from your frontbrakes or rear brakes. You may hear thissound come and go or it may occurwhenever you depress the brake pedal.Please remember that some driving con-ditions or climates may cause a brakesqueal when you first apply (or lightlyapply) the brakes. This is normal anddoes not indicate a problem with yourbrakes.

Parking brake Applying the parking brakeTo engage the parking brake, first applythe foot brake and then pull up the park-ing brake lever as far as possible.

In addition it is recommended that whenparking the vehicle on a gradient, theshift lever should be in a low gear onmanual transaxle vehicles or in the Parkposition on automatic transaxle vehicles.

WARNING - Brake wearThis brake wear warning soundmeans your vehicle needs service.If you ignore this audible warning,you will eventually lose brakingperformance, which could lead to aserious accident.

CAUTION• To avoid costly brake repairs, do

not continue to drive with wornbrake pads.

• Always replace the front or rearbrake pads as pairs.

OLM059016/H

CAUTIONDriving with the parking brakeapplied will cause excessive brakepad and brake rotor wear.

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:35 PM Page 35


365

Releasing the parking brakeTo release the parking brake, first applythe foot brake and pull up the parkingbrake lever slightly. Secondly depress therelease button (1) and lower the parkingbrake lever (2) whilst holding the button.

If the parking brake does not release ordoes not release all the way, have thesystem checked by a HYUNDAI autho-rised repairer.

Check the brake warning light by turningthe ignition switch ON (do not start theengine). This light will be illuminatedwhen the parking brake is applied withthe ignition switch in the START or ONposition.Before driving, be sure the parking brakeis fully released and the brake warninglight is off.If the brake warning light remains onafter the parking brake is released whilstengine is running, there may be a mal-function in the brake system. Immediateattention is necessary.If at all possible, cease driving the vehi-cle immediately. If that is not possible,use extreme caution whilst operating thevehicle and only continue to drive thevehicle until you can reach a safe loca-tion or repair shop.

OLM059017R

WARNING• To prevent unintentional move-

ment when stopped and leavingthe vehicle, do not use thegearshift lever in place of theparking brake. Set the parkingbrake AND make sure thegearshift lever is securely posi-tioned in 1st (First) gear or R(Reverse) for manual transaxleequipped vehicles and in P (Park)for automatic transaxle equippedvehicles.

• Never allow anyone who is unfa-miliar with the vehicle to touchthe parking brake. If the parkingbrake is released unintentionally,serious injury may occur.

• All vehicles should always havethe parking brake fully engagedwhen parking to avoid inadver-tent movement of the vehiclewhich can injure occupants orpedestrians.

W-75

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:35 PM Page 36

5 37


Anti-lock brake system (ABS) The ABS continuously senses the speedof the wheels. If the wheels are going tolock, the ABS system repeatedly modu-lates the hydraulic brake pressure to thewheels.When you apply your brakes under con-ditions which may lock the wheels, youmay hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from thebrakes, or feel a corresponding sensationin the brake pedal. This is normal and itmeans your ABS is active.In order to obtain the maximum benefitfrom your ABS in an emergency situa-tion, do not attempt to modulate yourbrake pressure and do not try to pumpyour brakes. Press your brake pedal ashard as possible or as hard as the situa-tion warrants and allow the ABS to con-trol the force being delivered to thebrakes.

WARNINGABS (or ESP) will not prevent acci-dents due to improper or danger-ous driving manoeuvres. Eventhough vehicle control is improvedduring emergency braking, alwaysmaintain a safe distance betweenyou and objects ahead. Vehiclespeeds should always be reducedduring extreme road conditions.The braking distance for vehicleequipped with an anti-lock brakingsystem (Electronic StabilityProgram System) may be longerthan for those without it in the fol-lowing road conditions.During these conditions the vehicleshould be driven at reducedspeeds:• Rough, gravel or snow-covered

roads.• With tyre chains installed.• On roads where the road surface

is pitted or has different surfaceheight.

(Continued)

(Continued)The safety features of an ABS (orESP) equipped vehicle should notbe tested by high speed driving orcornering. This could endanger thesafety of yourself or others.

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:35 PM Page 37


385

✽✽ NOTICEA click sound may be heard in theengine compartment when the vehiclebegins to move after the engine is start-ed. These conditions are normal andindicate that the anti-lock brake systemis functioning properly.

• Even with the anti-lock brake system,your vehicle still requires sufficientstopping distance. Always maintain asafe distance from the vehicle in frontof you.

• Always slow down when cornering.The anti-lock brake system cannot pre-vent accidents resulting from exces-sive speeds.

• On loose or uneven road surfaces,operation of the anti-lock brake systemmay result in a longer stopping dis-tance than for vehicles equipped with aconventional brake system.

CAUTION• If the ABS warning light is on and

stays on, you may have a problemwith the ABS. In this case, howev-er, your regular brakes will worknormally.

• The ABS warning light will stay onfor approximately 3 seconds afterthe ignition switch is ON. Duringthat time, the ABS will go throughself-diagnosis and the light will gooff if everything is normal. If thelight stays on, you may have aproblem with your ABS. Contact aHYUNDAI authorised repairer assoon as possible.

CAUTION• When you drive on a road having

poor traction, such as an icy road,and operate your brakes continu-ously, the ABS will be active con-tinuously and the ABS warninglight may illuminate. Pull yourvehicle over to a safe place andstop the engine.

• Restart the engine. If the ABSwarning light is off, then yourABS system is normal.Otherwise, you may have a prob-lem with the ABS. Contact aHYUNDAI authorised repairer assoon as possible.

W-78

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:35 PM Page 38

5 39


✽✽ NOTICEWhen you jump start your vehiclebecause of a drained battery, the enginemay not run as smoothly and the ABSwarning light may turn on at the sametime. This happens because of the lowbattery voltage. It does not mean yourABS is malfunctioning.• Do not pump your brakes!• Have the battery recharged before

driving the vehicle.

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:35 PM Page 39


405

Electronic stability program (ESP)(if equipped)The Electronic Stability Program (ESP)system is designed to stabilize the vehi-cle during cornering manoeuvres. ESPchecks where you are steering andwhere the vehicle is actually going. ESPapplies the brakes at individual wheelsand intervenes in the engine manage-ment system to stabilize the vehicle.

The Electronic Stability Program (ESP)system is an electronic system designedto help the driver maintain vehicle controlunder adverse conditions. It is not asubstitute for safe driving practices.Factors including speed, road conditionsand driver steering input can all affectwhether ESP will be effective inpreventing a loss of control. It is still yourresponsibility to drive and corner atreasonable speeds and to leave asufficient margin of safety.When you apply your brakes under con-ditions which may lock the wheels, youmay hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from thebrakes, or feel a corresponding sensationin the brake pedal. This is normal and itmeans your ESP is active.

✽✽ NOTICEA click sound may be heard in theengine compartment when the vehiclebegins to move after the engine is start-ed. These conditions are normal andindicate that the Electronic StabilityProgram System is functioning proper-ly.

WARNINGNever drive too fast for the roadconditions or too quickly when cor-nering. Electronic stability program(ESP) will not prevent accidents.Excessive speed in turns, abruptmanoeuvres and hydroplaning onwet surfaces can still result in seri-ous accidents. Only a safe andattentive driver can prevent acci-dents by avoiding manoeuvres thatcause the vehicle to lose traction.Even with ESP installed, always fol-low all the normal precautions fordriving - including driving at safespeeds for the conditions.

OLM059020R

OLM059037R

■ Type A

■ Type B

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:35 PM Page 40

5 41


ESP operationESP ON condition

• When the ignition is turnedON, ESP and ESP OFF indi-cator lights illuminate forapproximately 3 seconds,then ESP is turned on.

• Press the ESP OFF button forat least half a second afterturning the ignition ON to turnESP off. (ESP OFF indicatorwill illuminate). To turn theESP on, press the ESP OFFbutton (ESP OFF indicatorlight will go off).

• When starting the engine,you may hear a slight tickingsound. This is the ESP per-forming an automatic systemself-check and does not indi-cate a problem.

When operatingWhen the ESP is in operation,ESP indicator light blinks.• When the Electronic Stability

Program is operating properly,you can feel a slight pulsationin the vehicle. This is only theeffect of brake control and indi-cates nothing unusual.

• When moving out of the mudor slippery road, pressing theaccelerator pedal may notcause the engine rpm (revo-lutions per minute) toincrease.

ESP operation offESP OFF state

• To cancel ESP operation,press the ESP OFF button(ESP OFF indicator light illu-minates).

• If the ignition switch is turnedto LOCK position when ESPis off, ESP remains off. Uponrestarting the engine, theESP will automatically turn onagain.

-

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:35 PM Page 41


425

Indicator lightWhen ignition switch is turned to ON, theindicator light illuminates, then goes off ifthe ESP system is operating normally.The ESP indicator light blinks wheneverESP is operating or illuminates whenESP fails to operate.ESP OFF indicator light comes on whenthe ESP is turned off with the button.

ESP OFF usageWhen driving• ESP should be turned on for daily driv-

ing whenever possible.• To turn ESP off whilst driving, press

the ESP OFF button whilst driving on aflat road surface.

✽✽ NOTICE• When operating the vehicle on a

dynamometer, ensure that the ESP isturned off (ESP OFF light illuminat-ed). If the ESP is left on, it may pre-vent the vehicle speed from increas-ing, and result in false diagnosis.

• Turning the ESP off does not affectABS or brake system operation.

■ ESP indicator light

■ ESP OFF indicator light

CAUTIONDriving with varying tyre or wheelsizes may cause the ESP system tomalfunction. When replacing tyres,make sure they are the same size asyour original tyres.

WARNINGThe Electronic Stability Programsystem is only a driving aid; useprecautions for safe driving byslowing down on curved, snowy, oricy roads. Drive slowly and don’tattempt to accelerate whenever theESP indicator light is blinking, orwhen the road surface is slippery. WARNING

Never press the ESP OFF buttonwhilst ESP is operating (ESP indi-cator light blinks).If ESP is turned off whilst ESP isoperating, the vehicle may slip outof control.

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:35 PM Page 42

5 43


Vehicle stability management(VSM) (if equipped)This system provides further enhance-ments to vehicle stability and steeringresponses when a vehicle is driving on aslippery road or a vehicle detectedchanges in coefficient of friction betweenright wheels and left wheels when brak-ing.

VSM operationWhen the VSM is in operation, ESP indi-cator light ( ) blinks.When the vehicle stability managementis operating properly, you can feel a slightpulsation in the vehicle. This is only theeffect of brake control and indicates noth-ing unusual.

The VSM does not operate when: • Driving on bank road such as gradient

or incline • Driving rearward• ESP OFF indicator light ( ) remains

on the instrument cluster• EPS indicator light remains on the

instrument cluster

VSM operation offIf you press the ESP OFF button to turnoff the ESP, the VSM will also cancel andthe ESP OFF indicator light ( ) illumi-nates.To turn on the VSM, press the buttonagain. The ESP OFF indicator light goesout.

Malfunction indicatorThe VSM can be deactivated even if youdon’t cancel the VSM operation by press-ing the ESP OFF button. It indicates thata malfunction has been detected some-where in the Electric Power Steering sys-tem or VSM system. If the ESP indicatorlight ( ) or EPS warning light remainson, take your vehicle to an authorisedHYUNDAI dealer and have the systemchecked.

✽✽ NOTICE• The VSM is designed to function

above approximately 15 km/h (9 mph)on curves.

• The VSM is designed to functionabove approximately 30 km/h (18mph) when a vehicle is braking on asplit-mu road. The split-mu road ismade of surfaces which have differentfriction forces.

WARNING• The Vehicle Stability Management

system is not a substitute forsafe driving practices but a sup-plementary function only. It is theresponsibility of the driver toalways check the speed and thedistance to the vehicle ahead.Always hold the steering wheelfirmly whilst driving.

• Your vehicle is designed to acti-vate according to the driver’sintention, even with installedVSM. Always follow all the normalprecautions for driving at safespeeds for the conditions –including driving inclementweather and on a slippery road.

• Driving with varying tyre or wheelsizes may cause the VSM systemto malfunction. When replacingtyres, make sure they are thesame size as your original tyres.

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:35 PM Page 43


445

Hill-start assist control (HAC) (if equipped) A vehicle has the tendency to slip backon a steep hill when it starts to go afterstopping. The Hill-start Assist Control(HAC) prevents the vehicle from slippingback by operating the brakes automati-cally for about 2 seconds. The brakes arereleased when the accelerator pedal isdepressed or after about 2 seconds.

✽✽ NOTICE• The HAC does not operate when the

transaxle shift lever is in the P (Park)or N (Neutral) position.

• The HAC activates even though theESP is off but it does not activatewhen the ESP has malfunctioned.

Downhill brake control (DBC) (if equipped)

The Downhill Brake Control (DBC) sup-ports the driver come down a steep hillwithout the driver depressing the brakepedal. It slows down the vehicle under5mph (8 km/h) with the automatictransaxle or 9 mph (15 km/h) with themanual transaxle and lets the driver con-centrate on steering the vehicle.DBC defaults to the OFF position when-ever the ignition is turned on.The DBC can be turned on or off bypushing the button.

WARNINGThe HAC is activated only for about2 seconds, so when the vehicle isstarting off always depress theaccelerator pedal.

OLM059036R

■ Type A

■ Type BOLM059021R

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:35 PM Page 44

5 45


✽✽ NOTICE• The DBC does not turn ON in the P

(Park) position.• The DBC may not activate if the ESP

(or BAS, if equipped) is activated.• Noise or vibration may occur from the

brakes when the DBC is activated.• The rear stop light comes on when the

DBC is activated.• In a very steep hill even though the

brake pedal or accelerator pedal isdepressed the DBC may not deacti-vate.

• Always turn OFF the DBC on normalroads. The DBC might activate fromthe standby mode when abrupt corn-ing or driving through speed bumps.

• DBC may activate and cause theengine to stop in vehicles with manualtransaxle if you drive in 3rd gear (orabove) with DBC on. Do not turn onDBC when driving in 3rd gear (orabove).

Standby

Press the DBC button when the vehicle speed is under25mph (40km/h). The DBC system will turn ON andenter the standby mode.The system does not turn ON if the vehicle speed isover 25mph (40km/h).

In the standby mode, if the vehicle speed is under22mph (35km/h) whilst driving down a steep hill, theDBC will activate automatically.

In the activated mode, the DBC will temporarily deacti-vate under the following conditions:• The hill is not steep enough.• The brake pedal or accelerator pedal is depressed.If the above conditions are gone, the DBC will automat-ically activate again.

The DBC will turn OFF under the following conditions:• The DBC button is pressed again.• The vehicle speed is over 38mph (60km/h).

Activated

Temporarilydeactivated

OFF

Mode Indicator light Description

blinks

illuminated

not illuminated

illuminated

WARNINGIf the DBC red indicator light illuminates, the system has overheated or some-thing is wrong. The DBC will not activate. If the DBC red indicator light illu-minates even though the DBC system has been cooled enough have the sys-tem checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer.

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:35 PM Page 45


465

Good braking practices

• Check to be sure the parking brake isnot engaged and that the parkingbrake indicator light is out before driv-ing away.

• Driving through water may get thebrakes wet. They can also get wetwhen the vehicle is washed. Wetbrakes can be dangerous! Your vehiclewill not stop as quickly if the brakes arewet. Wet brakes may cause the vehicleto pull to one side.

To dry the brakes, apply the brakeslightly until the braking action returns tonormal, taking care to keep the vehicleunder control at all times. If the brakingaction does not return to normal, stopas soon as it is safe to do so and call aHYUNDAI authorised repairer forassistance.

• Don't coast down hills with the vehicleout of gear. This is extremely haz-ardous. Keep the vehicle in gear at alltimes, use the brakes to slow down,then shift to a lower gear so thatengine braking will help you maintain asafe speed.

• Don't "ride" the brake pedal. Restingyour foot on the brake pedal whilst driv-ing can be dangerous because it canresult in the brakes overheating andlosing their effectiveness. It alsoincreases the wear of the brake com-ponents.

• If a tyre goes flat whilst you are driving,apply the brakes gently and keep thevehicle pointed straight ahead whilstyou slow down. When you are movingslowly enough for it to be safe to do so,pull off the road and stop in a safeplace.

• If your vehicle is equipped with anautomatic transaxle, don't let your vehi-cle creep forward. To avoid creepingforward, keep your foot firmly on thebrake pedal when the vehicle isstopped.

• Be caution when parking on a hill.Firmly engage the parking brake andplace the shift lever in P (automatictransaxle) or in first or reverse gear(manual transaxle). If your vehicle isfacing downhill, turn the front wheelsinto the kerb to help keep the vehiclefrom rolling. If your vehicle is facinguphill, turn the front wheels away fromthe kerb to help keep the vehicle fromrolling. If there is no kerb or if it isrequired by other conditions to keepthe vehicle from rolling, block thewheels.

• Under some conditions your parkingbrake can freeze in the engaged posi-tion. This is most likely to happen whenthere is an accumulation of snow or icearound or near the rear brakes or if thebrakes are wet. If there is a risk that theparking brake may freeze, apply it onlytemporarily whilst you put the gearselector lever in P (automatictransaxle) or in first or reverse gear(manual transaxle) and block the rearwheels so the vehicle cannot roll. Thenrelease the parking brake.

WARNING• Whenever you leave or park your

vehicle, always set the parkingbrake as far as possible and fullyengage the vehicle's transaxleinto the P (Park) position. If theparking brake is not fullyengaged, the vehicle may moveinadvertently and injure yourselfand others.

• All vehicles should always havethe parking brake fully engagedwhen parking to avoid inadver-tent movement of the vehiclewhich can injure occupants orpedestrians.

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:35 PM Page 46

5 47


• Do not hold the vehicle on the upgradewith the accelerator pedal. This cancause the transaxle to overheat.Always use the brake pedal or parkingbrake.

ESS : Emergency Stop SignalThe Emergency Stop Signal systemalerts the driver behind by blinking thestop light when the vehicle suddenlystops or when the ABS activates in astop. (The system activates when thevehicle speed is over 34mph (55km/h)and the vehicle deceleration is over7m/s² or the ABS activates when thevehicle emergency braking.) When the vehicle speed is under 25mph(40 km/h) and the ABS deactivates or thesudden stop situation is over, the stoplight will turn off. Instead the hazardwarning flasher will turn on automatically.The hazard warning flasher will turn offwhen the vehicle speed is over 6mph(10km/h) after the vehicle has stopped.Also, it will turn off when the vehicledrives at low speed for some time. Youcan turn it off manually by pushing thehazard warning flasher switch.

CAUTIONThe Emergency Stop Signal systemwill not work if the hazard warningflasher is already on.

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:35 PM Page 47


485

1. Cruise indicator2. Cruise set indicator

The cruise control system allows you toprogram the vehicle to maintain a con-stant speed without pressing the acceler-ator pedal.This system is designed to functionabove approximately 25 mph (40 km/h).

✽✽ NOTICEDuring normal cruise control operation,when the SET switch is activated orreactivated after applying the brakes,the cruise control will energize afterapproximately 3 seconds. This delay isnormal.

CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING• If the cruise control is left on,

(CRUISE indicator light in theinstrument cluster illuminated),the cruise control can beswitched on accidentally. Keepthe cruise control system off(CRUISE indicator light OFF)when the cruise control is not inuse, to avoid inadvertently set-ting a speed.

• Use the cruise control systemonly when travelling on openhighways in good weather.

• Do not use the cruise controlwhen it may not be safe to keepthe vehicle at a constant speed,for instance, driving in heavy orvarying traffic, or on slippery(rainy, icy or snow-covered) orwinding roads or over 6% up-hillor down-hill roads.

• Pay particular attention to thedriving conditions wheneverusing the cruise control system.

• Be careful when driving downhillusing the cruise control system,which may increase the vehiclespeed.

CAUTIONDuring cruise-speed driving of amanual transaxle vehicle, do notshift into neutral without depress-ing the clutch pedal, since theengine will be overrevved. If thishappens, depress the clutch pedalor release the cruise control ON-OFF switch.

OEL059030R

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:35 PM Page 48

5 49


To set cruise control speed:1. Push the Cruise ON-OFF symbol but-

ton on the steering wheel to turn thesystem on. The Cruise indicator lightin the instrument cluster will illuminate.

2. Accelerate to the desired speed, whichmust be more than 25 mph (40 km/h).

3. Move the lever (1) down (to SET-), andrelease it at the desired speed. TheSET indicator light in the instrumentcluster will illuminate. Release theaccelerator pedal. The desired speedwill automatically be maintained.

On a steep grade, the vehicle may slowdown or speed up slightly whilst goingdownhill.

To increase cruise control setspeed:Follow either of these procedures:• Move the lever (1) up (to RES+) and

hold it. Your vehicle will accelerate.Release the lever at the speed youwant.

• Move the lever (1) up (to RES+) andrelease it immediately. The cruisingspeed will increase by 1.2 mph (2.0km/h) or 1.0 mph (1.6 km/h) each timeyou move the lever up (to RES+) in thismanner.

OEL059031 OEL059033 OEL059032

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:35 PM Page 49


505

To decrease the cruising speed:Follow either of these procedures:• Move the lever (1) down (to SET-) and

hold it. Your vehicle will gradually slowdown. Release the lever at the speedyou want to maintain.

• Move the lever (1) down (to SET-) andrelease it immediately. The cruisingspeed will decrease by 1.2 mph (2.0km/h) or 1.0 mph (1.6 km/h) each timeyou move the lever down (to SET-) inthis manner.

To temporarily accelerate with thecruise control on:If you want to speed up temporarily whenthe cruise control is on, depress theaccelerator pedal. Increased speed willnot interfere with cruise control operationor change the set speed.To return to the set speed, take your footoff the accelerator.

To cancel cruise control, do oneof the following:• Press the brake pedal.• Press the clutch pedal with a manual

transaxle.• Shift into N (Neutral) with an automatic

transaxle.• Press the CANCEL switch located on

the steering wheel.• Decrease the vehicle speed lower than

the memory speed by 9 mph (15km/h).

• Decrease the vehicle speed to lessthan approximately 25 mph (40 km/h).

OEL059033 OEL059034

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:35 PM Page 50

5 51


Each of these actions will cancel cruisecontrol operation (the SET indicator lightin the instrument cluster will go off), but itwill not turn the system off. If you wish toresume cruise control operation, moveup the lever (to RES+) located on yoursteering wheel. You will return to yourpreviously preset speed.

To resume cruising speed atmore than approximately 25 mph(40 km/h):If any method other than the cruiseON/OFF symbol switch was used to can-cel cruising speed and the system is stillactivated, the most recent set speed willautomatically resume when you movethe lever (1) up (to RES+).It will not resume, however, if the vehiclespeed has dropped below approximately25 mph (40 km/h).

To turn cruise control off, do oneof the following:• Push the Cruise ON-OFF symbol but-

ton (the Cruise indicator light in theinstrument cluster will go off).

• Turn the ignition off.Both of these actions cancel cruise con-trol operation. If you want to resumecruise control operation, repeat the stepsprovided in “To set cruise control speed”on the previous page.

OEL059032 OEL059031

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:35 PM Page 51


525

Active ECO operationActive ECO helps improve fuel efficiencyby controlling the engine, transaxle andair conditioner. But fuel-efficiency can bechanged by the driver's driving habitsand road conditions.• When the Active ECO button is

pressed the ECO indicator (green) willilluminate to show that the Active ECOis operating.

• When the Active ECO is activated, itdoes not turn off even though theengine is restarted again. To turn offthe system, press the active ECO but-ton again.

• If Active ECO is turned off, it will returnto the ECO mode.

When Active ECO is activated:• Vehicle noise may become loud.• Vehicle speed may drop.• The air conditioner performance may

decline.

Limitation of Active ECO opera-tion :If the following conditions occur whilstActive ECO is operating, the systemoperation is limited even though there isno change in the ECO indicator.• When the coolant temperature is low:

The system will be limited until engineperformance becomes normal.

• When driving up a hill:The system will be limited to gainpower when driving uphill because theengine torque is restricted.

• When using sports mode:The system will be limited according tothe shift location.

ACTIVE ECO SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

OEL049221R

CAUTIONVehicle speed is limited to 87mph(140km/h) when Active ECO is oper-ating. It will not go over the limitedspeed.

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:35 PM Page 52

5 53


ECONOMICAL OPERATIONYour vehicle's fuel economy dependsmainly on your style of driving, where youdrive and when you drive.Each of these factors affects how manymiles (kilometers) you can get from agallon (litre) of fuel. To operate your vehi-cle as economically as possible, use thefollowing driving suggestions to helpsave money in both fuel and repairs:• Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a moder-

ate rate. Don't make "jack-rabbit" startsor full-throttle shifts and maintain asteady cruising speed. Don't racebetween stoplights. Try to adjust yourspeed to the traffic so you don't have tochange speeds unnecessarily. Avoidheavy traffic whenever possible.Always maintain a safe distance fromother vehicles so you can avoid unnec-essary braking. This also reducesbrake wear.

• Drive at a moderate speed. The fasteryou drive, the more fuel your vehicleuses. Driving at a moderate speed,especially on the highway, is one of themost effective ways to reduce fuel con-sumption.

• Don't "ride" the brake or clutch pedal.This can increase fuel consumptionand also increase wear on these com-ponents. In addition, driving with yourfoot resting on the brake pedal maycause the brakes to overheat, whichreduces their effectiveness and maylead to more serious consequences.

• Take care of your tyres. Keep theminflated to the recommended pressure.Incorrect inflation, either too much ortoo little, results in unnecessary tyrewear. Check the tyre pressures at leastonce a month.

• Be sure that the wheels are alignedcorrectly. Improper alignment canresult from hitting kerbs or driving toofast over irregular surfaces. Poor align-ment causes faster tyre wear and mayalso result in other problems as well asgreater fuel consumption.

• Keep your vehicle in good condition.For better fuel economy and reducedmaintenance costs, maintain your vehi-cle in accordance with the mainte-nance schedule. If you drive your vehi-cle in severe conditions, more frequentmaintenance is required.

• Keep your vehicle clean. For maximumservice, your vehicle should be keptclean and free of corrosive materials. Itis especially important that mud, dirt,ice, etc. not be allowed to accumulateon the underside of the vehicle. Thisextra weight can result in increasedfuel consumption and also contributeto corrosion.

• Travel lightly. Don't carry unnecessaryweight in your vehicle. Weight reducesfuel economy.

• Don't let the engine idle longer thannecessary. If you are waiting (and notin traffic), turn off your engine andrestart only when you're ready to go.

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:35 PM Page 53


545

• Remember, your vehicle does notrequire extended warm-up. After theengine has started, allow the engine torun for 10 to 20 seconds prior to plac-ing the vehicle in gear. In very coldweather, however, give your engine aslightly longer warm-up period.

• Don't "labour" or "over-rev" the engine.Labouring is driving too slowly in toohigh a gear resulting engine bucking. Ifthis happens, shift to a lower gear.Over-revving is racing the enginebeyond its safe limit. This can be avoid-ed by shifting at the recommendedspeeds.

• Use your air conditioning sparingly.The air conditioning system is operat-ed by engine power so your fuel econ-omy is reduced when you use it.

• Open windows at high speeds canreduce fuel economy.

• Fuel economy is less in crosswindsand headwinds. To help offset some ofthis loss, slow down when driving inthese conditions.

Keeping a vehicle in good operating con-dition is important both for economy andsafety. Therefore, have a HYUNDAIauthorised repairer perform scheduledinspections and maintenance.

WARNING - Engine off dur-ing motion

Never turn the engine off to coastdown hills or anytime the vehicle isin motion. The power steering andpower brakes will not functionproperly without the engine run-ning. Instead, keep the engine onand downshift to an appropriategear for engine braking effect. Inaddition, turning off the ignitionwhilst driving could engage thesteering wheel lock resulting inloss of vehicle steering whichcould cause serious injury ordeath.

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:35 PM Page 54

5 55


Hazardous driving conditions When hazardous driving conditions areencountered such as water, snow, ice,mud, sand, or similar hazards, followthese suggestions:• Drive cautiously and allow extra dis-

tance for braking.• Avoid sudden braking or steering.• When braking with non-ABS brakes

pump the brake pedal with a light up-and-down motion until the vehicle isstopped.

• If stalled in snow, mud, or sand, usesecond gear. Accelerate slowly toavoid spinning the drive wheels.

• Use sand, rock salt, tyre chains, orother non-slip material under the drivewheels to provide traction when stalledin ice, snow, or mud.

Rocking the vehicle If it is necessary to rock the vehicle tofree it from snow, sand, or mud, first turnthe steering wheel right and left to clearthe area around your front wheels. Then,shift back and forth between 1st (First)and R (Reverse) in vehicles equippedwith a manual transaxle or R (Reverse)and any forward gear in vehiclesequipped with an automatic transaxle.Do not race the engine, and spin thewheels as little as possible. If you are stillstuck after a few tries, have the vehiclepulled out by a tow vehicle to avoidengine overheating and possible dam-age to the transaxle.

SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS

WARNING - DownshiftingDownshifting with an automatictransaxle, whilst driving on slipperysurfaces can cause an accident.The sudden change in tyre speedcould cause the tyres to skid. Becareful when downshifting on slip-pery surfaces.

WARNING - ABSDo not pump the brake pedal on avehicle equipped with ABS.

CAUTIONProlonged rocking may causeengine over-heating, transaxle dam-age or failure, and tyre damage.

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:35 PM Page 55


565

✽✽ NOTICEThe ESP system (if equipped) should beturned OFF prior to rocking the vehicle. Smooth cornering

Avoid braking or gear changing in cor-ners, especially when roads are wet.Ideally, corners should always be takenunder gentle acceleration. If you followthese suggestions, tyre wear will be heldto a minimum.

Driving at night Because night driving presents morehazards than driving in the daylight, hereare some important tips to remember:• Slow down and keep more distance

between you and other vehicles, as itmay be more difficult to see at night,especially in areas where there maynot be any street lights.

• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glarefrom other driver's headlights.

• Keep your headlights clean and prop-erly aimed on vehicles not equippedwith the automatic headlight aimingfeature. Dirty or improperly aimedheadlights will make it much more diffi-cult to see at night.

WARNING - Spinning tyresDo not spin the wheels, especiallyat speeds more than 35 mph (56km/h). Spinning the wheels at highspeeds when the vehicle is station-ary could cause a tyre to overheatwhich could result in tyre damagethat may injure bystanders.

WARNINGIf your vehicle becomes stuck insnow, mud, sand, etc., then youmay attempt to rock the vehicle freeby moving it forward and backward.Do not attempt this procedure ifpeople or objects are anywherenear the vehicle. During the rockingoperation the vehicle may suddenlymove forward or backward as itbecomes unstuck, causing injuryor damage to nearby people orobjects.

OUN056051/H OCM050200R

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:35 PM Page 56

5 57


• Avoid staring directly at the headlightsof oncoming vehicles. You could betemporarily blinded, and it will takeseveral seconds for your eyes to read-just to the darkness.

Driving in the rain Rain and wet roads can make drivingdangerous, especially if you’re not pre-pared for the slick pavement. Here are afew things to consider when driving in therain:• A heavy rainfall will make it harder to

see and will increase the distanceneeded to stop your vehicle, so slowdown.

• Keep your windscreen wiping equip-ment in good shape. Replace yourwindscreen wiper blades when theyshow signs of streaking or missingareas on the windscreen.

• If your tyres are not in good condition,making a quick stop on wet pavementcan cause a skid and possibly lead toan accident. Be sure your tyres are ingood shape.

• Turn on your headlights to make it eas-ier for others to see you.

• Driving too fast through large puddlescan affect your brakes. If you must gothrough puddles, try to drive throughthem slowly.

• If you believe you may have gottenyour brakes wet, apply them lightlywhilst driving until normal brakingoperation returns.

Driving in flooded areas Avoid driving through flooded areasunless you are sure the water is no high-er than the bottom of the wheel hub.Drive through any water slowly. Allowadequate stopping distance becausebrake performance may be affected.After driving through water, dry thebrakes by gently applying them severaltimes whilst the vehicle is moving slowly.

1VQA3003/H

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:35 PM Page 57


585

Dual carrigeway/Motorway drivingTyres:Adjust the tyre inflation pressures tospecification. Low tyre inflation pressureswill result in overheating and possiblefailure of the tyres.Avoid using worn or damaged tyreswhich may result in reduced traction ortyre failure.

✽✽ NOTICENever exceed the maximum tyre infla-tion pressure shown on the tyres.

Fuel, engine coolant and engine oil:High speed travel consumes more fuelthan urban motoring. Do not forget tocheck both engine coolant and engineoil.

Drive belt:A loose or damaged drive belt may resultin overheating of the engine.

1VQA1004R

WARNING• Underinflated or overinflated

tyres can cause poor handling,loss of vehicle control, and sud-den tyre failure leading to acci-dents, injuries, and even death.Always check the tyres for properinflation before driving. For prop-er tyre pressures, refer to section8, “Tyres and wheels”.

• Driving on tyres with no or insuf-ficient tread is dangerous. Worn-out tyres can result in loss ofvehicle control, collisions, injury,and even death. Worn-out tyresshould be replaced as soon aspossible and should never beused for driving. Always checkthe tyre tread before driving yourvehicle. For further informationand tread limits, refer to section7, “Tyres and wheels”.

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:35 PM Page 58

5 59


The onset of winter conditions subjectmotor vehicles to greater operatingdemands. Therefore, the following sug-gestions will assist in maintaining peakperformance and reliability during theseperiods:

Snowy or Icy conditionsTo drive your vehicle in deep snow, it maybe necessary to use snow tyres or toinstall tyre chains on your tyres. If snowtyres are needed, it is necessary toselect tyres equivalent in size and type ofthe original equipment tyres. Failure to doso may adversely affect the safety andhandling of your vehicle. Furthermore,speeding, rapid acceleration, suddenbrake applications, and sharp turns arepotentially very hazardous practices.During deceleration, use engine brakingto the fullest extent. Sudden brake appli-cations on snowy or icy roads may causeskids to occur. You need to keep suffi-cient distance between the vehicle inoperation in front and your vehicle. Also,apply the brake gently. It should be notedthat installing tyre chains on the tyre willprovide a greater driving force, but willnot prevent side skids.

✽✽ NOTICETyre chains are not legal in all countries.Check the country laws before fittingtyre chains.

Snow tyres If you mount snow tyres on your vehicle,make sure they are radial tyres of thesame size and load range as the originaltyres. Mount snow tyres on all fourwheels to balance your vehicle’s han-dling in all weather conditions. Keep inmind that the traction provided by snowtyres on dry roads may not be as high asyour vehicle's original equipment tyres.You should drive cautiously even whenthe roads are clear. Check with the tyredealer for maximum speed recommen-dations.

Do not install studded tyres without firstchecking local, state and municipal regu-lations for possible restrictions againsttheir use.

WINTER DRIVING

WARNING - Snow tyre sizeSnow tyres should be equivalent insize and type to the vehicle's stan-dard tyres. Otherwise, the safetyand handling of your vehicle maybe adversely affected.

1VQA3005

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:35 PM Page 59


605

Tyre chains Since the sidewalls of radial tyres arethinner, they can be damaged by mount-ing some types of snow chains on them.Therefore, the use of snow tyres is rec-ommended instead of snow chains. Donot mount tyre chains on vehiclesequipped with aluminum wheels; snowchains may cause damage to the wheels.If snow chains must be used, use wire-type chains with a thickness of less than0.59 in (15 mm). Damage to your vehiclecaused by improper snow chain use isnot covered by your vehicle manufactur-ers warranty.

When using tyre chains, attach them tothe drive wheels as follows.2WD : Front wheels4WD : All four wheels

If a full set of chains is not avail-able for an 4WD vehicle, chainsmay be installed on the frontwheels only.

Chain installation When installing chains, follow the manu-facturer's instructions and mount them astightly as you can. Drive slowly withchains installed. If you hear the chainscontacting the body or chassis, stop andtighten them. If they still make contact,slow down until it stops. Remove thechains as soon as you begin driving oncleared roads.

CAUTION• Make sure the snow chains are

the correct size and type for yourtyres. Incorrect snow chains cancause damage to the vehicle bodyand suspension and may not becovered by your vehicle manufac-turer warranty. Also, the snowchain connecting hooks may bedamaged from contacting vehiclecomponents causing the snowchains to come loose from thetyre. Make sure the snow chainsare SAE class “S” certified.

• Always check chain installationfor proper mounting after drivingapproximately 0.3 to 0.6 miles (0.5to 1 km) to ensure safe mounting.Retighten or remount the chainsif they are loose.

WARNING - Mounting chains

When mounting snow chains, parkthe vehicle on level ground awayfrom traffic. Turn on the vehicleHazard Warning flashers and placea triangular emergency warningdevice behind the vehicle if avail-able. Always place the vehicle in P(park), apply the parking brake andturn off the engine before installingsnow chains.

1VQA3007

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:35 PM Page 60

5 61


Use high quality ethylene glycolcoolantYour vehicle is delivered with high qualityethylene glycol coolant in the coolingsystem. It is the only type of coolant thatshould be used because it helps preventcorrosion in the cooling system, lubri-cates the water pump and preventsfreezing. Be sure to replace or replenishyour coolant in accordance with themaintenance schedule. Before winter,have your coolant tested to assure thatits freezing point is sufficient for the tem-peratures anticipated during the winter.

Check battery and cablesWinter puts additional burdens on thebattery system. Visually inspect the bat-tery and cables as described in section7. The level of charge in your battery canbe checked by a HYUNDAI authorisedrepairer or a service station.

Change to "winter weight" oil ifnecessaryIn some climates it is recommended thata lower viscosity "winter weight" oil beused during cold weather. See section 8for recommendations. If you aren't surewhat weight oil you should use, consult aHYUNDAI authorised repairer.

Check spark plugs and ignitionsystemInspect your spark plugs and replacethem if necessary. Also check all ignitionwiring and components to be sure theyare not cracked, worn or damaged in anyway.

CAUTION• Chains that are the wrong size or

improperly installed can damageyour vehicle's brake lines, sus-pension, body and wheels.

• Stop driving and retighten thechains any time you hear themhitting the vehicle.

WARNING - Tyre chains• The use of chains may adversely

affect vehicle handling.• Do not exceed 20 mph (30 km/h)

or the chain manufacturer’s rec-ommended speed limit, whichev-er is lower.

• Drive carefully and avoid bumps,holes, sharp turns, and otherroad hazards, which may causethe vehicle to bounce.

• Avoid sharp turns or locked-wheel braking.

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:35 PM Page 61


625

To keep locks from freezingTo keep the locks from freezing, squirt anapproved de-icer fluid or glycerine intothe key opening. If a lock is covered withice, squirt it with an approved de-icingfluid to remove the ice. If the lock isfrozen internally, you may be able to thawit out by using a heated key. Handle theheated key with care to avoid injury.

Use approved window washeranti-freeze in systemTo keep the water in the window washersystem from freezing, add an approvedwindow washer anti-freeze solution inaccordance with instructions on the con-tainer. Window washer anti-freeze isavailable from a HYUNDAI authorisedrepairer and most auto parts outlets. Donot use engine coolant or other types ofanti-freeze as these may damage thepaint finish.

Don't let your parking brakefreezeUnder some conditions your parkingbrake can freeze in the engaged position.This is most likely to happen when thereis an accumulation of snow or ice aroundor near the rear brakes or if the brakesare wet. If there is a risk the parkingbrake may freeze, apply it only temporar-ily whilst you put the shift lever in P (auto-matic transaxle) or in first or reverse gear(manual transaxle) and block the rearwheels so the vehicle cannot roll. Thenrelease the parking brake.Do not park a vehicle on a public roadwithout the parking brake applied.

Don't let ice and snow accumu-late underneathUnder some conditions, snow and icecan build up under the fenders and inter-fere with the steering. When driving insevere winter conditions where this mayhappen, you should periodically checkunderneath the vehicle to be sure themovement of the front wheels and thesteering components is not obstructed.

Carry emergency equipmentDepending on the severity of the weath-er, you should carry appropriate emer-gency equipment. Some of the items youmay want to carry include tyre chains,tow straps or chains, flashlight, emer-gency flares, sand, a shovel, jumpercables, a window scraper, gloves, groundcloth, coveralls, a blanket, etc.

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:35 PM Page 62

5 63


If you are considering towing with yourvehicle, you should first check with yourLocal Laws to determine their legalrequirements.Since laws vary the requirements for tow-ing trailers, cars, or other types of vehi-cles or apparatus may differ. Ask aHYUNDAI authorised repairer for furtherdetails before towing.

✽✽ NOTICE - For Europe• The technically permissible maximum

load on the rear axle(s) may beexceeded by not more than 15 % andthe technically permissible maximumladen mass of the vehicle may beexceeded by not more than 10 % or220.4 lbs (100 kg), whichever value islower. In this case, do not exceed 62.1mph (100 km/h) for vehicle of catego-ry M1 or 49.7 mph (80 km/h) for vehi-cle of category N1.

• When a vehicle of category M1 is tow-ing a trailer, the additional loadimposed at the trailer coupling devicemay cause the tyre maximum loadratings to be exceeded, but not bymore than 15 %. In this case, do notexceed 62.1 mph (100 km/h) andincrease the tyre inflation pressure byat least 0.2 bar.

Your vehicle can tow a trailer. To identifywhat the vehicle trailering capacity is foryour vehicle, you should read the infor-mation in “Weight of the trailer” thatappears later in this section.

Remember that trailering is different thanjust driving your vehicle by itself.Trailering means changes in handling,durability, and fuel economy. Successful,safe trailering requires correct equip-ment, and it has to be used properly.

This section contains many time-tested,important trailering tips and safety rules.Many of these are important for yoursafety and that of your passengers.Please read this section carefully beforeyou pull a trailer.

Load-pulling components such as theengine, transaxle, wheel assemblies, andtyres are forced to work harder againstthe load of the added weight. The engineis required to operate at relatively higherspeeds and under greater loads. Thisadditional burden generates extra heat.The trailer also adds considerably towind resistance, increasing the pullingrequirements.

TRAILER TOWING

CAUTIONPulling a trailer improperly candamage your vehicle and result incostly repairs not covered by yourwarranty. To pull a trailer correctly,follow the advice in this section.

WARNING - Towing a trail-er

If you don't use the correct equip-ment and/or drive improperly, youcan lose control when you pull atrailer. For example, if the trailer istoo heavy, the brakes may not workwell - or even at all. You and yourpassengers could be seriously orfatally injured. Pull a trailer only ifyou have followed all the steps inthis section.

WARNING - Weight limitsBefore towing, make sure the totaltrailer weight, GCW (gross combi-nation weight), GVW (gross vehicleweight), GAW (gross axle weight )and trailer nose weight are all with-in the limits.

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:35 PM Page 63


645

TowbarsIt's important to have the correct towbarequipment. Crosswinds, large trucksgoing by, and rough roads are a few rea-sons why you’ll need the right towbar.Here are some rules to follow:• Will you have to make any holes in the

body of your vehicle when you install atrailer towbar? If you do, then be sureto seal the holes later when youremove the towbar.If you don’t seal them, deadly carbonmonoxide (CO) from your exhaust canget into your vehicle, as well as dirt andwater.

• The bumpers on your vehicle are notintended for towbars. Do not attachrental towbars or other bumper-typetowbars to them. Use only a frame-mounted towbar that does not attach tothe bumper.

• A HYUNDAI accessory trailer towbar isavailable at an authorised HYUNDAIrepairer.

• Left side

• Right side

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:35 PM Page 64

5 65


Safety cablesYou should always attach cablesbetween your vehicle and your trailer.Cross the safety cables under the noseof the trailer so that the nose will not dropto the road if it becomes separated fromthe towbar.Instructions about safety cables may beprovided by the towbar manufacturer orby the trailer manufacturer. Follow themanufacturer’s recommendation forattaching safety cables. Always leave justenough slack so you can turn with yourtrailer. And, never allow safety cables todrag on the ground.

Trailer brakes If your trailer is equipped with a brakingsystem, make sure it conforms to localregulations and that it is properlyinstalled and operating correctly.If your trailer weight exceeds the maxi-mum allowed weight without trailerbrakes, then the trailer will also require itsown brakes as well. Be sure to read andfollow the instructions for the trailerbrakes so you’ll be able to install, adjustand maintain them properly.• Don’t tap into or modify your vehicle's

brake system.

Driving with a trailer Towing a trailer requires a certainamount of experience. Before setting outfor the open road, you must get to knowyour trailer. Acquaint yourself with thefeel of handling and braking with theadded weight of the trailer. And alwayskeep in mind that the vehicle you aredriving is now a good deal longer and notnearly so responsive as your vehicle isby itself.Before you start, check the trailer towbarand platform, safety cables, electricalconnector(s), lights, tyres and mirroradjustment. If the trailer has electricbrakes, start your vehicle and trailer mov-ing and then apply the trailer brake con-troller by hand to be sure the brakes areworking. This lets you check your electri-cal connection at the same time.During your trip, check occasionally to besure that the load is secure, and that thelights and any trailer brakes are still work-ing.

WARNING - Trailer brakesDo not use a trailer with its ownbrakes unless you are absolutelycertain that you have properly setup the brake system. This is not atask for amateurs. Use an experi-enced, competent trailer shop forthis work.

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:35 PM Page 65


665

Following distance Stay at least twice as far behind the vehi-cle ahead as you would when drivingyour vehicle without a trailer. This canhelp you avoid situations that requireheavy braking and sudden turns.

Passing You’ll need more passing distance upahead when you’re towing a trailer. And,because of the increased vehicle length,you’ll need to go much farther beyond thepassed vehicle before you can return toyour lane.

Backing up Hold the bottom of the steering wheelwith one hand. Then, to move the trailerto the left, just move your hand to the left.To move the trailer to the right, move yourhand to the right. Always back up slowlyand, if possible, have someone guideyou.

Making turns When you’re turning with a trailer, makewider turns than normal. Do this so yourtrailer won’t strike soft shoulders, kerbs,road signs, trees, or other objects. Avoidjerky or sudden manoeuvres. Signal wellin advance.

Turn signals when towing a trailer When you tow a trailer, your vehicle hasto have a different turn signal flasher andextra wiring. The green arrows on yourinstrument panel will flash whenever yousignal a turn or lane change. Properlyconnected, the trailer lights will also flashto alert other drivers you’re about to turn,change lanes, or stop.When towing a trailer, the green arrowson your instrument panel will flash forturns even if the bulbs on the trailer areburned out. Thus, you may think driversbehind you are seeing your signalswhen, in fact, they are not. It’s importantto check occasionally to be sure the trail-er bulbs are still working. You must alsocheck the lights every time you discon-nect and then reconnect the wires.Do not connect a trailer lighting systemdirectly to your vehicle’s lighting system.Use only an approved trailer wiring har-ness.A HYUNDAI authorised repairer canassist you in installing the wiring harness.

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:35 PM Page 66

5 67


Driving on grades Reduce speed and shift to a lower gearbefore you start down a long or steepdowngrade. If you don’t shift down, youmight have to use your brakes so muchthat they would get hot and no longeroperate efficiently.On a long uphill grade, shift down andreduce your speed to around 45 mph (70km/h) to reduce the possibility of engineand transaxle overheating.If your trailer weighs more than the max-imum trailer weight without trailer brakesand you have an automatic transaxle,you should drive in D (Drive) when tow-ing a trailer.Operating your vehicle in D (Drive) whentowing a trailer will minimise heat build upand extend the life of your transaxle.

CAUTION• When towing a trailer on steep

grades (in excess of 6%) payclose attention to the enginecoolant temperature gauge toensure the engine does not over-heat.If the needle of the coolant tem-perature gauge moves across thedial towards “H” (HOT), pull overand stop as soon as it is safe todo so, and allow the engine to idleuntil it cools down. You may pro-ceed once the engine has cooledsufficiently.

• You must decide driving speeddepending on trailer weight anduphill grade to reduce the possi-bility of engine and transaxleoverheating.

WARNING Failure to use an approved trailerwiring harness could result in dam-age to the vehicle electrical systemand/or personal injury.

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:35 PM Page 67


685

Parking on hills Generally, if you have a trailer attached toyour vehicle, you should not park yourvehicle on a hill. People can be seriouslyor fatally injured, and both your vehicleand the trailer can be damaged if unex-pectedly roll down hill.

However, if you ever have to park yourtrailer on a hill, here's how to do it:1. Pull the vehicle into the parking space.

Turn the steering wheel in the directionof the kerb (left if headed down hill,right if headed up hill).

2. If the vehicle has a manual transaxle,place the car in neutral. If the vehiclehas an automatic transaxle, place thecar in P (Park).

3. Set the parking brake and shut off thevehicle.

4. Place chocks under the trailer wheelson the down hill side of the wheels.

5. Start the vehicle, hold the brakes, shiftto neutral, release the parking brakeand slowly release the brakes until thetrailer chocks absorb the load.

6. Reapply the brakes, reapply the park-ing brake and shift the vehicle to R(Reverse) for manual transaxle or P(Park) for automatic transaxle.

7. Shut off the vehicle and release thevehicle brakes but leave the parkingbrake set.

WARNING - Parking on ahill

Parking your vehicle on a hill with atrailer attached could cause seri-ous injury or death, should the trail-er break loose.

WARNING - Parking brakeIt can be dangerous to get out ofyour vehicle if the parking brake isnot firmly set.If you have left the engine running,the vehicle can move suddenly.Youor others could be seriously orfatally injured.

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:35 PM Page 68

5 69


When you are ready to leave after park-ing on a hill 1. With the manual transaxle in Neutral

or automatic transaxle in P (Park),apply your brakes and hold the brakepedal down whilst you:• Start your engine;• Shift into gear; and• Release the parking brake.

2. Slowly remove your foot from thebrake pedal.

3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear ofthe chocks.

4. Stop and have someone pick up andstore the chocks.

Maintenance when trailer towing Your vehicle will need service more oftenwhen you regularly pull a trailer.Important items to pay particular atten-tion to include engine oil, automatictransaxle fluid, axle lubricant and coolingsystem fluid. Brake condition is anotherimportant item to frequently check. Eachitem is covered in this manual, and theIndex will help you find them quickly. Ifyou’re trailering, it’s a good idea to reviewthese sections before you start your trip.Don’t forget to also maintain your trailerand towbar. Follow the maintenanceschedule that accompanied your trailerand check it periodically. Preferably, con-duct the check at the start of each day’sdriving. Most importantly, all towbar nutsand bolts should be tight.

CAUTION• Due to higher load during trailer

usage, overheating might occurin hot days or during uphill driv-ing. If the coolant gauge indicatesover-heating, switch off the A/Cand stop the vehicle in a safe areato cool down the engine.

• When towing check transaxlefluid more frequently.

• If your vehicle is not equippedwith the air conditioner, youshould install a condenser fan toimprove engine performancewhen towing a trailer.

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:35 PM Page 69


705

If you do decide to pull a trailerHere are some important points if youdecide to pull a trailer:• Consider using a sway control.You can

ask a towbar dealer about sway con-trol.

• Do not do any towing with your car dur-ing its first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) inorder to allow the engine to properlybreak in. Failure to heed this cautionmay result in serious engine ortransaxle damage.

• When towing a trailer, be sure to con-sult a HYUNDAI authorised repairer forfurther information on additionalrequirements such as a towing kit, etc.

• Always drive your vehicle at a moderatespeed (less than 60 mph (100 km/h)).

• On a long uphill grade, do not exceed45 mph (70 km/h) or the posted towingspeed limit, whichever is lower.

• The chart contains important consider-ations that have to do with weight:

M/T : Manual transaxleA/T : Automatic transaxle

Engine

Item

Petrol Engine Diesel Engine

1.6L 2.0L 1.7L 2.0LM/T M/T A/T M/T M/T A/T

Maximum trailer weight

Ibs. (kg)

Without brakeSystem

1653 (750)

1653 (750)

1653 (750)

1653 (750)

1653 (750)

1653 (750)

With brakeSystem

2646(1200)

4189 (1900)

3527 (1600)

2646(1200)

4409 (2000)

3527 (1600)

Maximum permissible static vertical load on the couplingdevice

Ibs. (kg)

110

(50)

176 (80)

176 (80)

110

(50)

176 (80)

176 (80)

Recommended distancefrom rear wheel center tocoupling point

inch (mm)

37.9 (963)

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:53 PM Page 70

5 71


Weight of the trailerHow heavy can a trailer safely be? Itshould never weigh more than the maxi-mum trailer weight with trailer brakes. Buteven that can be too heavy.It depends on how you plan to use yourtrailer. For example, speed, altitude, roadgrades, outside temperature and howoften your vehicle is used to pull a trailerare all important. The ideal trailer weightcan also depend on any special equip-ment that you have on your vehicle.

Weight of the trailer noseThe nose weight of any trailer is animportant weight to measure because itaffects the total gross vehicle weight(GVW) of your vehicle. This weightincludes the kerb weight of the vehicle,any cargo you may carry in it, and thepeople who will be riding in the vehicle.And if you will tow a trailer, you must addthe nose weight to the GVW becauseyour vehicle will also be carrying thatweight.

The trailer tongue should weigh a maxi-mum of 10% of the total loaded trailerweight, within the limits of the maximumpermissible trailer tongue load. Afteryou've loaded your trailer, weigh the trail-er and then the tongue, separately, tosee if the weights are proper. If theyaren’t, you may be able to correct themsimply by moving some items around inthe trailer.

WARNING - Trailer• Never load a trailer with more

weight in the rear than in thefront. The front should be loadedwith approximately 60% of thetotal trailer load; the rear shouldbe loaded with approximately40% of the total trailer load.

• Never exceed the maximumweight limits of the trailer or trail-er towing equipment. Improperloading can result in damage toyour vehicle and/or personalinjury. Check weights and loadingat a commercial scale or highwaypatrol office equipped withscales.

• An improperly loaded trailer cancause loss of vehicle control.

C190E02JM

Gross Axle Weight Gross Vehicle Weight

C190E01JM

Nose Weight Total Trailer Weight

EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:36 PM Page 71

This section will guide you in the properloading of your vehicle and/or trailer, tokeep your loaded vehicle weight within itsdesign rating capability, with or without atrailer. Properly loading your vehicle willprovide maximum return of the vehicledesign performance. Before loading yourvehicle, familiarize yourself with the fol-lowing terms for determining your vehi-cle's weight ratings, with or without atrailer, from the vehicle's specificationsand the compliance label:

Vehicle kerb weightThis is the weight of the vehicle includingfuel, driver and all standard equipment.

PayloadThis is the weight of passengers, lug-gage and any optional equipmentinstalled.

GAW (Gross axle weight)This is the total weight placed on eachaxle (front and rear) - including vehiclekerb weight and all payload.

GAWR (Gross axle weight rating)This is the maximum allowable weightthat can be carried by a single axle (frontor rear). These numbers are shown onthe compliance label.The total load on each axle must neverexceed its GAWR.

GVW (Gross vehicle weight)This is the maximum allowed weight ofthe vehicle, contents, passengers andoptional equipment.

GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating)This is the maximum allowable weight ofthe fully loaded vehicle (including alloptions, equipment, passengers andcargo). The GVWR is shown on the cer-tification label located on the driver's (orfront passenger's) door sill.

Overloading

VEHICLE WEIGHT

WARNING - Vehicle weightThe gross axle weight rating(GAWR) and the gross vehicleweight rating (GVWR) for your vehi-cle are on the certification labelattached to the driver's (or frontpassenger’s) door. Exceedingthese ratings can cause an acci-dent or vehicle damage. You cancalculate the weight of your load byweighing the items (and people)before putting them in the vehicle.Be careful not to overload yourvehicle.

5 72


EL UK 5.QXP 8/24/2010 2:36 PM Page 72

6

Road warning / 6-2In case of an emergency whilst driving / 6-3If the engine will not start / 6-4Emergency starting / 6-5If the engine overheats / 6-7Tyre pressure monitoring system (TPMS) / 6-8If you have a flat tyre / 6-13If you have a flat tyre (with TyreMobilityKit) / 6-19Towing / 6-24


EL UK 6.QXP 8/24/2010 3:05 PM Page 1


26

ROAD WARNING

Hazard warning flasher The hazard warning flasher serves as awarning to other drivers to exerciseextreme caution when approaching,overtaking, or passing your vehicle.

It should be used whenever emergencyrepairs are being made or when the vehi-cle is stopped near the edge of a road-way.Depress the flasher switch with the igni-tion switch in any position. The flasherswitch is located in the centre consoleswitch panel. All turn signal lights willflash simultaneously.

• The hazard warning flasher operateswhether your vehicle is running or not.

• The turn signals do not work when thehazard flasher is on.

• Care must be taken when using thehazard warning flasher whilst the vehi-cle is being towed.

OLM049084

EL UK 6.QXP 8/24/2010 3:05 PM Page 2

6 3


IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILST DRIVINGIf the engine stalls at a crossroador crossing• If the engine stalls at a crossroad or

crossing, set the shift lever in the N(Neutral) position and then push thevehicle to a safe place.

• If your vehicle has a manual transaxlenot equipped with a ignition lockswitch, the vehicle can move forwardby shifting to the 2(second) or 3(third)gear and then turning the starter with-out depressing the clutch pedal.

If a puncture occurs whilst driv-ing the vehicle1. Bring the car to rest as soon as it is

safe to do so and with the minimumamount of braking required which willassist in maintaining the maximumamount of control. The vehicle shouldbe parked wherever possible upon firmlevel ground to facilitate wheel chang-ing.

2. If the vehicle is creating a hazard andthe road conditions do not permit thewheel to be changed safely, assis-tance should be sought.

3. Passengers must not be allowed toremain inside the vehicle during wheelchanging. If a puncture occurs whilstthe vehicle is on a motorway, the pas-sengers should take refuge on themotorway embankment to avoid thepossibility of injury occurring shouldthe vehicle be struck by other motor-way traffic.

4. Wheel changing should be performedaccording to the following instructions.

If engine stalls whilst driving1. Reduce your speed gradually, keeping

a straight line. Move cautiously off theroad to a safe place.

2. Turn on your emergency flashers.3. Try to start the engine again. If your

vehicle will not start, contact aHYUNDAI authorised repairer or seekother qualified assistance.

EL UK 6.QXP 8/24/2010 3:05 PM Page 3


46

IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT STARTIf engine cannot be cranked1. If your vehicle has an automatic

transaxle, be sure the shift lever is in N(Neutral) or P (Park) and the emer-gency brake is set.

2. Check the battery terminals and con-nections to ensure that these are cleanand also tight.

3. If the interior lights dim when theengine is cranked and the battery ter-minals have been checked, a dis-charged battery is indicated.

4. Do not attempt to push or tow start thevehicle, refer to "Jump Starting" forinformation regarding engine startingwhen the battery is discharged.

F030200AFD

If engine turns over normally butdoes not start1. Check fuel level.2. With the ignition switch in the LOCK/

OFF position, check all connectors atignition, coil and spark plugs.Reconnect any that may be discon-nected or loose.

3. Check the fuel line in the engine com-partment.

4. If the engine still does not start, call aHYUNDAI authorised repairer or seekother qualified assistance.

WARNINGIf the engine refuses to start, noattempt should be made to push ortow start the vehicle. Vehicles withautomatic transaxle or fuel injec-tion will not be able to be started inthis manner since no drive is trans-mitted through the automatictransaxle whilst the engine is notrunning, and in the case of fuelinjected derivatives, the fuel pumpwill not operate under tow startconditions. In addition, if the vehi-cle is equipped with an exhaust cat-alyst, damage to the catalyst mayresult if the vehicle is tow started.

EL UK 6.QXP 8/24/2010 3:05 PM Page 4

6 5


EMERGENCY STARTING

Connect cables in numerical order anddisconnect in reverse order.

Jump starting Jump starting can be dangerous if doneincorrectly. Therefore, to avoid harm toyourself or damage to your vehicle orbattery, follow the jump starting proce-dures. If in doubt, we strongly recom-mend that you have a competent techni-cian or towing service jump start yourvehicle.

CAUTIONUse only a 12-volt jumper system.You can damage a 12-volt startingmotor, ignition system, and otherelectrical parts beyond repair byuse of a 24-volt power supply (eithertwo 12-volt batteries in series or a24-volt motor generator set).

WARNING - Battery• Keep all flames or sparks away

from the battery. The battery pro-duces hydrogen gas which mayexplode if exposed to flame orsparks.If these instructions are not fol-lowed exactly, serious personalinjury and damage to the vehiclemay occur! If you are not surehow to follow this procedure,seek qualified assistance.Automobile batteries contain sul-furic acid. This is poisonous andhighly corrosive. When jumpstarting, wear protective glassesand be careful not to get acid onyourself, your clothing or on thevehicle.

• Do not attempt to jump start thevehicle if the discharged batteryis frozen or if the electrolyte levelis low; the battery may rupture orexplode.

WARNING - BatteryNever attempt to check the elec-trolyte level of the battery as thismay cause the battery to rupture orexplode causing serious injury.

1VQA4001

Discharged battery

Jumper Cables

Booster battery

(-)

(+)

(+)(-)

EL UK 6.QXP 8/24/2010 3:05 PM Page 5


66

Jump starting procedure 1. Make sure the booster battery is 12-voltand that its negative terminal is grounded.

2. If the booster battery is in another vehicle,do not allow the vehicles to touch.

3. Turn off all unnecessary electrical loads.4. Connect the jumper cables in the exact

sequence shown in the illustration. Firstconnect one end of a jumper cable tothe positive terminal of the dischargedbattery (1), then connect the other endto the positive terminal on the boosterbattery (2). Proceed to connect one endof the other jumper cable to the negativeterminal of the booster battery (3), thenthe other end to a solid, stationary,metallic point (for example, the enginelifting bracket) away from the battery (4).Do not connect it to or near any part thatmoves when the engine is cranked.Do not allow the jumper cables to con-tact anything except the correct batteryterminals or the correct ground. Do notlean over the battery when making con-nections.

5. Start the engine of the vehicle with thebooster battery and let it run at 2,000rpm, then start the engine of the vehi-cle with the discharged battery.

If the cause of your battery discharging isnot apparent, you should have your vehi-cle checked by a HYUNDAI authorisedrepairer.

Push-starting Your manual transaxle-equipped vehicleshould not be push-started because itmight damage the emission control sys-tem.Vehicles equipped with automatictransaxle cannot be push-started.Follow the directions in this section forjump-starting.

WARNINGNever tow a vehicle to start itbecause the sudden surge forwardwhen the engine starts could causea collision with the tow vehicle.CAUTION - Battery cables

Do not connect the jumper cablefrom the negative terminal of thebooster battery to the negative ter-minal of the discharged battery.This can cause the discharged bat-tery to overheat and crack, releas-ing battery acid.

CAUTION - AGM battery (if equipped)

• Absorbent Glass Matt (AGM) bat-teries are maintenance-free andshould only be serviced by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer. Forcharging your AGM battery, useonly fully automatic batterychargers that are specially devel-oped for AGM batteries.

• When replacing the AGM battery,use only the HYUNDAI genuinebattery for the ISG system.

• Do not open or remove the cap ontop of the battery. This may causeleaks of internal electrolyte thatcould result in severe injury.

• If the AGM battery is reconnectedor replaced, ISG function will notoperate immediately.If you want to use the ISG func-tion, the battery sensor needs tobe calibrated for approximately 4hours with the ignition off.

EL UK 6.QXP 8/24/2010 3:05 PM Page 6

6 7


IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATSIf your temperature gauge indicates over-heating, you experience a loss of power,or hear loud pinging or knocking, theengine is probably too hot. If this hap-pens, you should:

1. Pull off the road and stop as soon as itis safe to do so.

2. Place the shift lever in P (automatictransaxle) or neutral (manualtransaxle) and set the parking brake. Ifthe air conditioning is on, turn it off.

3. If engine coolant is running out underthe vehicle or steam is coming outfrom the bonnet, stop the engine. Donot open the bonnet until the coolanthas stopped running or the steaminghas stopped. If there is no visible lossof engine coolant and no steam, leavethe engine running and check to besure the engine cooling fan is operat-ing. If the fan is not running, turn theengine off.

4. Check to see if the water pump drivebelt is missing. If it is not missing,check to see that it is tight. If the drivebelt seems to be satisfactory, checkfor coolant leaking from the radiator,hoses or under the vehicle. (If the airconditioning had been in use, it is nor-mal for cold water to be draining fromit when you stop).

5. If the water pump drive belt is brokenor engine coolant is leaking out, stopthe engine immediately and call thenearest HYUNDAI authorised repairerfor assistance.

6. If the cause of the overheating cannotbe found, wait until the engine temper-ature has returned to normal. Then, ifcoolant has been lost, carefully addcoolant to the reservoir to bring thefluid level in the reservoir up to thebase of the radiator fill opening. Fill thecoolant expansion tank to the halfwaymark. To ensure the correct water tocoolant mix is obtained after top up,testing by a HYUNDAI authorisedrepairer is required.

7.Proceed with caution, keeping alert forfurther signs of overheating. If over-heating happens again, call aHYUNDAI authorised repairer forassistance.

CAUTIONSerious loss of coolant indicatesthere is a leak in the cooling systemand this should be checked as soonas possible by a HYUNDAI autho-rised repairer.

WARNINGWhilst the engine is running, keephair, hands and clothing away frommoving parts such as the fan anddrive belts to prevent injury.

WARNINGDo not remove the radiator capwhen the engine is hot. This canallow coolant to be blown out of theopening and cause serious burns.

EL UK 6.QXP 8/24/2010 3:05 PM Page 7


86

TYRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS) (IF EQUIPPED)

(1) Low tyre pressure telltale / TPMS malfunction indicator

(2) Low tyre pressure position tell-tale

Each tyre, including the spare (if pro-vided), should be checked monthlywhen cold and inflated to the inflationpressure recommended by the vehi-cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac-ard or tyre inflation pressure label. (Ifyour vehicle has tyres of a differentsize than the size indicated on thevehicle placard or tyre inflation pres-sure label, you should determine theproper tyre inflation pressure forthose tyres.)

As an added safety feature, yourvehicle has been equipped with atyre pressure monitoring system(TPMS) that illuminates a low tyrepressure telltale when one or moreof your tyres is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the lowtyre pressure telltale illuminates, youshould stop and check your tyres assoon as possible, and inflate them tothe proper pressure. Driving on a sig-nificantly under-inflated tyre causesthe tyre to overheat and can lead totyre failure. Under-inflation alsoreduces fuel efficiency and tyre treadlife, and may affect the vehicle’s han-dling and stopping ability.

Please note that the TPMS is not asubstitute for proper tyre mainte-nance, and it is the driver’s responsi-bility to maintain correct tyre pres-sure, even if under-inflation has notreached the level to trigger illumina-tion of the TPMS low tyre pressuretelltale.

Your vehicle has also been equippedwith a TPMS malfunction indicator toindicate when the system is notoperating properly. The TPMS mal-function indicator is combined withthe low tyre pressure telltale. Whenthe system detects a malfunction,the telltale will flash for approximate-ly one minute and then remain con-tinuously illuminated. This sequencewill continue upon subsequent vehi-cle start-ups as long as the malfunc-tion exists. When the malfunctionindicator is illuminated, the systemmay not be able to detect or signallow tyre pressure as intended. TPMSmalfunctions may occur for a varietyof reasons, including the installationof replacement or alternate tyres orwheels on the vehicle that preventthe TPMS from functioning properly.Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or moretyres or wheels on your vehicle toensure that the replacement or alter-nate tyres and wheels allow theTPMS to continue to function proper-ly.

OEL069012R

EL UK 6.QXP 8/24/2010 3:05 PM Page 8

6 9


✽✽ NOTICEIf the TPMS, Low Tyre Pressure andPosition indicators do not illuminatefor 3 seconds when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON positionor engine is running, or if theyremain illuminated after coming onfor approximately 3 seconds, takeyour car to your nearest HYUNDAIauthorised repairer and have thesystem checked.

Low tyre pressure tell-tale

Low tyre pressure posi-tion telltale

When the tyre pressure monitoringsystem warning indicators are illumi-nated, one or more of your tyres issignificantly under-inflated. The lowtyre pressure position telltale lightwill indicate which tyre is significant-ly under-inflated by illuminating thecorresponding position light.If either telltale illuminates, immedi-ately reduce your speed, avoid hardcornering and anticipate increasedstopping distances. You should stopand check your tyres as soon as pos-sible. Inflate the tyres to the properpressure as indicated on the vehi-cle’s placard or tyre inflation pres-sure label located on the driver’s sidecentre pillar outer panel. If you can-not reach a service station or if thetyre cannot hold the newly added air,replace the low pressure tyre withthe spare tyre.

Then the TPMS malfunction indicatormay turn on and the Low TyrePressure and Position telltales willremain on after restarting and about20 minutes of continuous drivingbefore you have the low pressuretyre repaired and replaced on thevehicle.

CAUTIONIn winter or cold weather, thelow tyre pressure telltale may beilluminated if the tyre pressurewas adjusted to the recom-mended tyre inflation pressurein warm weather. It does notmean your TPMS is malfunction-ing because the decreased tem-perature leads to a proportionallowering of tyre pressure.When you drive your vehiclefrom a warm area to a cold areaor from a cold area to a warmarea, or the outside temperatureis greatly higher or lower, youshould check the tyre inflationpressure and adjust the tyres tothe recommended tyre inflationpressure.

EL UK 6.QXP 8/24/2010 3:05 PM Page 9


106

TPMS (Tyre PressureMonitoring System)malfunction indicator

The low tyre pressure telltale will illu-minate after it blinks for approximate-ly one minute when there is a prob-lem with the Tyre PressureMonitoring System. If the system isable to correctly detect an under infla-tion warning at the same time as sys-tem failure then it will illuminate boththe TPMS malfunction and low tyrepressure position telltales e.g. if FrontLeft sensor fails, the TPMS malfunc-tion indicator illuminates, but if theFront Right, Rear Left, or Rear Righttyre is under-inflated, the low tyrepressure position telltales may illumi-nate together with the TPMS mal-function indicator.Have the system checked by aHYUNDAI authorised repairer assoon as possible to determine thecause of the problem.

WARNING - Low pressuredamage

Significantly low tyre pressuremakes the vehicle unstable andcan contribute to loss of vehiclecontrol and increased brakingdistances.Continued driving on low pres-sure tyres can cause the tyresto overheat and fail.

CAUTION• The TPMS malfunction indica-

tor may be illuminated if thevehicle is moving around elec-tric power supply cables orradios transmitter such as atpolice stations, governmentand public offices, broadcast-ing stations, military installa-tions, airports, or transmittingtowers, etc. This can interferewith normal operation of theTyre Pressure MonitoringSystem (TPMS).

• The TPMS malfunction indica-tor may be illuminated if snowchains are used or some sep-arate electronic devices suchas notebook computers,mobile charger, remote starteror navigation etc., are used inthe vehicle. This can interferewith normal operation of theTyre Pressure MonitoringSystem (TPMS).

EL UK 6.QXP 8/24/2010 3:05 PM Page 10

6 11


Changing a tyre with TPMSIf you have a flat tyre, the Low TyrePressure and Position telltales willcome on. Have the flat tyre repairedby a HYUNDAI authorised repaireras soon as possible or replace theflat tyre with the spare tyre.

Each wheel is equipped with a tyrepressure sensor mounted inside thetyre behind the valve stem. You mustuse TPMS specific wheels. It is rec-ommended that you always haveyour tyres serviced by a HYUNDAIauthorised repairer.

Even if you replace the low pressuretyre with the spare tyre, the Low TyrePressure and Position telltales willremain on until the low pressure tyreis repaired and placed on the vehi-cle.After you replace the low pressuretyre with the spare tyre, the TPMSmalfunction indicator may illuminateafter a few minutes because theTPMS sensor is not mounted on thespare wheel.Once the low pressure tyre is rein-flated to the recommended pressureand installed on the vehicle or thenew TPMS sensor mounted on thewheel, the TPMS malfunction indica-tor and the low tyre pressure andposition telltales will extinguish withina few minutes of driving.If the indicators are not extinguishedafter a few minutes of driving, pleasevisit a HYUNDAI authorised repairer.

CAUTIONIf the TPMS sensor on the origi-nal mounted wheel located inthe spare tyre carrier still acti-vates, the tyre pressure moni-toring system may not operateproperly. Have the tyre withTPMS serviced or replaced by aHYUNDAI authorised repairer assoon as possible.

CAUTIONNEVER use a puncture-repair-ing agent to repair and/or inflatea low pressure tyre. The tyresealant can damage the tyrepressure sensor. If used, youwill have to replace the tyrepressure sensor.

EL UK 6.QXP 8/24/2010 3:05 PM Page 11


126

You may not be able identify a lowtyre by simply looking at it. Alwaysuse a good quality tyre pressuregauge to measure the tyre's inflationpressure. Please note that a tyre thatis hot (from being driven) will have ahigher pressure measurement than atyre that is cold (from sitting station-ary for at least 3 hours and drivenless than 1 mile (1.6 km) during that3 hour period).Allow the tyre to cool before measur-ing the inflation pressure. Always besure the tyre is cold before inflatingto the recommended pressure.A cold tyre means the vehicle hasbeen sitting for 3 hours and driven forless than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3hour period.

CAUTIONDo not use any tyre sealant ifyour vehicle is equipped with aTyre Pressure MonitoringSystem. The liquid sealant candamage the tyre pressure sen-sors.

WARNING - ProtectingTPMS

Tampering with, modifying, ordisabling the Tyre PressureMonitoring System (TPMS)components may interfere withthe system's ability to warn thedriver of low tyre pressure con-ditions and/or TPMS malfunc-tions. Tampering with, modify-ing, or disabling the TyrePressure Monitoring System(TPMS) components may voidthe warranty for that portion ofthe vehicle.

WARNING - TPMS• The TPMS cannot alert you to

severe and sudden tyre dam-age caused by external fac-tors such as nails or roaddebris.

• If you feel any vehicle instabil-ity, immediately take your footoff the accelerator, apply thebrakes gradually and withlight force, and slowly move toa safe position off the road.

EL UK 6.QXP 8/24/2010 3:05 PM Page 12

6 13


IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TYRE

Jack and toolsThe jack, jack handle, wheel lug nutwrench are stored in the luggagecompartment.Pull up the luggage box cover toreach this equipment.(1) Jack handle(2) Jack(3) Wheel lug nut wrench

Jacking instructions The jack is provided for emergencytyre changing only.To prevent the jack from “rattling”whilst the vehicle is in motion, store itproperly and fasten the jack screwfully.Follow jacking instructions to reducethe possibility of personal injury.

OLM069001

WARNING - Changingtyres

• Never attempt vehicle repairsin the traffic lanes of a publicroad or motorway.

• Always move the vehicle com-pletely off the road and ontothe shoulder before trying tochange a tyre.The jack shouldbe used on firm level ground.If you cannot find a firm levelplace off the road, call a tow-ing service company forassistance.

• Be sure to use the correctfront and rear jacking posi-tions on the vehicle; neveruse the bumpers or any otherpart of the vehicle for jacksupport.

(Continued)

EL UK 6.QXP 8/24/2010 3:05 PM Page 13


146

Removing and storing the sparetyre 1. Turn the tyre hold-down wing bolt

(1) counterclockwise.Store the tyre in the reverse order ofremoval.To prevent the spare tyre and toolsfrom “rattling” whilst the vehicle is inmotion, store them properly.

Changing tyres 1. Park on a level surface and apply

the parking brake firmly.2. Shift the shift lever into R

(Reverse) with manual transaxleor P (Park) with automatictransaxle.

3. Activate the hazard warning flash-er.

OEL069002

(Continued)• The vehicle can easily roll off

the jack causing seriousinjury or death. No personshould place any portion oftheir body under a vehicle thatis supported only by a jack;use vehicle support stands.

• Do not start or run the enginewhilst the vehicle is on thejack.

• Do not allow anyone to remainin the vehicle whilst it is onthe jack.

• Make sure any children pres-ent are in a secure place awayfrom the road and from thevehicle to be raised with thejack.

1VQA4022/H

EL UK 6.QXP 8/24/2010 3:06 PM Page 14

6 15


4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench,jack, jack handle, and spare tyrefrom the vehicle.

5. Block both the front and rear of thewheel that is diagonally oppositethe jack position.

6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun-terclockwise one turn each, but donot remove any nut until the tyrehas been raised off the ground.

WARNING - Changing a tyre• To prevent vehicle movement

whilst changing a tyre, alwaysset the parking brake fully,and always block the wheeldiagonally opposite the wheelbeing changed.

• We recommend that thewheels of the vehicle bechocked, and that no personremain in a vehicle that isbeing jacked.

1VQA4023 OCM049011N

EL UK 6.QXP 8/24/2010 3:06 PM Page 15


166

7. Place the jack at the front or rearjacking position closest to the tyreyou are changing. Place the jackat the designated locations underthe frame. The jacking positionsare plates welded to the framewith two tabs and a raised dot toindex with the jack.

8. Insert the jack handle into the jackand turn it clockwise, raising thevehicle until the tyre just clears theground. This measurement isapproximately 1.2 in (30 mm).Before removing the wheel lugnuts, make sure the vehicle is sta-ble and that there is no chance formovement or slippage.

9. Loosen the wheel nuts andremove them with your fingers.Slide the wheel off the studs andlay it flat so it cannot roll away. Toput the wheel on the hub, pick upthe spare tyre, line up the holeswith the studs and slide the wheelonto them. If this is difficult, tip thewheel slightly and get the top holein the wheel lined up with the topstud. Then jiggle the wheel backand forth until the wheel can beslid over the other studs.

WARNING - Jack locationTo reduce the possibility ofinjury, be sure to use only thejack provided with the vehicleand in the correct jack position;never use any other part of thevehicle for jack support.

OCM049013N OCM054012

EL UK 6.QXP 8/24/2010 3:06 PM Page 16

6 17


10. To reinstall the wheel, hold it onthe studs, put the wheel nuts onthe studs and tighten them fingertight.The nuts should be installedwith their tapered small diameterends directed inward. Jiggle thetyre to be sure it is completelyseated, then tighten the nuts asmuch as possible with your fin-gers again.

11. Lower the vehicle to the groundby turning the wheel nut wrenchcounterclockwise. Then position the wrench as shown

in the drawing and tighten the wheelnuts. Be sure the socket is seatedcompletely over the nut. Do not standon the wrench handle or use anextension pipe over the wrench han-dle.Go around the wheel tighteningevery other nut until they are all tight.Then double-check each nut fortightness. After changing wheels,have a HYUNDAI authorised repairertighten the wheel nuts to their propertorque as soon as possible.Wheel nut tightening torque:Steel wheel & aluminium alloy wheel:65~79 lb.ft (9~11 kg.m)

WARNINGWheels and wheel covers mayhave sharp edges. Handle themcarefully to avoid possiblesevere injury. Before putting thewheel into place, be sure thatthere is nothing on the hub orwheel (such as mud, tar, gravel,etc.) that interferes with thewheel from fitting solidlyagainst the hub.If there is, remove it. If there isnot good contact on the mount-ing surface between the wheeland hub, the wheel nuts couldcome loose and cause the lossof a wheel. Loss of a wheel mayresult in loss of control of thevehicle. This may cause seriousinjury or death.

OEL069007

EL UK 6.QXP 8/24/2010 3:06 PM Page 17


186

If you have a tyre gauge, remove thevalve cap and check the air pressure.If the pressure is lower than recom-mended, drive slowly to the nearestservice station and inflate to the cor-rect pressure. If it is too high, adjustit until it is correct. Always reinstallthe valve cap after checking oradjusting tyre pressure. If the cap isnot replaced, air may leak from thetyre. If you lose a valve cap, buyanother and install it as soon as pos-sible.After you have changed wheels,always secure the flat tyre in its placeand return the jack and tools to theirproper storage locations.

To prevent the jack, jack handle,wheel lug nut wrench and spare tyrefrom rattling whilst the vehicle is inmotion, store them properly.

CAUTIONYour vehicle has metric threadson the wheel studs and nuts.Make certain during wheelremoval that the same nuts thatwere removed are reinstalled -or, if replaced, that nuts withmetric threads and the samechamfer configuration are used.Installation of a non-metricthread nut on a metric stud orvice-versa will not secure thewheel to the hub properly andwill damage the stud so that itmust be replaced.Note that most lug nuts do nothave metric threads. Be sure touse extreme care in checkingfor thread style before installingaftermarket lug nuts or wheels.If in doubt, consult a HYUNDAIauthorised repairer.

WARNING - Wheel studsIf the studs are damaged, theymay lose their ability to retainthe wheel.This could lead to theloss of the wheel and a collisionresulting in serious injuries.

WARNING - Inadequatespare tyre pressure

Check the inflation pressures assoon as possible after installingthe spare tyre. Adjust it to thespecified pressure, if necessary.Refer to “Tyres and wheels” insection 8.

EL UK 6.QXP 8/24/2010 3:06 PM Page 18

6 19


IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TYRE (WITH TYREMOBILITYKIT, IF EQUIPPED)

Please read the instructions beforeusing the TyreMobilityKit.(1) Compressor(2) Sealant bottle

IntroductionWith the TyreMobilityKit you stay mobileeven after experiencing a tyre puncture.The system of compressor and seal-ing compound effectively and comfort-ably seals most punctures in a pas-senger car tyre caused by nails orsimilar objects and reinflates the tyre.After you ensured that the tyre isproperly sealed you can drive cau-tiously on the tyre (up to 120 miles(200 km)) at a max. speed of 50 mph(80 km/h) in order to reach a vehicle ortyre dealer to have the tyre replaced.It is possible that some tyres, especial-ly with larger punctures or damage tothe sidewall, cannot be sealed com-pletely.

Air pressure loss in the tyre mayadversely affect tyre performance.For this reason, you should avoidabrupt steering or other drivingmanoeuvres, especially if the vehicleis heavily loaded or if a trailer is inuse.The TyreMobilityKit is not designed orintended as a permanent tyre repairmethod and is to be used for one tyreonly.This instruction shows you step bystep how to temporarily seal thepuncture simply and reliably.Read the section "Notes on the safeuse of the TyreMobilityKit".

OEL069019

WARNINGDo not use the TyreMobilityKit ifa tyre is severely damaged bydriving run flat or with insuffi-cient air pressure.Only punctured areas locatedwithin the tread region of thetyre can be sealed using theTyreMobilityKit.Damage to the sidewall mustnot be repaired due to safety rea-sons.

OEL069018

EL UK 6.QXP 8/24/2010 3:06 PM Page 19


206

0. Speed restriction label1. Sealant bottle and label with

speed restriction2. Filling hose from sealant bottle to

wheel

3. Connectors and cable for thepower outlet direct connection

4. Holder for the sealant bottle5. Compressor6. On/off switch7. Pressure gauge for displaying the

tyre inflation pressure

8. Button for reducing tyre inflationpressure

9. Hose to connect compressor andsealant bottle or compressor andwheel

Connectors, cable and connectionhose are stored in the compressorhousing.

WARNINGBefore using the TyreMobilityKit,follow the instructions on thesealant bottle.Remove the label with the speedrestriction from the sealant bottleand apply it to the steering wheel.Please note the expiry date on thesealant bottle.

F120200AAM

Components of the TyreMobilityKit

OEL069020

EL UK 6.QXP 8/24/2010 3:06 PM Page 20

6 21


Using the TyreMobilityKit1. Filling the sealantStrictly follow the specified sequence,otherwise the sealant may escapeunder high pressure.1) Shake the sealant bottle.2) Screw connection hose 9 onto the

connector of the sealant bottle.3) Ensure that button 8 on the com-

pressor is not pressed.4) Unscrew the valve cap from the

valve of the defective wheel andscrew filling hose 2 of the sealantbottle onto the valve.

5) Insert the sealant bottle into thehousing of the compressor so thatthe bottle is upright.

6) Ensure that the compressor isswitched off, position 0.

7) Connect between compressorand the vehicle power outlet usingthe cable and connectors.

8) With the ignition switched on:Switch on the compressor and let itrun for approximately 3 minutes to fillthe sealant. The inflation pressure ofthe tyre after filling is unimportant.

9) Switch off the compressor.10) Detach the hoses from the

sealant bottle connector andfrom the tyre valve.

Return the TyreMobilityKit to its stor-age location in the vehicle.

WARNINGCarbon monoxide poisoningand suffocation is possible if theengine is left running in a poorlyventilated or unventilated loca-tion (such as inside a building).

OEL069019

EL UK 6.QXP 8/24/2010 3:06 PM Page 21


226

Distributing the sealantImmediately drive approximately 2miles (3 km) to evenly distribute thesealant in the tyre.

Producing the tyre inflation pres-sure1) After driving approximately 2 miles

(3 km), stop at a suitable location.2) Connect connection hose 9 of the

compressor directly to the tyrevalve.

3) Connect between compressorand the vehicle power outlet usingthe cable and connectors.

4) Adjust the tyre inflation pressureto 33 psi (2.3 bar). With the igni-tion switched on, proceed as fol-lows.

- To increase the inflation pres-sure: Switch on the compressor,position I. To check the currentinflation pressure setting, brieflyswitch off the compressor.

- To reduce the inflation pres-sure: Press the button 8 on thecompressor.

WARNINGDo not let the compressor run formore than 10 minutes, otherwisethe device will overheat and maybe damaged.

WARNINGThe tyre inflation pressure mustbe at least 29 psi (2.0 bar). If it isnot, do not continue driving. Callfor road side service or towing.

CAUTIONDo not exceed a speed of 35mph (60 km/h). If possible, donot fall below a speed of 12 mph(20 km/h).Whilst driving, if you experienceany unusual vibration, ride dis-turbance or noise, reduce yourspeed and drive with cautionuntil you can safely pull off ofthe side of the road.Call for road side service or tow-ing.

CAUTIONIf the inflation pressure is notmaintained, drive the vehicle asecond time, refer to Distributingthe sealant. Then repeat steps 1to 4.Use of the TyreMobilityKit maybe ineffectual for tyre damagelarger than approximately 4 mm(0.16 in).Please contact the nearestHYUNDAI A/S centre, or a work-shop that works according toHYUNDAI repair procedureswith correspondingly trainedpersonnel if the tyre cannot bemade roadworthy with theTyreMobilityKit.

EL UK 6.QXP 8/24/2010 3:06 PM Page 22

6 23


Notes on the safe use of theTyreMobilityKit• Park your car at the side of the

road so that you can work with theTyreMobilityKit away from movingtraffic. Place your warning trianglein a prominent place to make pass-ing vehicles aware of your location.

• To be sure your vehicle won'tmove, even when you're on fairlylevel ground, always set your park-ing brake.

• Only use the TyreMobilityKit forsealing/inflation passenger cartyres. Do not use on motorcycles,bicycles or any other type of tyres.

• Do not remove any foreign objects-such as nails or screws -that havepenetrated the tyre.

• Before using the TyreMobilityKit,read the precautionary adviceprinted on the sealant bottle!

• Provided the car is outdoors, leavethe engine running. Otherwiseoperating the compressor mayeventually drain the car battery.

• Never leave the TyreMobilityKitunattended whilst it is being used.

• Do not leave the compressor run-ning for more than 10 min. at a timeor it may overheat.

• Do not use the TyreMobilityKit if theambient temperature is below -30°C(-22°F).

• Do not use the sealing compoundafter its expiration date which canbe found on the label of the bottle.

• Keep away from children.

Technical DataSystem voltage: DC 12 VWorking voltage: DC 10 - 15 VAmperage rating: max. 15 ASuitable for use at temperatures:

-30 ~ +70°C (-22 ~ +158°F)Max. working pressure:

87 psi (6 bar)Size Compressor: 6.6 x 5.9 x 2.7 in.

(168 x 150 x 68 mm)Sealant bottle: 4.1 x ø 3.3 in.

(104 x ø 85 mm)Compressor weight:

2.31 lbs (1.05 kg)Sealant volume:

18.3 cu. in. (300 ml)

❈ Sealing compound and spareparts can be obtained andreplaced at an authorised vehicleor tyre dealer. Empty sealing com-pound bottles may be disposed ofat home. Liquid residue from thesealing compound should be dis-posed of by your vehicle or tyredealer or in accordance with localwaste disposal regulations.

EL UK 6.QXP 8/24/2010 3:06 PM Page 23


246

TOWING

Towing serviceIf emergency towing is necessary, werecommend having it done by aHYUNDAI authorised repairer or a com-mercial tow-truck service. Proper liftingand towing procedures are necessary toprevent damage to the vehicle. The useof wheel dollies or flatbed is recommend-ed.

On 4WD vehicles, your vehicle must betowed with a wheel lift and dollies orflatbed equipment with all the wheels offthe ground.

On 2WD vehicles, it is acceptable to towthe vehicle with the rear wheels on theground (without dollies) and the frontwheels off the ground.If any of the loaded wheels or suspen-sion components are damaged or thevehicle is being towed with the frontwheels on the ground, use a towing dollyunder the front wheels.When being towed by a commercial towtruck and wheel dollies are not used, thefront of the vehicle should always be lift-ed, not the rear.

OXM069028

dolly

dolly

CAUTIONThe 4WD vehicle should never betowed with the wheels on theground. This can cause seriousdamage to the transaxle or the 4WDsystem.

CAUTION• Do not tow the vehicle backwards

with the front wheels on theground as this may cause dam-age to the vehicle.

• Do not tow with sling-type equip-ment. Use wheel lift or flatbedequipment.

OUN046030

OCM054034

EL UK 6.QXP 8/24/2010 3:06 PM Page 24

6 25


When towing your vehicle in an emer-gency without wheel dollies :1. Set the ignition switch in the ACC posi-

tion.2. Place the transaxle shift lever in N

(Neutral).3. Release the parking brake.

Removable towing hook(if equipped)1. Open the tailgate, and remove the tow-

ing hook from the tool case.2. Remove the hole cover pressing the

lower part of the cover on the front orrear bumper.

3. Install the towing hook by turning itclockwise into the hole until it is fullysecured.

4. Remove the towing hook and installthe cover after use.

CAUTIONFailure to place the transaxle shiftlever in N (Neutral) may cause inter-nal damage to the transaxle.

OLM069013

OLM069016L

■ Front

■ Rear (if equipped)

EL UK 6.QXP 8/24/2010 3:06 PM Page 25


266

Emergency towingIf towing is necessary, we recommendyou to have it done by a HYUNDAIauthorised repairer or a commercialtow truck service.

If towing service is not available in anemergency, your vehicle may be tem-porarily towed using a cable or chainsecured to the emergency towing hookunder the front (or rear) of the vehicle.Use extreme caution when towing thevehicle. A driver must be in the vehicle tosteer it and operate the brakes.Towing in this manner may be done onlyon hard-surfaced roads for a short dis-tance and at low speed. Also, the wheels,axles, power train, steering and brakesmust all be in good condition.• Do not use the towing hooks to pull a

vehicle out of mud, sand or other con-ditions from which the vehicle cannotbe driven out under its own power.

• Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than thevehicle doing the towing.

• The drivers of both vehicles shouldcommunicate with each other frequent-ly.

• Before emergency towing, check thatthe hook is not broken or damaged.

• Fasten the towing cable or chainsecurely to the hook.

• Do not jerk the hook. Apply steady andeven force.

• To avoid damaging the hook, do notpull from the side or at a vertical angle.Always pull straight ahead.

OLM069014

OLM069015

■ Front

■ Rear

CAUTION• Attach a towing strap to the tow

hook.• Using a portion of the vehicle

other than the tow hooks for tow-ing may damage the body of yourvehicle.

• Use only a cable or chain specifi-cally intended for use in towingvehicles. Securely fasten thecable or chain to the towing hookprovided.

EL UK 6.QXP 8/24/2010 3:07 PM Page 26

6 27


• Use a towing strap less than 16 feet (5m) long. Attach a white or red cloth(about 12 inches (30 cm) wide) in themiddle of the strap for easy visibility.

• Drive carefully so that the towing strapis not loosened during towing.

Emergency towing precautions• Turn the ignition switch to ACC so the

steering wheel isn’t locked.• Place the transaxle shift lever in N

(Neutral).• Release the parking brake.• Press the brake pedal with more force

than normal since you will havereduced brake performance.

• More steering effort will be requiredbecause the power steering systemwill be disabled.

• If you are driving down a long hill, thebrakes may overheat and brake per-formance will be reduced. Stop oftenand let the brakes cool off.

WARNING Use extreme caution when towingthe vehicle.• Avoid sudden starts or erratic

driving manoeuvres which wouldplace excessive stress on theemergency towing hook and tow-ing cable or chain. The hook andtowing cable or chain may breakand cause serious injury or dam-age.

• If the disabled vehicle is unableto be moved, do not forcibly con-tinue the towing. Contact aHYUNDAI authorised repairer or acommercial tow truck service forassistance.

• Tow the vehicle as straight aheadas possible.

• Keep away from the vehicle dur-ing towing.

OXM069009

EL UK 6.QXP 8/24/2010 3:07 PM Page 27


286

CAUTION - Automatictransaxle

• If the car is being towed with allfour wheels on the ground, it canbe towed only from the front. Besure that the transaxle is in neu-tral. Be sure the steering isunlocked by placing the ignitionswitch in the ACC position. Adriver must be in the towed vehi-cle to operate the steering andbrakes.

• To avoid serious damage to theautomatic transaxle, limit thevehicle speed to 10 mph (15 km/h)and drive less than 1 mile (1.5km) when towing.

• Before towing, check the auto-matic transaxle fluid leak underyour vehicle. If the automatictransaxle fluid is leaking, aflatbed equipment or towing dollymust be used.

EL UK 6.QXP 8/24/2010 3:07 PM Page 28

7

Engine compartment / 7-2Maintenance services / 7-6Owner maintenance / 7-8Scheduled maintenance service / 7-10Explanation of scheduled maintenance items / 7-11Engine oil / 7-14Engine coolant / 7-15Brake/clutch fluid / 7-18Washer fluid / 7-19Parking brake / 7-19Fuel filter / 7-20Air cleaner / 7-22Climate control air filter / 7-24Wiper blades / 7-26Battery / 7-29Tyres and wheels / 7-32

Fuses / 7-42Light bulbs / 7-53Appearance care / 7-61Emission control system / 7-67

Maintenance

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:52 PM Page 1

Maintenance

27

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

OEL070301R

1. Engine coolant reservoir

2. Engine oil filler cap

3. Brake/clutch* fluid reservoir

4. Air cleaner

5. Fuse box

6. Negative battery terminal

7. Positive battery terminal

8. Radiator cap

9. Engine oil dipstick

10. Windscreen washer fluid reservoir* : if equipped

■■ Petrol Engine (1.6L)


EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:52 PM Page 2

7 3

Maintenance

OEL079001R




4. Air cleaner

5. Fuse box



8. Radiator cap



■■ Petrol Engine (2.0L)


EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:52 PM Page 3

Maintenance

47

OEL070302R


2. Fuse box

3. Fuel filter




7. Air cleaner



10. Radiator cap


■■ Diesel Engine (1.7L)


EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:52 PM Page 4

7 5

Maintenance

OEL079002R


2. Fuse box

3. Fuel filter




7. Air cleaner



10. Radiator cap


■■ Diesel Engine (2.0L)


EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:52 PM Page 5

Maintenance

67

MAINTENANCE SERVICESYou should exercise the utmost care toprevent damage to your vehicle andinjury to yourself whenever performingany maintenance or inspection proce-dures.Should you have any doubts concerningthe inspection or servicing of your vehi-cle, we strongly recommend that youhave a HYUNDAI authorised repairerperform this work.A HYUNDAI authorised repairer has fac-tory-trained technicians and genuineHYUNDAI parts to service your vehicleproperly. For expert advice and qualityservice, see a HYUNDAI authorisedrepairer.Inadequate, incomplete or insufficientservicing may result in operational prob-lems with your vehicle that could lead tovehicle damage, an accident, or person-al injury.

Owner’s responsibility

✽✽ NOTICEMaintenance Service and RecordRetention are the owner's responsibility.

You should retain documents that showproper maintenance has been performedon your vehicle in accordance with thescheduled maintenance service charts.You need this information to establishyour compliance with the servicing andmaintenance requirements of your vehi-cle warranties.Detailed warranty information is providedin your Service Passport.

Repairs and adjustments required as aresult of improper maintenance or a lackof required maintenance are not covered.We recommend you have your vehiclemaintained and repaired by a HYUNDAIauthorised repairer. A HYUNDAI autho-rised repairer meets HYUNDAI’s highservice quality standards and receivestechnical support from HYUNDAI inorder to provide you with a high level ofservice satisfaction.

Owner maintenance precautions Improper or incomplete service mayresult in problems. This section givesinstructions only for the maintenanceitems that are easy to perform.As explained earlier in this section, sev-eral procedures can be done only by aHYUNDAI authorised repairer with spe-cial tools.

✽✽ NOTICEImproper owner maintenance duringthe warranty period may affect warran-ty coverage. For details, read the sepa-rate Service Passport provided with thevehicle. If you're unsure about any serv-icing or maintenance procedure, have itdone by a HYUNDAI authorised repair-er.

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:52 PM Page 6

7 7

Maintenance

Engine compartment precautions(Diesel engine)• The piezo injector operates at high

voltage (maximum 200v). Therefore,the following accidents may occur.- Direct contact with the injector or

injector wiring may cause electricshock or damage your muscle ornerve system.

- The electromagnetic wave from theoperating injector may cause the arti-ficial heart pacemaker to malfunction.

• Follow the safety tips provided below,when you are checking the engineroom whilst the engine is running.- Do not touch the injector, injector

wirings, and the engine computerwhilst the engine is running.

- Do not remove the injector connectorwhilst the engine is running.

- People using pacemakers must notgo near the engine whilst the engineis starting or running.

WARNING - Maintenancework

• Performing maintenance work ona vehicle can be dangerous. Youcan be seriously injured whilstperforming some maintenanceprocedures. If you lack sufficientknowledge and experience or theproper tools and equipment to dothe work, have it done by aHYUNDAI authorised repairer.

• Working under the bonnet withthe engine running is dangerous.It becomes even more dangerouswhen you wear jewelry or looseclothing. These can becomeentangled in moving parts andresult in injury. Therefore, if youmust run the engine whilst work-ing under the bonnet, make cer-tain that you remove all jewelry(especially rings, bracelets,watches, and necklaces) and allneckties, scarves, and similarloose clothing before gettingnear the engine or cooling fans.

WARNING - Diesel EngineNever work on injection systemwith engine running or within 30seconds after shutting off engine.High-pressure pump, rail, injectorsand high-pressure pipes are sub-ject to high pressure even after theengine stopped. The fuel jet pro-duced by fuel leaks may cause seri-ous injury, if it touches the body.People using pacemakers shouldnot move than 30cm closer to theECU or wiring harness within theengine room whilst engine is run-ning, since the high currents in theelectronic engine control systemproduce considerable magneticfields.

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:52 PM Page 7

Maintenance

87

OWNER MAINTENANCE The following lists are vehicle checks andinspections that should be performed bythe owner or a HYUNDAI authorisedrepairer at the frequencies indicated tohelp ensure safe, dependable operationof your vehicle.Any adverse conditions should bebrought to the attention of your dealer assoon as possible.These Owner Maintenance Checks aregenerally not covered by warranties andyou may be charged for labour, parts andlubricants used.

Owner maintenance schedule When you stop for fuel:• Check the engine oil level.• Check coolant level in coolant reser-

voir.• Check the windscreen washer fluid

level.• Look for low or under-inflated tyres.

Whilst operating your vehicle:• Note any changes in the sound of the

exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumesin the vehicle.

• Check for vibrations in the steeringwheel. Notice any increased steeringeffort or looseness in the steeringwheel, or change in its straight-aheadposition.

• Notice if your vehicle constantly turnsslightly or “pulls” to one side when trav-elling on smooth, level road.

• When stopping, listen and check forunusual sounds, pulling to one side,increased brake pedal travel or “hard-to-push” brake pedal.

• If any slipping or changes in the oper-ation of your transaxle occurs, checkthe transaxle fluid level.

• Check manual transaxle operation,including clutch operation.

• Check automatic transaxle P (Park)function.

• Check parking brake.• Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle

(water dripping from the air condition-ing system during or after use is nor-mal).

WARNING Be careful when checking yourengine coolant level when theengine is hot. Scalding hot coolantand steam may blow out underpressure. This could cause burnsor other serious injury.

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:52 PM Page 8

7 9

Maintenance

At least monthly:• Check coolant level in the engine

coolant reservoir.• Check the operation of all exterior

lights, including the stoplights, turn sig-nals and hazard warning flashers.

• Check the inflation pressures of alltyres including the spare.

At least twice a year (i.e., every Spring and Fall) :• Check radiator, heater and air condi-

tioning hoses for leaks or damage.• Check windscreen washer spray and

wiper operation. Clean wiper bladeswith clean cloth dampened with wash-er fluid.

• Check headlight alignment.• Check muffler, exhaust pipes, shields

and clamps.• Check the lap/shoulder belts for wear

and function.• Check for worn tyres and loose wheel

lug nuts.

At least once a year :• Clean body and door drain holes.• Lubricate door hinges and checks, and

bonnet hinges.• Lubricate door and bonnet locks and

latches.• Lubricate door rubber weatherstrips.• Check the air conditioning system.• Check the power steering fluid level.• Inspect and lubricate automatic

transaxle linkage and controls.• Clean battery and terminals.• Check the brake (and clutch) fluid

level.

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:52 PM Page 9

Maintenance

107

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE Follow Normal Maintenance Scheduleif the vehicle is usually operated wherenone of the following conditions apply. Ifany of the following conditions apply, fol-low Maintenance Under Severe UsageConditions.• Repeated short distance driving.• Driving in dusty conditions or sandy

areas.• Extensive use of brakes.• Driving in areas where salt or other

corrosive materials are being used.• Driving on rough or muddy roads.• Driving in mountainous areas.• Extended periods of idling or low

speed operation.• Driving for a prolonged period in cold

temperatures and/or extremely humidclimates.

• More than 50% driving in heavy citytraffic during hot weather above 32°C(90°F).

If your vehicle is operated under theabove conditions, you should inspect,replace or refill more frequently than“Normal Maintenance Schedule which isprovied in your Service Passport.”

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:52 PM Page 10

7 11

Maintenance

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMSEngine oil and filterThe engine oil and filter should bechanged at the intervals specified in themaintenance schedule. If the car is beingdriven in severe conditions, more fre-quent oil and filter changes are required.

Drive beltsInspect all drive belts for evidence ofcuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil satu-ration and replace if necessary. Drivebelts should be checked periodically forproper tension and adjusted as neces-sary.

Fuel filter (cartridge)A clogged filter can limit the speed atwhich the vehicle may be driven, damagethe emission system and cause multipleissues such as hard starting. If an exces-sive amount of foreign matter accumu-lates in the fuel tank, the filter mayrequire replacement more frequently.After installing a new filter, run the enginefor several minutes, and check for leaksat the connections. Fuel filters should beinstalled by a HYUNDAI authorisedrepairer.

Fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-nectionsCheck the fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-nections for leakage and damage. Havea HYUNDAI authorised repairer replaceany damaged or leaking parts immedi-ately.

WARNING - Diesel onlyNever work on injection systemwith engine running or within 30seconds after shutting off engine.High pressure pump, rail, injectorsand high pressure pipes are sub-ject to high pressure even after theengine stopped. The fuel jet pro-duced by fuel leaks may cause seri-ous injury, if it touch the body.People using pacemakers shouldnot move than 30cm closer to theECU or wiring harness within theengine room whilst engine is run-ning, since the high currents in theCommon Rail system produce con-siderable magnetic fields.

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:52 PM Page 11

Maintenance

127

Vapour hose and fuel filler capThe vapour hose and fuel filler capshould be inspected at those intervalsspecified in the maintenance schedule.Make sure that a new vapour hose or fuelfiller cap is correctly replaced.

Vacuum crankcase ventilationhoses (if equipped)Inspect the surface of hoses for evidenceof heat and/or mechanical damage. Hardand brittle rubber, cracking, tears, cuts,abrasions, and excessive swelling indi-cate deterioration. Particular attentionshould be paid to examine those hosesurfaces nearest to high heat sources,such as the exhaust manifold.Inspect the hose routing to assure thatthe hoses do not come in contact withany heat source, sharp edges or movingcomponent which might cause heat dam-age or mechanical wear. Inspect all hoseconnections, such as clamps and cou-plings, to make sure they are secure, andthat no leaks are present. Hoses shouldbe replaced immediately if there is anyevidence of deterioration or damage.

Air cleaner filterA Genuine HYUNDAI air cleaner filter isrecommended when the filter is replaced.

Spark plugs (for petrol engine)Make sure to install new spark plugs ofthe correct heat range.

Valve clearance (for petrol engine)Inspect excessive valve noise and/orengine vibration and adjust if necessary.A HYUNDAI authorised repairer shouldperform the operation.

Cooling systemCheck the cooling system parts, such asradiator, coolant reservoir, hoses andconnections for leakage and damage.Replace any damaged parts.

CoolantThe coolant should be changed at theintervals specified in the maintenanceschedule.

Manual transaxle fluid (if equipped)Inspect the manual transaxle fluidaccording to the maintenance schedule.

Automatic transaxle fluid (if equipped)Automatic transaxle fluid should not bechecked under normal usage conditions.But in severe conditions, the fluid shouldbe changed at a HYUNDAI authorisedrepairer in accordance to the sched-uled maintenance at the beginning of thischapter.

✽✽ NOTICEAutomatic transaxle fluid colour is basi-cally red. As the vehicle is driven, the automatictransaxle fluid will begin to look darker.It is normal condition and you shouldnot judge the need to replace the fluidbased upon the changed colour.

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:52 PM Page 12

7 13

Maintenance

Brake hoses and linesVisually check for proper installation,chafing, cracks, deterioration and anyleakage. Replace any deteriorated ordamaged parts immediately.

Brake fluidCheck brake fluid level in the brake fluidreservoir. The level should be between“MIN” and “MAX” marks on the side ofthe reservoir. Use only hydraulic brakefluid conforming to DOT 3 or DOT 4specification.

Parking brakeInspect the parking brake system includ-ing the parking brake lever (or pedal) andcables.

Brake pads, calipers and rotorsCheck the pads for excessive wear, discsfor run out and wear, and calipers for fluidleakage.For more information on checking thepads or lining wear limit, refer to theHyundai web site.(http://brakemanual.hmc.co.kr)

Suspension mounting boltsCheck the suspension connections forlooseness or damage. Retighten to thespecified torque.

Steering gear box, linkage &boots/lower arm ball jointWith the vehicle stopped and engine off,check for excessive free-play in thesteering wheel.Check the linkage for bends or damage.Check the dust boots and ball joints fordeterioration, cracks, or damage.Replace any damaged parts.

Power steering pump, belt andhosesCheck the power steering pump andhoses for leakage and damage. Replaceany damaged or leaking parts immedi-ately. Inspect the power steering belt (ordrive belt) for evidence of cuts, cracks,excessive wear, oiliness and proper ten-sion. Replace or adjust it if necessary.

Drive shafts and bootsCheck the drive shafts, boots and clampsfor cracks, deterioration, or damage.Replace any damaged parts and, if nec-essary, repack the grease.

Air conditioning refrigerant/compressor (if equipped)Check the air conditioning lines and con-nections for leakage and damage.

CAUTIONThe use of a non-specified fluidcould result in transaxle malfunc-tion and failure.Use only specified automatictransaxle fluid. (Refer to“Recommended lubricants andcapacities” in section 8.)

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:52 PM Page 13

Maintenance

147

ENGINE OIL

Checking the engine oil level 1. Be sure the vehicle is on level ground.2. Start the engine and allow it to reach

normal operating temperature.3. Turn the engine off and wait for a few

minutes (about 5 minutes) for the oil toreturn to the oil pan.

4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean, andre-insert it fully.

5. Pull the dipstick out again and checkthe level. The level should be betweenF and L.

If it is near or at L, add enough oil to bringthe level to F. Do not overfill.

Use a funnel to help prevent oil frombeing spilled on engine components.

Use only the specified engine oil. (Referto “Recommended lubricants and capaci-ties” in section 8.)

WARNING - Radiator hoseBe very careful not to touch theradiator hose when checking oradding the engine oil as it may behot enough to burn you.

OLM079003N OLM079004N

CAUTIONDo not overfill the engine oil. It maydamage the engine.

CAUTION - Diesel engineOverfilling the engine oil may causesevere dieseling due to churningeffect. It may lead to engine damageaccompanied with abrupt enginespeed increment, combustion noiseand white smoke emission.

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:52 PM Page 14

7 15

Maintenance

ENGINE COOLANTChanging the engine oil and filterHave engine oil and filter changed by aHYUNDAI authorised repairer accordingto the Maintenance Schedule.

The high-pressure cooling system has areservoir filled with year-round antifreezecoolant. The reservoir is filled at the fac-tory.Check the antifreeze protection andcoolant concentration level at least oncea year, at the beginning of the winter sea-son, and before travelling to a colder cli-mate.

Checking the coolant level

WARNING - Removingradiator cap

• Never attempt to remove the radi-ator cap whilst the engine isoperating or hot. Doing so mightlead to cooling system andengine damage and could resultin serious personal injury fromescaping hot coolant or steam.

(Continued)

WARNINGProlonged and repeated contactwith used engine oils may result inserious skin disorders includingdermatitis and cancer. Avoid con-tact with skin as far as possible andalways wash thoroughly after anycontact. Keep used oils out ofreach of children. It is illegal to pol-lute drains, water courses and soil.Use only authorised waste collec-tion facilities including civic ameni-ty sites and garages for the dispos-al of used oil and oil filters. If indoubt, contact the local authorityfor disposal instructions.

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:52 PM Page 15

Maintenance

167

Check the condition and connections ofall cooling system hoses and heaterhoses. Replace any swollen or deterio-rated hoses.The coolant level should be filledbetween F (MAX) and L (MIN) marks onthe side of the coolant reservoir when theengine is cool.If the coolant level is low, add enoughspecified coolant to provide protectionagainst freezing and corrosion. Bring thelevel to F (MAX), but do not overfill. If fre-quent coolant refill is required, see aHYUNDAI authorised repairer for a cool-ing system inspection.

Recommended engine coolant• When adding coolant, use only deion-

ized water or soft water for your vehicleand never mix hard water in thecoolant filled at the factory. An improp-er coolant mixture can result in seriousmalfunction or engine damage.

• The engine in your vehicle has alu-minum engine parts and must be pro-tected by an ethylene-glycol-basedcoolant to prevent corrosion and freez-ing.

• DO NOT USE alcohol or methanolcoolant or mix them with the specifiedcoolant.

• Do not use a solution that containsmore than 60% antifreeze or less than35% antifreeze, which would reducethe effectiveness of the solution.

OLM079006

(Continued)• Turn the engine off and wait until

it cools down. Use extreme carewhen removing the radiator cap.Wrap a thick towel around it, andturn it counterclockwise slowly tothe first stop. Step back whilstthe pressure is released from thecooling system. When you aresure all the pressure has beenreleased, press down on the cap,using a thick towel, and continueturning counterclockwise toremove it.

• Even if the engine is not operat-ing, do not remove the radiatorcap or the drain plug whilst theengine and radiator are hot. Hotcoolant and steam may still blowout under pressure, causing seri-ous injury.

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:52 PM Page 16

7 17

Maintenance

For mixture percentage, refer to the fol-lowing table.

Changing the coolantHave coolant changed by a HYUNDAIauthorised repairer according to theMaintenance Schedule.

WARNING - Radiator capDo not remove the radiator capwhen the engine and radiator arehot. Scalding hot coolant andsteam may blow out under pres-sure causing serious injury.

CAUTIONPut a thick cloth or fabric aroundthe radiator cap before refilling thecoolant in order to prevent thecoolant from overflowing intoengine parts such as generator.

WARNING - Coolant• Do not use radiator coolant or

antifreeze in the washer fluidreservoir.

• Radiator coolant can severelyobscure visibility when sprayedon the windscreen and maycause loss of vehicle control ordamage to paint and body trim.

OLM079007

-15°C (5°F) 35 65

-25°C (-13°F) 40 60

-35°C (-31°F) 50 50

-45°C (-49°F) 60 40

AmbientTemperature

Mixture Percentage (volume)

Antifreeze Water

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:52 PM Page 17

Maintenance

187

BRAKE/CLUTCH FLUID

Checking the brake fluid level Check the fluid level in the reservoir peri-odically. The fluid level should bebetween MAX and MIN marks on theside of the reservoir.

Before removing the reservoir cap andadding brake fluid, clean the area aroundthe reservoir cap thoroughly to preventbrake fluid contamination.If the level is low, add fluid to the MAXlevel. The level will fall with accumulatedmileage. This is a normal condition asso-ciated with the wear of the brake linings.If the fluid level is excessively low, havethe brake system checked by aHYUNDAI authorised repairer.

Use only the specified brake fluid. (Referto “Recommended lubricants and capac-ities” in section 8.)

Never mix different types of fluid.

WARNING - Brake fluidWhen changing and adding brakefluid, handle it carefully. Do not let itcome in contact with your eyes. Ifbrake fluid should come in contactwith your eyes, immediately flushthem with a large quantity of freshtap water. Have your eyes examinedby a doctor as soon as possible.

WARNING - Loss of brakefluid

In the event the brake systemrequires frequent additions of fluid,the vehicle should be inspected bya HYUNDAI authorised repairer.

CAUTIONDo not allow brake fluid to contactthe vehicle's body paint, as paintdamage will result. Brake fluid,which has been exposed to open airfor an extended time should neverbe used as its quality cannot beguaranteed. It should be disposedof properly. Don't put in the wrongkind of fluid. A few drops of miner-al-based oil, such as engine oil, inyour brake system can damagebrake system parts.

OLM079008R

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:53 PM Page 18

7 19

Maintenance

WASHER FLUID

Checking the washer fluid level 1. Open the cover.2. Pull the gauge out and check the level.

The level should be between H and L.3. If it is near of at L, add enough washer

fluid to bring the level to H. Do notoverfill.

Plain water may be used if washer fluid isnot available. However, use washer sol-vent with antifreeze characteristics incold climates to prevent freezing.

Check the parking brakeCheck the stroke of the parking brake bycounting the number of “clicks’’ heardwhilst fully applying it from the releasedposition. Also, the parking brake aloneshould securely hold the vehicle on a fair-ly steep grade. If the stroke is more orless than specified, have the parkingbrake adjusted by a HYUNDAI autho-rised repairer.

Stroke : 6 “clicks’’ at a force of 44 lbs (20 kg, 196 N).

OLM079010

WARNING - Coolant• Do not use radiator coolant or

antifreeze in the washer fluidreservoir.

• Radiator coolant can severelyobscure visibility when sprayedon the windscreen and maycause loss of vehicle control ordamage to paint and body trim.

• Windscreen Washer fluid agentscontain some amounts of alcoholand can be flammable under cer-tain circumstances. Do not allowsparks or flame to contact thewasher fluid or the washer fluidreservoir. Damage to the vehicleor occupants could occur.

• Windscreen washer fluid is poi-sonous to humans and animals.Do not drink and avoid contact-ing windscreen washer fluid.Serious injury or death couldoccur.

PARKING BRAKE

OLM059016/H

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:53 PM Page 19

Maintenance

207

FUEL FILTER (FOR DIESEL)Draining water from fuel filterThe fuel filter for diesel engine plays animportant role of separating water fromfuel and accumulating the water in itsbottom.If water accumulates in the fuel filter, thewarning light comes on when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position.

If this warning light illuminates,take your car to a HYUNDAIauthorised repairer and havedrain the water and checkedthe system.

Extracting air from the fuel filterIf you drive until you have no fuel left or ifyou replace the fuel filter, be sure toextract air from the fuel system as itmakes it difficult to start the engine.1. Pump up and down(1) approximately

50 times until the pump is hard.2. Extract air from the fuel filter by remov-

ing the bolt(2) with a cross-tip screwdriver and reinstall the bolt(2).

3. Pump up and down(1) approximately15 times.

4. Extract air from the fuel filter by remov-ing the bolt(2) with a cross-tip screwdriver and reinstall the bolt(2).

5. Pump up and down(1) approximately 5times.

✽✽ NOTICE• Use cloths when you extract air so that

the fuel is not sprayed around.• Clean the fuel around the fuel filter or

the injection pump before starting theengine to prevent fire.

• Finally, check each part if the fuel isleaking.

CAUTIONIf the water accumulated in the fuelfilter is not drained at proper times,damages to the major parts such asthe fuel system can be caused bywater permeation in the fuel filter.

OEL070304

■ Type A

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:53 PM Page 20

7 21

Maintenance

Fuel filter cartridge replacement

✽✽ NOTICEWhen replacing the fuel filter cartridge,use HYUNDAI genuine parts.

OLM079011

■ Type B

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:53 PM Page 21

Maintenance

227

AIR CLEANER

Filter replacement It must be replaced when necessary, andshould not be washed.You can clean the filter when inspectingthe air cleaner element.Clean the filter by using compressed air.

1. Loosen the air cleaner cover attachingclips and open the cover.

2. Wipe the inside of the air cleaner.3. Replace the air cleaner filter.4. Lock the cover with the cover attaching

clips.

OLM079012N OLM079014OLM079013N

OEL070013

■ Type A

■ Type B

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:53 PM Page 22

7 23

Maintenance

Replace the filter according to theMaintenance Schedule.If the vehicle is operated in extremelydusty or sandy areas, replace the ele-ment more often than the usual recom-mended intervals.

CAUTION• Do not drive with the air cleaner

removed; this will result in exces-sive engine wear.

• When removing the air cleaner fil-ter, be careful that dust or dirtdoes not enter the air intake, ordamage may result.

• Use a HYUNDAI genuine part. Useof nongenuine part could damagethe air flow sensor or turbo charg-er.

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:53 PM Page 23

Maintenance

247

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER (IF EQUIPPED)Filter inspectionIf the vehicle is operated in the severelyair-polluted cities or on dusty roughroads for a long period, it should beinspected more frequently and replacedearlier. When you, the owner, replace theclimate control air filter, replace it per-forming the following procedure, and becareful to avoid damaging other compo-nents.Replace the filter according to the main-tenance Schedule.

Filter replacement1. Open the glove box and remove the

support strap (1).

2. With the glove box open, remove thestoppers on both sides.

OLM079015R OLM079016/H

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:53 PM Page 24

7 25

Maintenance

3. Remove the climate control air filtercase whilst pressing the lock on theright of the cover.

4. Replace the climate control air filter.5. Reassemble in the reverse order of

disassembly.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen replacing the climate control airfilter install it properly. Otherwise, thesystem may produce noise and the effec-tiveness of the filter may be reduced.

OLM079018OLM079017

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:53 PM Page 25

Maintenance

267

WIPER BLADES

Blade inspection✽✽ NOTICECommercial hot waxes applied by auto-matic car washes have been known tomake the windscreen difficult to clean.

Contamination of either the windscreenor the wiper blades with foreign mattercan reduce the effectiveness of the wind-screen wipers. Common sources of con-tamination are insects, tree sap, and hotwax treatments used by some commer-cial car washes. If the blades are not wip-ing properly, clean both the window andthe blades with a good cleaner or milddetergent, and rinse thoroughly withclean water.

Blade replacement When the wipers no longer clean ade-quately, the blades may be worn orcracked, and require replacement.

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the wiperblades, do not use petrol, kerosene,paint thinner, or other solvents onor near them.

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the wiperarms or other components, do notattempt to move the wipers manual-ly.

CAUTIONThe use of a non-specified wiperblade could result in wiper malfunc-tion and failure.

1JBA5122/H

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:53 PM Page 26

7 27

Maintenance

Front windscreen wiper blade1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the wiper

blade assembly to expose the plasticlocking clip.

✽✽ NOTICEDo not allow the wiper arm to fallagainst the windscreen.

2. Open the cover of the blade.3. Compress the clip behind the wiper

arm and lift it off the arm.

4. Install the blade assembly until it clicksinto place.

5. Close the cover of blade.6. Place back the wiper arm to the prop-

er position.

OED070112/H OED070113/H OED070114/H

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:53 PM Page 27

Maintenance

287

Rear window wiper blade 1. Raise the wiper arm and pull out the

wiper blade assembly.

2. Install the new blade assembly byinserting the centre part into the slot inthe wiper arm until it clicks into place.

3. Make sure the blade assembly isinstalled firmly by trying to pull it slight-ly.

To prevent damage to the wiper arms orother components, have a HYUNDAIauthorised repairer replace the wiperblade.

OHM078062 OHM078063

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:54 PM Page 28

7 29

Maintenance

BATTERYFor best battery service• Keep the battery securely mounted.• Keep the battery top clean and dry.• Keep the terminals and connections

clean, tight, and coated with petroleumjelly or terminal grease.

• Rinse any spilled electrolyte from thebattery immediately with a solution ofwater and baking soda.

• If the vehicle is not going to be used foran extended time, disconnect the bat-tery cables.

WARNING - Battery dangers

Always read the followinginstructions carefully whenhandling a battery.

Keep lighted cigarettes andall other flames or sparksaway from the battery.

Hydrogen, a highly com-bustible gas, is alwayspresent in battery cells andmay explode if ignited.

Keep batteries out of thereach of children becausebatteries contain highlycorrosive SULFURIC ACID.Do not allow battery acid tocontact your skin, eyes,clothing or paint finish.

(Continued)

OLM079019R

OEL070019R

■ Type A

■ Type B

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:54 PM Page 29

Maintenance

307

Battery recharging Your vehicle has a maintenance-free,calcium-based battery.• If the battery becomes discharged in a

short time (because, for example, theheadlights or interior lights were left onwhilst the vehicle was not in use),recharge it by slow charging (trickle)for 10 hours.

• If the battery gradually dischargesbecause of high electric load whilst thevehicle is being used, recharge it at 20-30A for two hours.

(Continued)• When lifting a plastic-cased bat-

tery, excessive pressure on thecase may cause battery acid toleak, resulting in personal injury.Lift with a battery carrier or withyour hands on opposite corners.

• Never attempt to recharge thebattery when the battery cablesare connected.

• The electrical ignition systemworks with high voltage. Nevertouch these components with theengine running or the ignitionswitched on.

Failure to follow the above warn-ings can result in serious bodilyinjury or death.

(Continued)

If any electrolyte gets intoyour eyes, flush your eyeswith clean water for at least15 minutes and get immedi-ate medical attention.If electrolyte gets on yourskin, thoroughly wash thecontacted area. If you feel apain or a burning sensa-tion, get medical attentionimmediately.

Wear eye protection whencharging or working near abattery. Always provideventilation when working inan enclosed space.

An inappropriately disposedbattery can be harmful tothe environment and humanhealth. Dispose the batteryaccording to your locallaw(s) or regulation.

(Continued)

Pb

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:54 PM Page 30

7 31

Maintenance

Reset itemsItems should be reset after the batteryhas been discharged or the battery hasbeen disconnected.• Auto up/down window (See section 4)• Sunroof (See section 4)• Trip computer (See section 4)• Climate control system

(See section 4)• Clock (See section 4)• Audio (See section 4)

(Continued)• Disconnect the battery charger in

the following order.1. Turn off the battery charger

main switch.2. Unhook the negative clamp

from the negative battery ter-minal.

3. Unhook the positive clampfrom the positive battery termi-nal.

• Before performing maintenanceor recharging the battery, turn offall accessories and stop theengine.

• The negative battery cable mustbe removed first and installedlast when the battery is discon-nected.

WARNING - Rechargingbattery

When recharging the battery,observe the following precautions:• The battery must be removed

from the vehicle and placed in anarea with good ventilation.

• Do not allow cigarettes, sparks,or flame near the battery.

• Watch the battery during charg-ing, and stop or reduce the charg-ing rate if the battery cells begingassing (boiling) violently or ifthe temperature of the electrolyteof any cell exceeds 49°C (120°F).

• Wear eye protection when check-ing the battery during charging.

(Continued)

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:54 PM Page 31

Maintenance

327

TYRES AND WHEELS Tyre care For proper maintenance, safety, andmaximum fuel economy, you mustalways maintain recommended tyreinflation pressures and stay withinthe load limits and weight distributionrecommended for your vehicle.

Recommended cold tyre inflationpressures All tyre pressures (including thespare) should be checked when thetyres are cold. “Cold Tyres” meansthe vehicle has not been driven for atleast three hours or driven less than1 mile (1.6 km).Recommended pressures must bemaintained for the best ride, top vehi-cle handling, and minimum tyrewear.For recommended inflation pressurerefer to “Tyre and wheels” in section8.

All specifications (sizes and pres-sures) can be found on a labelattached to the vehicle.

WARNING - Tyre underin-flation

Severe underinflation (10 psi(0.7 bar) or more) can lead tosevere heat build-up, causingblowouts, tread separation andother tyre failures that canresult in the loss of vehicle con-trol leading to severe injury ordeath. This risk is much higheron hot days and when drivingfor long periods at high speeds.

OEL089008R

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:54 PM Page 32

7 33

Maintenance

WARNING - Tyre inflationOverinflation or underinflationcan reduce tyre life, adverselyaffect vehicle handling, andlead to sudden tyre failure. Thiscould result in loss of vehiclecontrol and potential injury.

CAUTION - Tyre pressureAlways observe the following:• Check tyre pressure when the

tyres are cold. (After vehiclehas been parked for at leastthree hours or hasn't beendriven more than 1 mile (1.6km) since startup.)

• Check the pressure of yourspare tyre each time youcheck the pressure of othertyres.

• Never overload your vehicle.Be careful not to overload avehicle luggage rack if yourvehicle is equipped with one.

• Worn, old tyres can causeaccidents. If your tread isbadly worn, or if your tyreshave been damaged, replacethem.

CAUTION• Underinflation also results in

excessive wear, poor handlingand reduced fuel economy.Wheel deformation also ispossible. Keep your tyre pres-sures at the proper levels. If atyre frequently needs refilling,have it checked by a HYUNDAIauthorised repairer.

• Overinflation produces aharsh ride, excessive wear atthe centre of the tyre tread,and a greater possibility ofdamage from road hazards.

CAUTION• Warm tyres normally exceed

recommended cold tyre pres-sures by 4 to 6 psi (0.28 to 0.41bar). Do not release air fromwarm tyres to adjust the pres-sure or the tyres will be under-inflated.

• Be sure to reinstall the tyreinflation valve caps. Withoutthe valve cap, dirt or moisturecould get into the valve coreand cause air leakage. If avalve cap is missing, install anew one as soon as possible.

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:54 PM Page 33

Maintenance

347

Checking tyre inflation pressureCheck your tyres once a month ormore.Also, check the tyre pressure of thespare tyre.

How to checkUse a good quality gauge to checktyre pressure. You can not tell if yourtyres are properly inflated simply bylooking at them. Radial tyres maylook properly inflated even whenthey're underinflated.Check the tyre's inflation pressurewhen the tyres are cold. - "Cold"means your vehicle has been sittingfor at least three hours or driven nomore than 1 mile (1.6 km).

Remove the valve cap from the tyrevalve stem. Press the tyre gaugefirmly onto the valve to get a pres-sure measurement. If the cold tyreinflation pressure matches the rec-ommended pressure on the tyre andloading information label, no furtheradjustment is necessary. If the pres-sure is low, add air until you reachthe recommended amount.If you overfill the tyre, release air bypushing on the metal stem in thecentre of the tyre valve. Recheck thetyre pressure with the tyre gauge. Besure to put the valve caps back onthe valve stems. They help preventleaks by keeping out dirt and mois-ture.

WARNING• Inspect your tyres frequently

for proper inflation as well aswear and damage. Always usea tyre pressure gauge.

• Tyres with too much or too lit-tle pressure wear unevenlycausing poor handling, loss ofvehicle control, and suddentyre failure leading to acci-dents, injuries, and even death.The recommended cold tyrepressure for your vehicle canbe found in this manual and onthe tyre label located on thedriver's side centre pillar.

• Worn tyres can cause acci-dents. Replace tyres that areworn, show uneven wear, orare damaged.

• Remember to check the pres-sure of your spare tyre.HYUNDAI recommends thatyou check the spare everytime you check the pressureof the other tyres on yourvehicle.

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:54 PM Page 34

7 35

Maintenance

Tyre rotation To equalize tread wear, it is recom-mended that the tyres be rotatedevery 7,500 miles (12,000 km) orsooner if irregular wear develops.During rotation, check the tyres forcorrect balance.When rotating tyres, check foruneven wear and damage. Abnormalwear is usually caused by incorrecttyre pressure, improper wheel align-ment, out-of-balance wheels, severebraking or severe cornering. Look forbumps or bulges in the tread or sideof tyre. Replace the tyre if you findeither of these conditions. Replacethe tyre if fabric or cord is visible.After rotation, be sure to bring thefront and rear tyre pressures to spec-ification and check lug nut tightness.Refer to “Tyre and wheels” in section8.

Disc brake pads should be inspectedfor wear whenever tyres are rotated.

✽✽ NOTICERotate radial tyres that have anasymmetric tread pattern only fromfront to rear and not from right toleft.

WARNING• Do not use the compact spare

tyre for tyre rotation.• Do not mix bias ply and radial

ply tyres under any circum-stances. This may causeunusual handling characteris-tics that could result in death,severe injury, or propertydamage.

S2BLA790

S2BLA790A

CBGQ0707A

Without a spare tyre

With a full-size spare tyre (if equipped)

Directional tyres (if equipped)

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:54 PM Page 35

Maintenance

367

Wheel alignment and tyre balance The wheels on your vehicle werealigned and balanced carefully at thefactory to give you the longest tyrelife and best overall performance.In most cases, you will not need tohave your wheels aligned again.However, if you notice unusual tyrewear or your vehicle pulling one wayor the other, the alignment may needto be reset.If you notice your vehicle vibratingwhen driving on a smooth road, yourwheels may need to be rebalanced.

Tyre replacementIf the tyre is worn evenly, a treadwear indicator will appear as a solidband across the tread. This showsthere is less than 1.6 mm (1/16 in.) oftread left on the tyre. Replace thetyre when this happens.Do not wait for the band to appearacross the entire tread before replac-ing the tyre.

CAUTIONImproper wheel weights candamage your vehicle's alu-minum wheels. Use onlyapproved wheel weights.

WARNING - Replacingtyres

• Driving on worn-out tyres isvery hazardous and willreduce braking effectiveness,steering accuracy, and trac-tion.

• Your vehicle is equipped withtyres designed to provide forsafe ride and handling capa-bility. Do not use a size andtype of tyre and wheel that isdifferent from the one that isoriginally installed on yourvehicle. It can affect the safetyand performance of your vehi-cle, which could lead to han-dling failure or rollover andserious injury.When replacingthe tyres, be sure to equip allfour tyres with the tyre andwheel of the same size, type,tread, brand and load-carryingcapacity.

(Continued)

OEN076053

Tread wear indicator

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:54 PM Page 36

7 37

Maintenance

Compact spare tyre replacement (if equipped)A compact spare tyre has a shortertread life than a regular size tyre.Replace it when you can see thetread wear indicator bars on the tyre.The replacement compact spare tyreshould be the same size and designtyre as the one provided with yournew vehicle and should be mountedon the same compact spare tyrewheel. The compact spare tyre is notdesigned to be mounted on a regularsize wheel, and the compact sparetyre wheel is not designed for mount-ing a regular size tyre.

Wheel replacement When replacing the metal wheels forany reason, make sure the newwheels are equivalent to the originalfactory units in diameter, rim widthand offset.

(Continued)• The use of any other tyre size

or type may seriously affectride, handling, ground clear-ance, stopping distance, bodyto tyre clearance, snow tyreclearance, and speedometerreliability.

• It is best to replace all fourtyres at the same time. If thatis not possible, or necessary,then replace the two front ortwo rear tyres as a pair.Replacing just one tyre canseriously affect your vehicle’shandling.

• The ABS works by comparingthe speed of the wheels. Tyresize can affect wheel speed.When replacing tyres, all 4tyres must use the same sizeoriginally supplied with thevehicle. Using tyres of a dif-ferent size can cause the ABS(Anti-lock Brake System) andESP (Electronic StabilityProgram) (if equipped) towork irregularly.

WARNINGA wheel that is not the correctsize may adversely affect wheeland bearing life, braking andstopping abilities, handlingcharacteristics, ground clear-ance, body-to-tyre clearance,snow chain clearance,speedometer and odometer cal-ibration, headlight aim andbumper height.

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:54 PM Page 37

Maintenance

387

Tyre tractionTyre traction can be reduced if youdrive on worn tyres, tyres that areimproperly inflated or on slipperyroad surfaces. Tyres should bereplaced when tread wear indicatorsappear. To reduce the possibility oflosing control, slow down wheneverthere is rain, snow or ice on the road.

Tyre maintenance In addition to proper inflation, correctwheel alignment helps to decreasetyre wear. If you find a tyre is wornunevenly, have your dealer check thewheel alignment.When you have new tyres installed,make sure they are balanced. Thiswill increase vehicle ride comfort andtyre life. Additionally, a tyre shouldalways be rebalanced if it is removedfrom the wheel.

Tyre sidewall labelingThis information identifies anddescribes the fundamental charac-teristics of the tyre and also providesthe tyre identification number (TIN)for safety standard certification. TheTIN can be used to identify the tyre incase of a recall.

1. Manufacturer or brand nameManufacturer or Brand name isshown.

2. Tyre size designation A tyre’s sidewall is marked with a tyresize designation. You will need thisinformation when selecting replace-ment tyres for your car. The followingexplains what the letters and num-bers in the tyre size designationmean.Example tyre size designation:(These numbers are provided as anexample only; your tyre size designa-tor could vary depending on yourvehicle.)P225/55R18 102H

P - Applicable vehicle type (tyresmarked with the prefix “P’’ areintended for use on passengervehicles or light trucks; however,not all tyres have this marking).

225 - Tyre width in millimeters.55 - Aspect ratio. The tyre’s section

height as a percentage of itswidth.

R - Tyre construction code (Radial).18 - Rim diameter in inches.

I030B04JM

1

1

23

4

5,6

7

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:54 PM Page 38

7 39

Maintenance

S 112 mph (180 km/h)T 118 mph (190 km/h)H 130 mph (210 km/h)V 149 mph (240 km/h) Z Above 149 mph (240 km/h)

Maximum SpeedSpeedRatingSymbol

102 - Load Index, a numerical codeassociated with the maximumload the tyre can carry.

H - Speed Rating Symbol. See thespeed rating chart in this sectionfor additional information.

Wheel size designation Wheels are also marked with impor-tant information that you need if youever have to replace one. The follow-ing explains what the letters andnumbers in the wheel size designa-tion mean.

Example wheel size designation:7.0JX18

7.0 - Rim width in inches.J - Rim contour designation.18 - Rim diameter in inches.

Tyre speed ratings The chart below lists many of the dif-ferent speed ratings currently beingused for passenger cars. The speedrating is part of the tyre size desig-nation on the sidewall of the tyre.This symbol corresponds to thattyre's designed maximum safe oper-ating speed.

3. Checking tyre life (TIN : Tyre Identification Number)

Any tyres that are over 6 years,based on the manufacturing date,tyre strength and performance,decline with age naturally (evenunused spare tyres). Therefore, thetyres (including the spare tyre)should be replaced by new ones.Youcan find the manufacturing date onthe tyre sidewall (possibly on theinside of the wheel), displaying theDOT Code. The DOT Code is aseries of numbers on a tyre consist-ing of numbers and English letters.The manufacturing date is designat-ed by the last four digits (characters)of the DOT code.

DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOOThe front part of the DOT means aplant code number, tyre size andtread pattern and the last four num-bers indicate week and year manu-factured.For example:DOT XXXX XXXX 1610 representsthat the tyre was produced in the16th week of 2010.

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:54 PM Page 39

Maintenance

407

4. Tyre ply composition and materialThe number of layers or plies of rub-ber-coated fabric are in the tyre. Tyremanufacturers also must indicate thematerials in the tyre, which includesteel, nylon, polyester, and others.The letter "R" means radial ply con-struction; the letter "D" means diago-nal or bias ply construction; and theletter "B" means belted-bias ply con-struction.

5. Maximum permissible inflationpressure

This number is the greatest amountof air pressure that should be put inthe tyre. Do not exceed the maximumpermissible inflation pressure. Referto the Tyre and Loading Informationlabel for recommended inflationpressure.

6. Maximum load ratingThis number indicates the maximumload in kilograms and pounds thatcan be carried by the tyre. Whenreplacing the tyres on the vehicle,always use a tyre that has the sameload rating as the factory installedtyre.

7. Uniform tyre quality grading Quality grades can be found whereapplicable on the tyre sidewallbetween tread shoulder and maxi-mum section width.For example:TREADWEAR 200 TRACTION AA TEMPERATURE A

Tread wearThe tread wear grade is a compara-tive rating based on the wear rate ofthe tyre when tested under controlledconditions on a specified govern-ment test course. For example, a tyregraded 150 would wear one-and-a-half times (1½) as well on the gov-ernment course as a tyre graded100.The relative performance of tyresdepends upon the actual conditionsof their use, however, and maydepart significantly from the normbecause of variations in drivinghabits, service practices and differ-ences in road characteristics and cli-mate.These grades are molded on theside-walls of passenger vehicletyres.The tyres available as standardor optional equipment on your vehi-cles may vary with respect to grade.

WARNING - Tyre ageTyres degrade over time, evenwhen they are not being used.Regardless of the remainingtread, it is recommended thattyres generally be replacedafter six (6) years of normalservice. Heat caused by hot cli-mates or frequent high loadingconditions can accelerate theaging process. Failure to followthis Warning can result in sud-den tyre failure, which couldlead to a loss of control and anaccident involving seriousinjury or death.

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:54 PM Page 40

7 41

Maintenance

Traction - AA, A, B & C The traction grades, from highest tolowest, are AA, A, B and C. Thosegrades represent the tyres ability tostop on wet pavement as measuredunder controlled conditions on spec-ified government test surfaces ofasphalt and concrete. A tyre markedC may have poor traction perform-ance.

Temperature -A, B & C The temperature grades are A (thehighest), B and C representing thetyre’s resistance to the generation ofheat and its ability to dissipate heatwhen tested under controlled condi-tions on a specified indoor laboratorytest wheel.Sustained high temperature cancause the material of the tyre todegenerate and reduce tyre life, andexcessive temperature can lead tosudden tyre failure. Grades B and Arepresent higher levels of perform-ance on the laboratory test wheelthan the minimum required by thelaw.

WARNING The traction grade assigned tothis tyre is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests,and does not include accelera-tion, cornering, hydroplaning,or peak traction characteristics.

WARNING - Tyre temperature

The temperature grade for thistyre is established for a tyre thatis properly inflated and notoverloaded. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or incombination, can cause heatbuild-up and possible suddentyre failure. This can cause lossof vehicle control and seriousinjury or death.

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:54 PM Page 41

Maintenance

427

FUSESA vehicle’s electrical system is protectedfrom electrical overload damage byfuses.This vehicle has 3 (or 4) fuse panels, onelocated in the driver’s side panel bolster,the other in the engine compartmentnear the battery.If any of your vehicle’s lights, acces-sories, or controls do not work, check theappropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse hasblown, the element inside the fuse will bemelted.If the electrical system does not work,first check the driver’s side fuse panel.Always replace a blown fuse with one ofthe same rating.If the replacement fuse blows, this indi-cates an electrical problem. Avoid usingthe system involved and immediatelyconsult a HYUNDAI authorised repairer.Four kinds of fuses are used: blade typefor lower amperage rating, cartridge type,and fusible link for higher amperage rat-ings.

WARNING - Fuse replace-ment

• Never replace a fuse with any-thing but another fuse of thesame rating.

• A higher capacity fuse couldcause damage and possibly afire.

• Never install a wire instead of theproper fuse - even as a temporaryrepair. It may cause extensivewiring damage and a possible fire.

CAUTIONDo not use a screwdriver or anyother metal object to remove fusesbecause it may cause a short circuitand damage the system.

OLM079051N

Normal

Normal

Blade type

Cartridge type

Fusible link

Blown

Blown

Normal Blown

Normal Blown

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:54 PM Page 42

7 43

Maintenance

Inner panel fuse replacement1. Turn the ignition switch and all other

switches off.2. Open the fuse panel cover.

3. Pull the suspected fuse straight out.Use the removal tool provided in theengine compartment fuse panel.

4. Check the removed fuse; replace it if itis blown.

5. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,and make sure it fits tightly in the clips.

If it fits loosely, consult a HYUNDAIauthorised repairer.If you do not have a spare, use a fuse ofthe same rating from a circuit you maynot need for operating the vehicle, suchas the cigar lighter fuse.

If the headlights or other electrical com-ponents do not work and the fuses areOK, check the fuse block in the enginecompartment. If a fuse is blown, it mustbe replaced.

OLM079020R OLM079021N

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:54 PM Page 43

Maintenance

447

Memory fuse Your vehicle is equipped with a memoryfuse to prevent battery discharge if yourvehicle is parked without being operatedfor prolonged periods. Use the followingprocedures before parking the vehicle forprolonged periods.1. Turn off the engine.2. Turn off the headlights and tail lights.3. Open the driver’s side panel cover and

pull out the memory fuse.

✽✽ NOTICE• If the memory fuse is pulled up from

the fuse panel, the warning chime,audio, clock and interior lamps, etc.,will not operate. Some items must bereset after replacement. Refer to“Battery” in this section.

• Even though the memory fuse ispulled up, the battery can still be dis-charged by operation of the head-lights or other electrical devices.

Engine compartment panel fusereplacement1. Turn the ignition switch and all other

switches off.2. Remove the fuse box cover by press-

ing the tap and pulling up.

OLM079022

OLM079023N

OLM079024

Diesel only

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:54 PM Page 44

7 45

Maintenance

3. Check the removed fuse; replace it if itis blown. To remove or insert the fuse,use the fuse puller in the engine com-partment fuse panel.

4. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,and make sure it fits tightly in the clips.If it fits loosely, consult a HYUNDAIauthorised repairer.

Main fuseIf the main fuse is blown, it must beremoved as follows:1. Turn off the engine.2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.

3. Remove the nuts shown in the pictureabove.

4. Replace the fuse with a new one of thesame rating.

5. Reinstall in the reverse order ofremoval.

CAUTIONAfter checking the fuse box in theengine compartment, securelyinstall the fuse box cover. If not,electrical failures may occur fromwater leaking in.

OLM079052R

OEL070305R

■ Type A

■ Type B

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:54 PM Page 45

Maintenance

467

Multi fuseIf the multi fuse is blown, it must beremoved as follows:1. Turn off the engine.2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.3. Remove the fuse panel on the right

side in the engine compartment.4. Remove the nuts shown in the picture

above.5. Replace the fuse with a new one of the

same rating.6. Reinstall in the reverse order of

removal.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the multi fuse or main fuse is blown,consult a HYUNDAI authorised repair-er.

OLM079025

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:54 PM Page 46

7 47

Maintenance

Engine compartment OLM079026R/OLM079053R/OLM079027/OEL070306R/OLM079028

Fuse/Relay panel descriptionInside the fuse/relay box covers, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay name and capacity.

Diesel onlyDriver’s side panel Main fuse■ Type A

■ Type B

✽✽ NOTICENot all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle. It is accurate at the time of printing. When youinspect the fuse box on your vehicle, refer to the fuse box label.

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:55 PM Page 47

Maintenance

487

Inner fuse panel (Instrument panel)

No. Fuse rating Symbol Fuse Name Circuit Protected

1 10A

AUDIO 1

Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, DC/DC Converter

2 10A

ROOM LP IPS Control Module (B+), BCM, A/C Control Module, Data Link Connector, Instrument Cluster(IND), RF Receiver, Ignition Key ILL. & Door Warning Switch, Auto Light & Photo Sensor, MAP Lamp, Room Lamp,Luggage Lamp, Driver/Passenger Vanity Lamp

3 10A MODULE 2IPS Control Module (ON Input), Electro Chromic Mirror, BCM, PDM, Head Lamp Levelling Device Switch, Head Lamp Levelling Device Actuator LH/RH,ICM Relay Box (Rear Seat Warmer Relay LH/RH)

4 10A STARTE/R Fuse & Relay Box (RLY. 4 / 11 - Start / ATM P/N),Burglar Alarm Relay

5 10A AIR BAG IND. Instrument Cluster (IND.)

6 10A CLUSTERInstrument Cluster (IND.), Seat Belt Reminder Switch,Console Switch, BCM, Smart Key Control Module, Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, ISG Switch, Alternator

7 10A MODULE 4E/R Fuse & Relay Box (RLY. 1 - Blower), Rain Sensor,Diesel Box (RLY. 2, 3 - PTC Heater Relay #2, #3),A/C Control Module, Cluster Ionizer, Sunroof Motor

8 25APOWER OUTLET

2Cigarette Lighter & Front Power Outlet,Rear Power Outlet

9 10A AUDIO 2Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, AMP, PDM, BCM, Power Outside Mirror Switch,Smart Key Control Module, DC/DC Converter, Sunroof Motor

POWER CONNECTOR

POWER CONNECTOR

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:55 PM Page 48

7 49

Maintenance


10 10A AIR BAG SRS Control Module, Passenger Air Bag Lamp

11 10A MODULE 1

IPS Control Module (ON/START Input), 4WD ECM, ICM Relay Box (DBC Relay), DBC Switch, Multifunction Switch (Light), Steering Angle Sensor, Stop Lamp Switch,EPS Control Module, Tyre Pressure Monitoring Module, ESP Off Switch, E/R Fuse & Relay Box (RLY. 8 - ESS), DC/DC Converter, Smart Parking Assist Control Module

12 10A FOG LP RR ICM Relay Box (Rear Fog Lamp Relay)

13 25A WIPER FRTE/R Fuse & Relay Box (RLY. 12 - Front Wiper LO,RLY. 13 - Rain Wiper),Front Wiper Motor, Multifunction Switch (Wiper)

14 15A S/HEATER FRT Console Switch

15 15A POWER OUTLET 1 Cigarette Lighter & Front Power Outlet

16 10A BACK-UP LPBack-Up Lamp Relay, Rear Parking Assist Sensor LH/RH, Rear Parking Assist Sensor Centre LH/RH

17 15A DR LOCK Door Lock/Unlock Relay, Tail Gate Relay, ICM Relay Box (Dead Lock Relay)

18 7.5A MODULE 5 BCM, Smart Key Control Module, PDM

19 15A WIPER RR ICM Relay Box (Rear Wiper Relay), Rear Wiper Motor, Multifunction Switch (Wiper)

20 15A SUNROOF Sunroof Motor

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:55 PM Page 49

Maintenance

507


21 20A IGN 1 E/R Fuse & Relay Box (FUSE - F23, F24, F25)

22 7.5A A/CON A/C Control Module (Auto)

23 15A S/HEATER RR ICM Relay Box (Rear Seat Warmer Relay LH/RH)

24 25A P/WDW RHPower Window Main Switch, Passenger Power Window Switch(LHD), Rear Power Window Switch RH

25 10A MODULE 3 Power Outside Mirror Switch

26 10A SMART KEY PDM, Smart Key Control Module, FOB Holder, Start/Stop Button Switch

27 15A PDM PDM

28 25A P/WDW LHPower Window Main Switch, Passenger Power Window Switch(RHD), Rear Power Window Switch LH

29 25A AMP AMP, DC/DC Converter

30 7.5A HTD MIRRRear Defogger Switch, ECM(G4FD)Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror

31 20A SAFETY P/WDW Driver Safety Power Window Module

32 7.5A TPMSATM Shift Lever, Rear Parking Assist Buzzer, Tyre Pressure Monitoring Module

33 15A HAZARD ICM Relay Box (Flasher Sound Relay), BCM

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:55 PM Page 50

7 51

Maintenance

Engine compartment main fuse panelNo. Fuse rating Symbol Fuse Name Circuit Protected

MULTIFUSE

1 80A MDPS EPS Control Module

2 60A B+1I/P Junction Box (Fuse - F13 / F20 / F26 / F31 / F37, IPS 4 / IPS 5 / IPS 6 /IPS 7)

3 40A ABS 2 ESP Control Module, ABS Control Module, Multipurpose Check Connector

4 40A EMS EMS Box (Fuse - F1 / F2 / F3 / F6)

5 40A ABS 1 ESP Control Module, ABS Control Module, Multipurpose Check Connector

6 40A BLOWER RLY. 1 (Blower Relay)

7 60A B+3 Smart Junction Box (Fuse - F30 / F35 / F36, Power Connector - F1 / F2)

8 60A B+2Smart Junction Box (Power Window Relay, Fuse - F23 / F28 / F33, IPS 0 /IPS 1 / IPS 2 / IPS 3)

FUSE

940A(50A)GSL(DSL)

COOLINGFAN

RLY. 3 (Cooling Fan Low Relay), RLY. 9 (Cooling Fan High Relay)

10 40AHEATED

GLASS RRRLY. 6 (Rear Defogger Relay)

11 30A IGN 1W/O Smart Key - Ignition Switch, With Smart Key - PDM Relay Box (IGN1 Relay)

12 40A IGN 2RLY. 4 (Start Relay), W/O Smart Key - Ignition Switch, With Smart Key - PDM Relay Box (IGN2 Relay)

13 15A HORN RLY. 2 (Horn Relay), RLY. 5 (Burglar Alarm Horn Relay)

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:55 PM Page 51

Maintenance

527

Engine compartment sub fuse panel (Disel Engine)No. Fuse rating Fuse Symbol Circuit Protected Relay Symbol Relay Type

1 50A PTC Heater Relay #1 MICRO PLUG



4 30A Fuel Filter Heater Relay MICRO PLUG

5 80A Glow Relay Unit - -


FUSE

14 15A DEICER RLY. 10 (Front Wiper Deicer Relay)

15 10A STOP LAMP Stop Lamp Switch, ICM Relay Box (DBC Relay)

16 10A B+ SENSOR Battery Sensor (G4KD/D4HA)

17 10A 4WD 4WD ECM

18 7.5A ECU 2RLY. 11 (ATM P/N Relay), RLY. 4 (Start Relay), ECM/PCM, Multifunction Switch (G4KD), Mass Air Flow Sensor (D4FD/D4HA)

19 7.5A ABSESP Control Module, ABS Control Module, Multipurpose Check Connector,Fuel Filter Warning Sensor (D4FD/D4HA), Glow Relay Unit (D4HA), Diesel Box (RLY. 4 - Fuel Filter Heater Relay)(D4FD/D4HA)

20 7.5A TCU 2 Transaxle Range Switch(G4KD/D4HA), TCM (D4HA), Vehicle Speed Sensor

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:55 PM Page 52

7 53

Maintenance

LIGHT BULBS

Use only the bulbs of the specifiedwattage.

✽✽ NOTICEAfter heavy, driving rain or washing,headlight and taillight lenses couldappear frosty. This condition is caused bythe temperature difference between thelamp inside and outside. This is similarto the condensation on your windowsinside your vehicle during the rain anddoesn’t indicate a problem with yourvehicle. If the water leaks into the lampbulb circuitry, have the vehicle checkedby a HYUNDAI authorised repairer.

WARNING - Working onthe lights

Prior to working on the light, firmlyapply the parking brake, ensurethat the ignition switch is turned tothe “LOCK” position and turn offthe lights to avoid sudden move-ment of the vehicle and burningyour fingers or receiving an electricshock.

CAUTIONBe sure to replace the burned-outbulb with one of the same wattagerating. Otherwise, it may causedamage to the fuse or electricwiring system.

CAUTIONIf you don’t have necessary tools,the correct bulbs and the expertise,consult a HYUNDAI authorisedrepairer. In many cases, it is difficultto replace vehicle light bulbsbecause other parts of the vehiclemust be removed before you canget to the bulb. This is especiallytrue if you have to remove the head-light assembly to get to the bulb(s).Removing/installing the headlightassembly can result in damage tothe vehicle.

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:55 PM Page 53

Maintenance

547

G220100AUN

Headlight, position light, turn sig-nal light, front fog light bulbreplacement(1) Front turn signal light(2) Position light(3) Headlight (High)(4) Headlight (Low)(5) Front fog light (if equipped)

Headlight (High/Low)1. Open the bonnet.2. Remove the headlight bulb cover by

turning it counterclockwise.3. Disconnect the headlight bulb socket-

connector.

4. Unsnap the headlight bulb retainingwire by depressing the end and push-ing it upward.

5. Remove the bulb from the headlightassembly.

6. Install a new headlight bulb and snapthe headlight bulb retaining wire intoposition by aligning the wire with thegroove on the bulb.

7. Connect the headlight bulb socket-connector.

8. Install the headlight bulb cover by turn-ing it clockwise.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the headlight aiming adjustment isnecessary after the headlight assembly isreinstalled, consult a HYUNDAI autho-rised repairer.

OEL079056OEL079029

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:55 PM Page 54

7 55

Maintenance

Turn signal light/Position lightTurn signal light1. Turn off the engine and open the bon-

net.2. Remove the socket from the assembly

by turning the socket counterclockwiseuntil the tabs on the socket align withthe slots on the assembly.

3. Remove the bulb from the socket bypressing it in and rotating it counter-clockwise until the tabs on the bulbalign with the slots in the socket. Pullthe bulb out of the socket.

4. Insert a new bulb by inserting it intothe socket and rotating it until it locksinto place.

5. Install the socket in the assembly byaligning the tabs on the socket with theslots in the assembly. Push the socketinto the assembly and turn the socketclockwise.

OHD076046

WARNING - Halogen bulbs• Halogen bulbs contain pressur-

ized gas that will produce flyingpieces of glass if broken.

• Always handle them carefully,and avoid scratches and abra-sions. If the bulbs are lit, avoidcontact with liquids. Never touchthe glass with bare hands.Residual oil may cause the bulbto overheat and burst when lit. Abulb should be operated onlywhen installed in a headlight.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If a bulb becomes damaged or

cracked, replace it immediatelyand carefully dispose of it.

• Wear eye protection when chang-ing a bulb. Allow the bulb to cooldown before handling it.

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:55 PM Page 55

Maintenance

567

Position light1. Turn off the engine and open the bon-

net.2. Remove the headlight bulb cover by

turning it counterclockwise.3. Remove the socket from the assembly

by pulling it out.4. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight

out.5. Insert a new bulb into the socket.6. Install the socket into the assembly by

pushing it in.

Front fog light bulbs (if equipped)1. Remove the front bumper under cover.2. Reach your hand into the back of the

front bumper.3. Disconnect the power connector from

the socket.4. Remove the bulb-socket from the

housing by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socketalign with the slots on the housing.

5. Install the new bulb-socket into thehousing by aligning the tabs on thesocket with the slots in the housing.Push the socket into the housing andturn the socket clockwise.

6. Connect the power connector to thesocket.

7. Reinstall the front bumper under cover.

Side repeater light bulb replace-ment (if equipped) Type AIf the light bulb does not operate, havethe vehicle checked by a HYUNDAIauthorised repairer.

OLM079031/H

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:55 PM Page 56

7 57

Maintenance

Type B1. Remove the light assembly from the

vehicle by prying the lens and pullingthe assembly out.

2. Reinstall a new light assembly to thebody of the vehicle.

Rear combination light bulbreplacement(1) Stop and tail light(2) Rear turn signal light(3) Back-up light(4) Tail light

Outside light1. Open the tailgate.2. Loosen the light assembly retaining

screws with a cross-tip screwdriver.3. Remove the rear combination light

assembly from the body of the vehicle.

OLM079050 OLM079033

OLM079034

OLM079035

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:55 PM Page 57

Maintenance

587

4. Remove the socket from the assemblyby turning the socket counterclockwiseuntil the tabs on the socket align withthe slots on the assembly.




8. Reinstall the light assembly to thebody of the vehicle.

Inside light1. Open the tailgate.2. Remove the service cover using a flat-

blade screwdriver.3. Remove the socket from the assembly





7. Install the service cover by putting itinto the service hole.

OLM079047

OEL079038

OLM079036

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:56 PM Page 58

7 59

Maintenance

Rear Fog Light (if equipped)1. Remove the socket from the assembly



3. Insert a new bulb in the socket.4. Reinstall the light assembly to the

body of the vehicle.High mounted stop light bulbreplacement (if equipped)If the light does not operate, have thevehicle checked by a HYUNDAI autho-rised repairer.

License plate light bulb replace-ment 1. Remove the lens by pressing the tabs.2. Remove the socket from the lens.3. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight

out.4. Install a new bulb in the socket and

install the socket to the lens.5. Reinstall the lens securely.

OLM079039 OLM079055

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:56 PM Page 59

Maintenance

607

Interior light bulb replacement1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently

pry the lens from the interior lighthousing.

2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straightout.

3. Install a new bulb in the socket.4. Align the lens tabs with the interior

light housing notches and snap thelens into place.

WARNING Prior to working on the InteriorLights, ensure that the “OFF” but-ton is depressed to avoid burningyour fingers or receiving an electricshock.

CAUTIONUse care not to dirty or damagelens, lens tab, and plastic housings.

Map lamp

Glove box lamp (if equipped)

Luggage room lamp (if equipped)

Sunvisor lamp

Room lampOLM079040/OXM079041/H/OEL079042/OLM07904

4/OLM079045/H

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:56 PM Page 60

7 61

Maintenance

APPEARANCE CAREExterior careExterior general caution It is very important to follow the labeldirections when using any chemicalcleaner or polish. Read all warning andcaution statements that appear on thelabel.

Finish maintenanceWashing To help protect your vehicle’s finish fromrust and deterioration, wash it thoroughlyand frequently at least once a month withlukewarm or cold water.If you use your vehicle for off-road driv-ing, you should wash it after each off-road trip. Pay special attention to theremoval of any accumulation of salt, dirt,mud, and other foreign materials. Makesure the drain holes in the lower edges ofthe doors and rocker panels are keptclear and clean.Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,industrial pollution and similar depositscan damage your vehicle’s finish if notremoved immediately.Even prompt washing with plain watermay not completely remove all thesedeposits.A mild soap, safe for use on painted sur-faces, may be used.After washing, rinse the vehicle thor-oughly with lukewarm or cold water. Donot allow soap to dry on the finish.

WARNING - Wet brakesAfter washing the vehicle, test thebrakes whilst driving slowly to seeif they have been affected by water.If braking performance is impaired,dry the brakes by applying themlightly whilst maintaining a slowforward speed.

CAUTION• Do not use strong soap, chemical

detergents or hot water, and donot wash the vehicle in directsunlight or when the body of thevehicle is warm.

• Be careful when washing the sidewindows of your vehicle.Especially, with high-pressurewater, water may leak through thewindows and wet the interior.

• To prevent damage to the plasticparts, do not clean with chemicalsolvents or strong detergents.

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:56 PM Page 61

Maintenance

627

WaxingWax the vehicle when water will nolonger bead on the paint.Always wash and dry the vehicle beforewaxing. Use a good quality liquid orpaste wax, and follow the manufacturer’sinstructions. Wax all metal trim to protectit and to maintain its luster.Removing oil, tar, and similar materialswith a spot remover will usually strip thewax from the finish. Be sure to re-waxthese areas even if the rest of the vehicledoes not yet need waxing.

Finish damage repair Deep scratches or stone chips in thepainted surface must be repairedpromptly. Exposed metal will quickly rustand may develop into a major repairexpense.

✽✽ NOTICEIf your vehicle is damaged and requiresany metal repair or replacement, be surethe body shop applies anti-corrosionmaterials to the parts repaired orreplaced.

CAUTION• Wiping dust or dirt off the body

with a dry cloth will scratch thefinish.

• Do not use steel wool, abrasivecleaners, or strong detergentscontaining highly alkaline orcaustic agents on chrome-platedor anodized aluminum parts. Thismay result in damage to the pro-tective coating and cause discol-oration or paint deterioration.

CAUTION• Water washing in the engine com-

partment including high pressurewater washing may cause the fail-ure of electrical circuits located inthe engine compartment.

• Never allow water or other liquidsto come in contact with electri-cal/electronic components insidethe vehicle as this may damagethem.

OJB037800

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:56 PM Page 62

7 63

Maintenance

Bright-metal maintenance• To remove road tar and insects, use a

tar remover, not a scraper or othersharp object.

• To protect the surfaces of bright-metalparts from corrosion, apply a coating ofwax or chrome preservative and rub toa high luster.

• During winter weather or in coastalareas, cover the bright metal parts witha heavier coating of wax or preserva-tive. If necessary, coat the parts withnon-corrosive petroleum jelly or otherprotective compound.

Underbody maintenanceCorrosive materials used for ice andsnow removal and dust control may col-lect on the underbody. If these materialsare not removed, accelerated rusting canoccur on underbody parts such as thefuel lines, frame, floor pan and exhaustsystem, even though they have beentreated with rust protection.Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbodyand wheel openings with lukewarm orcold water once a month, after off-roaddriving and at the end of each winter. Payspecial attention to these areas becauseit is difficult to see all the mud and dirt. Itwill do more harm than good to wet downthe road grime without removing it. Thelower edges of doors, rocker panels, andframe members have drain holes thatshould not be allowed to clog with dirt;trapped water in these areas can causerusting.

WARNINGAfter washing the vehicle, test thebrakes whilst driving slowly to seeif they have been affected by water.If braking performance is impaired,dry the brakes by applying themlightly whilst maintaining a slowforward speed.

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:56 PM Page 63

Maintenance

647

Aluminum wheel maintenance The aluminum wheels are coated with aclear protective finish.• Do not use any abrasive cleaner, pol-

ishing compound, solvent, or wirebrushes on aluminum wheels. Theymay scratch or damage the finish.

• Use only a mild soap or neutral deter-gent, and rinse thoroughly with water.Also, be sure to clean the wheels afterdriving on salted roads. This helps pre-vent corrosion.

• Avoid washing the wheels with high-speed car wash brushes.

• Do not use any acid detergent. It maydamage and corrode the aluminumwheels coated with a clear protectivefinish.

Corrosion protectionProtecting your vehicle from corrosionBy using the most advanced design andconstruction practices to combat corro-sion, we produces cars of the highestquality. However, this is only part of thejob. To achieve the long-term corrosionresistance your vehicle can deliver, theowner's cooperation and assistance isalso required.

Common causes of corrosionThe most common causes of corrosionon your car are:• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is

allowed to accumulate underneath thecar.

• Removal of paint or protective coatingsby stones, gravel, abrasion or minorscrapes and dents which leave unpro-tected metal exposed to corrosion.

High-corrosion areasIf you live in an area where your car isregularly exposed to corrosive materials,corrosion protection is particularly impor-tant. Some of the common causes ofaccelerated corrosion are road salts,dust control chemicals, ocean air andindustrial pollution.

Moisture breeds corrosionMoisture creates the conditions in whichcorrosion is most likely to occur. Forexample, corrosion is accelerated byhigh humidity, particularly when tempera-tures are just above freezing. In suchconditions, the corrosive material is keptin contact with the car surfaces by mois-ture that is slow to evaporate.Mud is particularly corrosive because it isslow to dry and holds moisture in contactwith the vehicle. Although the mudappears to be dry, it can still retain themoisture and promote corrosion.High temperatures can also acceleratecorrosion of parts that are not properlyventilated so the moisture can be dis-persed. For all these reasons, it is par-ticularly important to keep your car cleanand free of mud or accumulations ofother materials. This applies not only tothe visible surfaces but particularly to theunderside of the car.

To help prevent corrosionYou can help prevent corrosion from get-ting started by observing the following:

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:56 PM Page 64

7 65

Maintenance

Keep your car cleanThe best way to prevent corrosion is tokeep your car clean and free of corrosivematerials. Attention to the underside ofthe car is particularly important.

• If you live in a high-corrosion area —where road salts are used, near theocean, areas with industrial pollution,acid rain, etc.—, you should take extracare to prevent corrosion. In winter,hose off the underside of your car atleast once a month and be sure toclean the underside thoroughly whenwinter is over.

• When cleaning underneath the car,give particular attention to the compo-nents under the fenders and otherareas that are hidden from view. Do athorough job; just dampening the accu-mulated mud rather than washing itaway will accelerate corrosion ratherthan prevent it. Water under high pres-sure and steam are particularly effec-tive in removing accumulated mud andcorrosive materials.

• When cleaning lower door panels,rocker panels and frame members, besure that drain holes are kept open sothat moisture can escape and not betrapped inside to accelerate corrosion.

Keep your garage dryDon't park your car in a damp, poorlyventilated garage. This creates a favor-able environment for corrosion. This isparticularly true if you wash your car inthe garage or drive it into the garagewhen it is still wet or covered with snow,ice or mud. Even a heated garage cancontribute to corrosion unless it is wellventilated so moisture is dispersed.

Keep paint and trim in good conditionScratches or chips in the finish should becovered with "touch-up" paint as soon aspossible to reduce the possibility of cor-rosion. If bare metal is showing through,the attention of a qualified body and paintshop is recommended.

Bird droppings : Bird droppings are high-ly corrosive and may damage paintedsurfaces in just a few hours. Alwaysremove bird droppings as soon as possi-ble.

Don't neglect the interiorMoisture can collect under the floor matsand carpeting to cause corrosion. Checkunder the mats periodically to be surethe carpeting is dry. Use particular care ifyou carry fertilizers, cleaning materials orchemicals in the car.These should be carried only in propercontainers and any spills or leaks shouldbe cleaned up, flushed with clean waterand thoroughly dried.

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:56 PM Page 65

Maintenance

667

Interior careInterior general precautions Prevent caustic solutions such as per-fume and cosmetic oil from contactingthe dashboard because they may causedamage or discoloration. If they do con-tact the dashboard, wipe them off imme-diately. See the instructions that follow forthe proper way to clean vinyl.

Cleaning the upholstery and interiortrim Vinyl Remove dust and loose dirt from vinylwith a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner.

Fabric Remove dust and loose dirt from fabricwith a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.Clean with a mild soap solution recom-mended for upholstery or carpets.Remove fresh spots immediately with afabric spot cleaner. If fresh spots do notreceive immediate attention, the fabriccan be stained and its colour can beaffected. Also, its fire-resistant propertiescan be reduced if the material is notproperly maintained.

Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt web-bing Clean the belt webbing with any mildsoap solution recommended for cleaningupholstery or carpet. Follow the instruc-tions provided with the soap. Do notbleach or re-dye the webbing becausethis may weaken it.

Cleaning the interior window glass If the interior glass surfaces of the vehi-cle become fogged (that is, covered withan oily, greasy or waxy film), they shouldbe cleaned with glass cleaner. Follow thedirections on the glass cleaner container.

CAUTIONNever allow water or other liquidsto come in contact withelectrical/electronic componentsinside the vehicle as this may dam-age them.

CAUTIONUsing anything but recommendedcleaners and procedures may affectthe fabric’s appearance and fire-resistant properties.

CAUTIONWhen cleaning leather products(steering wheel, seats etc.), useneutral detergents or low alcoholcontent solutions. If you use highalcohol content solutions oracid/alkaline detergents, the colourof the leather may fade or the sur-face may get stripped off.

CAUTIONDo not scrape or scratch the insideof the rear window. This may resultin damage to the rear windowdefroster grid.

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:56 PM Page 66

7 67

Maintenance

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMThe emission control system of yourvehicle is covered by a written limitedwarranty. Please see the warranty infor-mation contained in the Service Passportin your vehicle.Your vehicle is equipped with an emis-sion control system to meet all emissionregulations.There are three emission control sys-tems which are as follows.

(1) Crankcase emission control system(2) Evaporative emission control system(3) Exhaust emission control system

In order to assure the proper function ofthe emission control systems, it is rec-ommended that you have your carinspected and maintained by aHYUNDAI authorised repairer in accor-dance with the maintenance schedule.

Caution for the Inspection andMaintenance Test (With ElectronicStability Program (ESP) system)• To prevent the vehicle from misfir-

ing during dynamometer testing,turn the Electronic StabilityProgram (ESP) system off by press-ing the ESP switch.

• After dynamometer testing is com-pleted, turn the ESP system back onby pressing the ESP switch again.

1. Crankcase emission controlsystem

The positive crankcase ventilation sys-tem is employed to prevent air pollutioncaused by blow-by gases being emittedfrom the crankcase. This system suppliesfresh filtered air to the crankcase throughthe air intake hose. Inside the crankcase,the fresh air mixes with blow-by gases,which then pass through the PCV valveinto the induction system.

2. Evaporative emission controlSystem

The Evaporative Emission ControlSystem is designed to prevent fuelvapours from escaping into the atmos-phere.

CanisterFuel vapours generated inside the fueltank are absorbed and stored in theonboard canister. When the engine isrunning, the fuel vapours absorbed in thecanister are drawn into the surge tankthrough the purge control solenoid valve.

Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)The purge control solenoid valve is con-trolled by the Engine Control Module(ECM); when the engine coolant temper-ature is low during idling, the PCSV clos-es so that evaporated fuel is not takeninto the engine. After the engine warms-up during ordinary driving, the PCSVopens to introduce evaporated fuel to theengine.

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:56 PM Page 67

Maintenance

687

3. Exhaust emission control system

The Exhaust Emission Control System isa highly effective system which controlsexhaust emissions whilst maintaininggood vehicle performance.

Vehicle modifications This vehicle should not be modified.Modification of your vehicle could affectits performance, safety or durability andmay even violate governmental safetyand emissions regulations.In addition, damage or performanceproblems resulting from any modificationmay not be covered under warranty.

Engine exhaust gas precautions (carbon monoxide) • Carbon monoxide can be present with

other exhaust fumes. Therefore, if yousmell exhaust fumes of any kind insideyour vehicle, have it inspected andrepaired immediately. If you ever sus-pect exhaust fumes are coming intoyour vehicle, drive it only with all thewindows fully open. Have your vehiclechecked and repaired immediately.

• Do not operate the engine in confinedor closed areas (such as garages) anymore than what is necessary to movethe vehicle in or out of the area.

• When the vehicle is stopped in anopen area for more than a short timewith the engine running, adjust theventilation system (as needed) to drawoutside air into the vehicle.

• Never sit in a parked or stopped vehi-cle for any extended time with theengine running.

• When the engine stalls or fails to start,excessive attempts to restart theengine may cause damage to theemission control system.

WARNING - ExhaustEngine exhaust gases contain car-bon monoxide (CO). Thoughcolourless and odourless, it is dan-gerous and could be lethal ifinhaled. Follow the instructionsfollowing to avoid CO poisoning.

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:56 PM Page 68

7 69

Maintenance

Operating precautions for catalyticconverters (if equipped)

Your vehicle is equipped with a catalyticconverter emission control device.Therefore, the following precautionsmust be observed:• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for petrol

engine.• Do not operate the vehicle when there

are signs of engine malfunction, suchas misfire or a noticeable loss of per-formance.

• Do not misuse or abuse the engine.Examples of misuse are coasting withthe ignition off and descending steepgrades in gear with the ignition off.

• Do not operate the engine at high idlespeed for extended periods (5 minutesor more).

• Do not modify or tamper with any partof the engine or emission control sys-tem. All inspections and adjustmentsmust be made by a HYUNDAI autho-rised repairer.

• Avoid driving with a extremely low fuellevel. Running out of fuel cause theengine to misfire, damaging the cat-alytic converter.

Failure to observe these precautionscould result in damage to the catalyticconverter and to your vehicle.Additionally, such actions could void yourwarranties.

Diesel Particulate Filter (if equipped)The Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) sys-tem removes the soot emitted from thevehicle.Unlike a disposable air filter, the DPFsystem automatically burns (oxidizes)and removes the accumulated sootaccording to the driving condition. Inother words, the active burning by enginecontrol system and high exhaust gastemperature caused by normal/high driv-ing condition burns and removes theaccumulated soot.However, if the vehicle continues to bedriven at low speed for long time, theaccumulated soot may not be automati-cally removed because of low exhaustgas temperature. In this particular case,the amount of soot is out of detectionlimit, the soot oxidation process byengine control system may not happenand the malfunction indicator light mayblink.When the malfunction indicator lightblinks, it may stop blinking by driving thevehicle at more than 37 mph (60km/h) orat more than second gear with 1500 ~2000 engine rpm for a certain time (forabout 25 minutes).

WARNING - FireA hot exhaust system can igniteflammable items under your vehi-cle. Do not park, idle, or drive thevehicle over or near flammableobjects, such as dry grass, paper,leaves, etc.

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:56 PM Page 69

If the malfunction indicator light contin-ues to be blinked in spite of the proce-dure, please visit a HYUNDAI authorisedrepairer and then check the DPF system.If you continue to drive with the malfunc-tion indicator light blinking for a longtime, the DPF system can be damagedand fuel consumption can be worsen.

CAUTION - Diesel Fuel (if equipped with DPF)

It is recommended to use the regu-lated automotive diesel fuel fordiesel vehicle equipped with theDPF system.If you use diesel fuel including highsulfur (more than 50 ppm sulfur)and unspecified additives, it cancause the DPF system to be dam-aged and white smoke can be emit-ted.

7 70

Maintenance

EL UK 7.QXP 8/26/2010 3:56 PM Page 70

8

Dimensions / 8-2Bulb wattage / 8-2Tyres and wheels / 8-3Recommended lubricants and capacities / 8-4Vehicle identification number (VIN) / 8-7Vehicle certification label / 8-7Tyre specification and pressure label / 8-8Engine number / 8-8


EL UK 8.QXP 8/24/2010 4:41 PM Page 1


28

DIMENSIONS

Item in (mm)

Overall length 173.6 (4410)

Overall width 71.6 (1820)

Overall height 65.4 (1660)/65.7 (1670)*1

Front tread 62.6 (1591)*2/62.4 (1585)*3

Rear tread 62.6 (1592)*2/ 62.4 (1586)*3

Wheelbase 103.9 (2640)

Light Bulb WattageHeadlights (Low/High) 55/55Front turn signal lights 21Position lights 5Side repeater lights (Outside mirror)* LEDSide repeater lights* 5Front fog lights* 27Rear fog light* 21Stop and tail lights (Outside) 21/5Rear turn signal lights (Outside) 21Tail light* (Inside) 5Back-up lights (Inside) 16High mounted stop light LEDLicense plate lights 5Map lamps 10Room lamps 10Luggage lamp* 5Glove box lamp* 5Vanity mirror lamps* 5

BULB WATTAGE

* If equipped

*1 with roof rack*2 with 215/70R16*3 with 225/60R17 or 225/55R18

EL UK 8.QXP 8/24/2010 4:41 PM Page 2

8 3


TYRES AND WHEELS

Item Tyre size Wheel size

Inflation pressure psi (bar, kPa)

Wheel lug nut torqueN•m (lb•ft, kg•m)

Normal load

( )

Maximum load

( )

Front Rear Front Rear

Full size tyre

225/55R18 6.5J×1833

(2.3, 230)33

(2.3, 230)38

(2.6, 260)39

(2.7, 270)88~107

(65~79, 9~11)225/60R17 6.5Jx17

215/70R16 6.5Jx16

EL UK 8.QXP 8/24/2010 4:41 PM Page 3


48

To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality. The correctlubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.

RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES

Lubricant Volume Classification

Engine oil *1 *2

(drain and refill)

Recommends

Petrol Engine1.6L 3.3 l (2.9 Imp. qts.)

ACEA A3/A52.0L 4.1 l (3.61 Imp. qts.)

Diesel Engine

1.7Lwith DPF *3 5.3 l (4.66 Imp. qts.) ACEA C3

without DPF *3 5.3 l (4.66 Imp. qts.) ACEA B4

2.0Lwith DPF *3 8.0 l (7.04 Imp. qts.) ACEA C3

without DPF *3 8.0 l (7.04 Imp. qts.) ACEA B4

Manual transaxle fluid

Petrol Engine1.6L 1.8 l (1.58 Imp. qts.)

API GL-4, SAE 75W/852.0L 2.1 l (1.85 Imp. qts.)

Diesel Engine1.7L 1.9 l (1.67 Imp. qts.)

2.0L 1.8 l (1.58 Imp. qts.)

Automatic transaxle fluid

Petrol Engine 2.0L 7.1 l (6.25 Imp. qts.) MICHANG ATF SP-IV

SK ATF SP-IV

NOCA ATF SP-IV

HYUNDAI genuine ATF SP-IVDiesel Engine

1.7L 7.1 l (6.25 Imp. qts.)

2.0L 7.8 l (6.86 Imp. qts.)

*1: Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on 8-6 page.*2: Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel economy by reducing

the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving, but in a year’stime, they can offer significant cost and energy savings.

*3: Diesel Particulate Filter

EL UK 8.QXP 8/24/2010 4:41 PM Page 4

8 5


Recommends Engine oil

SupplierProduct

Petrol Engine Diesel EngineSK ZIC LD5W-30 ZIC LS 5W-30

Chevron KIXX G1 LL KIXX D1 5W-30

TotalQUARTZ HKS G-310

QUARTZ INEO MC3 5W-30QUARTZ INEO MC3 5W-30

ShellHELIX ULTRA AH-E 5W-30

HELIX ULTRA AP 5W-30HELIX ULTRA 5W-40

Fuchs TITAN SUPERSYN LONG LIFE 5W-30/40

Lubricant Volume Classification

Coolant Petrol Engine 6.7 l (5.90 Imp. qts.) Mixture of antifreeze and distilled water

(Ethylene glycol base coolant for aluminum radiator)Diesel Engine 8.5 l (7.48 Imp. qts.)

Brake/clutch fluid0.7~0.8 l

(0.62~0.70 Imp. qts.)FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4

Rear differential oil (4WD) 0.65 l ( 0.57 Imp. qts.)HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5, SAE 75W/90

(SHELL SPIRAX X or equivalent)

Transfer case oil (4WD) 0.6 l (0.53 Imp. qts.)HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5, SAE 75W/90

(SHELL SPIRAX X or equivalent)

Fuel 58 l (12.76 Imp. gal.) Refer to “Fuel requirements” in section 1

EL UK 8.QXP 8/24/2010 4:41 PM Page 5


68

Recommended SAE viscositynumber

Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has aneffect on fuel economy and cold weatheroperating (engine start and engine oilflowability). Lower viscosity engine oilscan provide better fuel economy and coldweather performance, however, higherviscosity engine oils are required for sat-isfactory lubrication in hot weather. Usingoils of any viscosity other than those rec-ommended could result in engine dam-age.

When choosing an oil, consider the rangeof temperature your vehicle will be oper-ated in before the next oil change.Proceed to select the recommended oilviscosity from the chart.

CAUTIONAlways be sure to clean the areaaround any filler plug, drain plug, ordipstick before checking or drain-ing any lubricant. This is especiallyimportant in dusty or sandy areasand when the vehicle is used onunpaved roads. Cleaning the plugand dipstick areas will prevent dirtand grit from entering the engineand other mechanisms that couldbe damaged.

Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers

Temperature

Petrol Engine Oil

°C(°F)

-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50-10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120

DieselEngine Oil (1.7L) 5W-30

15W-40

10W-30

0W-30

5W-30, 5W-40

DieselEngine Oil (2.0L) 5W-30

15W-40

10W-30

0W-30/40

EL UK 8.QXP 8/24/2010 4:41 PM Page 6

8 7


The vehicle identification number (VIN) isthe number used in registering your vehi-cle and in all legal matters pertaining toits ownership, etc.The number is punched on the floorunder the driver seat. To check the num-ber, open the cover.

The VIN is also on a plate attached to thetop of the dashboard. The number on theplate can easily be seen through thewindscreen from outside.

The vehicle certification label attachedon the driver’s (or front passenger’s) sidecentre pillar gives the vehicle identifica-tion number (VIN).

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN)

OLM089001

Frame number

VEHICLE CERTIFICATIONLABEL

OEL089002R

OEL089009

■ Type A

■ Type BOLM089006N

OLM089006N/H

VIN label Type A (if equipped)

VIN label Type B (if equipped)

EL UK 8.QXP 8/24/2010 4:42 PM Page 7


88

The tyres supplied on your new vehicleare chosen to provide the best perform-ance for normal driving.The tyre label located on the driver's sidecentre pillar gives the tyre pressures rec-ommended for your vehicle.

TYRE SPECIFICATION ANDPRESSURE LABEL

ENGINE NUMBER

■ Petrol engine (1.6L)

■ Petrol engine (2.0L)

■ Diesel engine (1.7L)

■ Diesel engine (2.0L)

OEL080003/OLM089003/OEL080004/OLM089004

The engine number is stamped on the engine block as shown in the drawing.

OEL089008R

EL UK 8.QXP 8/24/2010 4:42 PM Page 8

IIndex

EL UK INDEX.QXP 8/25/2010 1:17 PM Page 1

Index

2I

Active ECO system·························································5-52Air bags···········································································3-40

Air bag warning label................................................3-63Air bag warning light ................................................3-43Curtain air bag ..........................................................3-54Driver's and passenger's front air bag ......................3-47Passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF indicator ............3-44Passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF switch ................3-50Side impact air bag....................................................3-52

Air cleaner·······································································7-22Alarm system ··································································4-11All wheel drive (AWD), see four wheel

drive (4WD)·································································5-27Antenna ·········································································4-116Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ·······································5-37Appearance care······························································7-61

Exterior care ······························································7-61Interior care ·······························································7-66

Armrest ···········································································3-11Ashtray··········································································4-108Audio system ································································4-116

Antenna ···································································4-116Aux, USB and iPod·················································4-111Audio remote control ·············································4-117

Automatic climate control system ··································4-96

Air conditioning ······················································4-102Automatic heating and air conditioning····················4-97Manual heating and air conditioning ························4-98

Automatic transaxle ························································5-21Ignition key interlock system····································5-25Shift lock system·······················································5-24Sports mode·······························································5-24

Battery·············································································7-29Battery saver function·····················································4-72Before driving ···································································5-3Bonnet ·············································································4-24Bottle holders, see cup holders ·····································4-109Brake system···································································5-34

Anti-lock brake system (ABS)··································5-37Downhill brake control (DBC) ·································5-44Electronic stability program (ESP) ···························5-40Emergency Stop Signal (ESS) ··································5-47Hill-start assist control (HAC) ··································5-44Parking brake ····························································5-34Power brakes ·····························································5-34Vehicle stability management (VSM) ······················5-43

Brakes/clutch fluid··························································7-18Bulb replacement ····························································7-53

Front fog light bulb replacement ······························7-56Headlight bulb replacement ······································7-54

A

B


I 3

Index

High mounted stop light replacement ·······················7-59Interior light bulb replacement··································7-60License plate light bulb replacement ························7-59Position light bulb replacement ································7-56Rear combination light bulb replacement ·················7-57Rear fog light bulb replacement································7-59Side repeater light bulb replacement·························7-56Turn signal light bulb replacement ···························7-55

Bulb wattage ·····································································8-2Button start/stop, see engine start/stop button··················5-8

Capacities (Lubricants) ·····················································8-4Care

Exterior care ······························································7-61Interior care ·······························································7-66Tyre care····································································7-32

Cargo security screen····················································4-113Central door lock switch·················································4-14Centre console storage··················································4-106Changing tyres ································································6-14Chains

Tyre chains ································································5-60Checking tyre inflation pressure·····································7-34Child restraint system ·····················································3-29

Tether anchor system ················································3-33ISOFIX system ·························································3-35

Child-protector rear door lock ·······································4-16Cigarette lighter ····························································4-108Climate control air filter ·················································7-24Climate control system (Automatic) ·····························4-96

Air conditioning ·····················································4-102Automatic heating and air conditioning ···················4-97Manual heating and air conditioning ·······················4-98

Climate control system (Manual) ··································4-87Air conditioning ·······················································4-92Climate control air filter ··········································4-94Heating and air conditioning·····································4-88

Clock (Digital) ······························································4-111Combined instrument, see instrument cluster ················4-42Compass mirror, see the Electric chromic

mirror (ECM) with compass ······································4-36Cool box········································································4-107Coolant ···········································································7-15Cooling fluid, see engine coolant ··································7-15Crankcase emission control system ·······························7-67Cruise control system ····················································5-48Cup holder ···································································4-109Curtain air bag ·······························································3-54

C


Index

4I

Dashboard, see instrument cluster ·································4-42Dashboard illumination, see instrument

panel illumination ·······················································4-43Daytime running light·····················································4-77Defogging (Windscreen) ·············································4-103Defroster ·········································································4-85

Outside mirror defroster············································4-86Rear window defroster ··············································4-85Wiper deicer ······························································4-86

Defrosting (Windscreen) ·············································4-103Digital clock ·································································4-111Dimensions ······································································8-2Displays, see instrument cluster ····································4-42Display illumination, see instrument

panel illumination ·······················································4-43Door locks·······································································4-13

Central door lock switch ··········································4-14Child-protector rear door lock ·································4-16

Downhill brake control (DBC) ······································5-44Drinks holders, see cup holders ···································4-109Driver's air bag ·······························································3-47Driving at night ······························································5-56Driving in flooded areas ················································5-57Driving in the rain ·························································5-57

Economical operation ····················································5-53ECO ON/OFF mode ·······················································4-49Electric chromic mirror (ECM) ·····································4-35Electric chromic mirror (ECM) with compass ··············4-36Electric power steering ··················································4-33Emergency starting ··························································6-5

Jump starting ······························································6-5Push starting ·······························································6-6

Emergency Stop Signal (ESS) ········································5-47Emergency tailgate safety release ··································4-18Emergency towing ·························································6-26Emergency whilst driving ················································6-3Emission control system ················································7-67

Crankcase emission control system ·························7-67Evaporative emission control system ······················7-67Exhaust emission control system ·····························7-68

Engine compartment ················································2-6, 7-2Engine coolant ·······························································7-15Engine number ·································································8-8Engine oil ·······································································7-14Engine overheats ······························································6-7Engine start/stop button ···················································5-8Engine temperature gauge ·············································4-44Engine will not start ·························································6-4Evaporative emission control system ····························7-67Exhaust emission control system ···································7-68

ED


I 5

Index

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ··················7-9Exterior care ···································································7-61Exterior features ···························································4-115

Roof rack ································································4-115

Flat tyre ··········································································6-13Changing tyres ·························································6-14Jack and tools ···························································6-13Removing and storing the spare tyre ·······················6-14

Flat tyre (with TyreMobilityKit) ····································6-19Floor mat anchor(s) ·····················································4-112Fluid

Washer fluid ·····························································7-19Brake/clutch fluid ·····················································7-18

Folding the rear seat ······················································3-12Four wheel drive (4WD) ···············································5-27Front fog light ·································································4-76Front fog light bulb replacement ···································7-56Front seat adjustment - manual ········································3-5Fuel filler lid ··································································4-26Fuel filter(for diesel) ······················································7-20Fuel gauge ······································································4-45Fuel requirements ····························································1-2Fuses ··············································································7-42

Fuse/relay panel description······································7-47Main fuse···································································7-45

Multi fuse ·······································································7-46Memory fuse ·····························································7-44

GaugeEngine temperature gauge·········································4-44Fuel gauge ································································4-45

Glassroof, see panorama sunroof····································4-29Glove box ·····································································4-106Glove box lamp·······························································4-84

Hazard warning flasher ··················································4-71Hazardous driving conditions ········································5-55Headlight bulb replacement ···········································7-54Headlight escort function ···············································4-72Headlight levelling device ·············································4-77Headlight welcome function···········································4-72Head restraint ··························································3-6, 3-10Heating and air conditioning ·········································4-88High mounted stop light replacement ····························7-59Hill-start assist control (HAC)········································5-44Horn ···············································································4-34How to use this manual ···················································1-2

FG

H


Index

6I

Ignition key interlock system ········································5-25Immobiliser system ··························································4-3Indicators and warnings ·················································4-49Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster ····················1-6Instrument cluster ··························································4-42

ECO ON/OFF mode··················································4-49Engine temperature gauge ········································4-44Fuel gauge ································································4-45Instrument panel illumination ··································4-43Odometer ··································································4-46Outside thermometer ·················································4-45Speedometer ·····························································4-43Tachometer ·······························································4-43Tripmeter ···································································4-47Trip computer ···························································4-46Warning and indicators ············································4-49

Instrument panel illumination ········································4-43Instrument panel overview ··············································2-3Interior care ····································································7-66Interior features ····························································4-108

Ashtray ···································································4-108Cigarette lighter ······················································4-108Cargo security screen ·············································4-113Cup holder ······························································4-109Digital clock ···························································4-111Aux, USB and iPod ················································4-111

Floor mat anchor(s) ················································4-112Luggage net (holder) ··············································4-112Power outlet ···························································4-110Sunvisor ··································································4-109

Interior light ···································································4-82Glove box lamp·························································4-84Luggage room lamp ··················································4-83Map lamp ··································································4-82Room lamp ································································4-83Vanity mirror lamp····················································4-83

Interior light bulb replacement ······································7-60Interior overview ·····························································2-2Interlock system ·····························································5-25ISG (Idle Stop and Go) system·······································5-14ISOFIX system ······························································3-35

Jack and tools ·································································6-13Jump starting ····································································6-5

Key positions ···································································5-4Keys ·················································································4-2

K

J

I


I 7

Index

LabelAir bag warning label ··············································3-63Tyre sidewall labeling ··············································7-38Tyre specification and pressure label ·························8-8Vehicle certification label ··········································8-7

Latch system, see ISOFIX system ·································3-35License plate light bulb replacement ·····························7-59Light bulbs ·····································································7-53

Front fog light bulb replacement ·····························7-56Headlight bulb replacement ·····································7-54High mounted stop light replacement ······················7-59Interior light bulb replacement ································7-60License plate light bulb replacement ·······················7-59Position light bulb replacement ·······························7-56Rear combination light bulb replacement ················7-57Rear fog light bulb replacement································7-59Side repeater light bulb replacement ·······················7-56Turn signal light bulb replacement ··························7-55

Lighting ··········································································4-72Battery saver function ··············································4-72Daytime running light ···············································4-77Front fog light ···························································4-76Headlight escort function ·········································4-72Headlight levelling device ········································4-77Headlight welcome function ·····································4-72Lighting control·························································4-73

Rear fog light ····························································4-76Turn signals and lane change signals························4-75

Lubricants and capacities ·················································8-4Luggage net (holder) ···················································4-112Luggage rack, see roof rack ·········································4-115Luggage room lamp························································4-83Lumbar support ································································3-6

Main fuse ········································································7-45Multi fuse ·······································································7-46Maintenance

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ···········7-11Maintenance services ················································· 7-6Owner maintenance ····················································7-8Scheduled maintenance service ·······························7-10Tyre maintenance ·····················································7-38

Maintenance services ·······················································7-6Manual climate control system ······································4-87

Air conditioning ·······················································4-92Climate control air filter ··········································4-94Heating and air conditioning ····································4-88

Manual heating and air conditioning ·····························4-98Manual transaxle ····························································5-18Map lamp ········································································4-82Memory fuse ··································································7-44Mirrors ···········································································4-35

L

M


Index

8I

Day/night rearview mirror ·······································4-35Electric chromic mirror (ECM) ·······························4-35Electric chromic mirror (ECM) with compass ········4-36Inside rearview mirror ··············································4-35Outside rearview mirror ···········································4-39

Moonroof, see panorama sunroof ··································4-29

Motorway driving ··························································5-58

Neck restraints, see head restraint ··························3-6, 3-10Odometer ·······································································4-46Oil (Engine) ···································································7-14Outside mirror defroster ················································4-86Outside thermometer·······················································4-45 Outside rearview mirror ·················································4-39Overheats ·········································································6-7

Owner maintenance ·························································7-8Panorama sunroof ··························································4-29Parking brake inspect ·····················································7-19Parking brake ·································································5-35Passenger's front air bag ················································3-47

Position light bulb replacement ·····································7-56Power brakes ··································································5-34Power outlet ·································································4-110Power window lock button ············································4-22Pre-tensioner seat belt ····················································3-22

Push starting ·····································································6-6Rear combination light bulb replacement ······················7-57Rear fog light ··································································4-76Rear fog light bulb replacement ·····································7-59Rear seat ·········································································3-10Rear parking assist system ·············································4-67Rear window defroster····················································4-85Rearview camera ···························································4-71Recommended cold tyre inflation pressures ··················7-32Recommended lubricants and capacities ·························8-4

Recommended SAE viscosity number ······················8-6Remote keyless entry ·······················································4-5Road warning ···································································6-2Rocking the vehicle ·······················································5-55Roof rack ·····································································4-115Room lamp······································································4-83

R

O

P

N


I 9

Index

Scheduled maintenance service ·····································7-10Seat belts ········································································3-15

Pre-tensioner seat belt ··············································3-223 point rear centre belt ·············································3-19Lap/shoulder belt ······················································3-17

Seat belt warning ···························································3-16Seat warmer ····························································3-8, 3-11Seatback pocket ·······························································3-9Seats ·················································································3-2

Armrest ·····································································3-11Head restraint·····················································3-6, 3-10Folding the rear seat ·················································3-12Front seat adjustment - manual ··································3-5Lumbar support ··························································3-6Rear seat ···································································3-10Seatback pocket ··························································3-9Seat warmer ······················································3-8, 3-11

Shift lock system ···························································5-24Side impact air bag ························································3-52Side repeater light bulb replacement ·····························7-56Smart key ·········································································4-8Smooth cornering ···························································5-56Snow tyres ·····································································5-59Spare tyre

Removing and storing the spare tyre ·······················6-14

Special driving conditions ·············································5-55Driving at night ························································5-56Driving in flooded areas ··········································5-57Driving in the rain ····················································5-57Hazardous driving conditions ··································5-55Motorway driving ····················································5-58Rocking the vehicle ··················································5-55Smooth cornering ·····················································5-56

Speedometer ···································································4-43Sports mode ···································································5-24Starting difficulties, see engine will not start ··················6-4Starting the engine ··················································5-5, 5-11Steering wheel ·······························································4-33

Horn ··········································································4-34Electric power steering ············································4-33Tilt steering ······························································4-34

Storage compartment ···················································4-106Centre console storage ···········································4-106Cool box ··································································4-107Glove box ·······························································4-106Sunglass holder ······················································4-107

Sunroof, see panorama sunroof ·····································4-29Sunvisor ·······································································4-109

S


Index

10I

Tachometer ····································································4-43Tailgate ··········································································4-17

Emergency tailgate safety release ····························4-18Tether anchor system ·····················································3-33Theft-alarm system ························································4-11Tilt steering ····································································4-34Towing ···········································································6-24

Emergency towing ···················································6-26Removable towing hook ··········································6-25

Trailer towing ·································································5-63Transaxle

Automatic transaxle ·················································5-21Manual transaxle ······················································5-18

Tripmeter ·······································································4-47Trip computer ································································4-46Turn signals and lane change signals ·····························4-75Turn signal light bulb replacement ································7-55TyreMobilityKit ······························································6-19Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)······················6-8Tyre specification and pressure label ······························8-8Tyres and wheels ····················································7-32, 8-3

Checking tyre inflation pressure ······························7-34Recommended cold tyre inflation pressures ············7-32Tyre care ··································································7-32Tyre maintenance ·····················································7-38Tyre replacement ······················································7-36

Tyre rotation ·····························································7-35Tyre sidewall labeling ··············································7-38Tyre traction ·····························································7-38Wheel alignment and tyre balance ···························7-36Wheel replacement ···················································7-37

Vanity mirror lamp ·························································4-83Vehicle certification label ················································8-7Vehicle handling instructions ···········································1-5Vehicle identification number (VIN) ······························8-7Vehicle run-in process ·····················································1-5Vehicle stability management (VSM) ····························5-43Vehicle weight ·······························································5-72

GAW (Gross axle weight) ·······································5-72GAWR (Gross axle weight ratinx ····························5-72GVW (Gross vehicle weight) ··································5-72GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating) ·····················5-72Payload ······································································5-72Vehicle kerb weight ·················································5-72

V

T


I 11

Index

Washer fluid ···································································7-19Waste tray, see ashtray ················································4-108Warnings and indicators ················································4-49Weight ············································································5-72

GAW (Gross axle weight) ·······································5-72GAWR (Gross axle weight rating) ··························5-72GVW (Gross vehicle weight) ··································5-72GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating) ·····················5-72Payload ······································································5-72Vehicle weight ·························································5-72

Wheel alignment and tyre balance ································7-36Wheel replacement ························································7-37Windows ········································································4-19

Auto down window ··················································4-21Auto up/down window ·············································4-21Power window lock button ······································4-22

Windscreen defrosting and defogging ·························4-103Winter driving ································································5-59

Snow tyres ································································5-59Tyre chains ·······························································5-60

Wiper blades ··································································7-26Wiper deicer····································································4-86Wipers and washers ·······················································4-78

W


el uk foreword - myhyundai€¦ · el uk foreword.qxp 1/12/2010 2:49 pm page 1. f2 modification to...

Documents